Index
A
- AppManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Boot
Builds the Twig environment with theme, translator and extensions, and renders templates for web controllers.
- AppManager::addTwigExtension() — Method in class AppManager
Registers an extension on the template renderer. Must be called before the first render of the request - Twig locks extensions afterwards.
- AppManager::addTwigGlobal() — Method in class AppManager
Registers a global template variable. New names must be registered before the first render of the request; re-registering an existing name afterwards only updates its value.
- Arguments — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console
The parsed command line: one command word, "--name=value" options and the remaining positional words. Options may appear before or after the command.
- ApiKeyCreateCommand — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console\Command
api-keys:create - issues an API key owned by the acting user (--user=
) and prints the secret once. ApiKeyService enforces the same rules as the web form: API enabled, api_manage_keys or ueberuser, and api.max_keys_per_user. - AbstractApiController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
Shared base for API controllers: enforces the api.enabled switch, parses JSON input and shapes JSON responses.
- AbstractApiController::arrayQueryParameter() — Method in class AbstractApiController
The first query parameter sent as an array (
?type[]=A), or null when every value is a scalar. InputBag::get() throws on such a value, so subclasses refuse the request before any handler reads the query. The key is scrubbed to valid UTF-8 because it is echoed in a JSON error.- $ PublicApiController#authenticatedUserId — Property in class PublicApiController
- $ PublicApiController#apiKeyScope — Property in class PublicApiController
Permission scope of the API key used for this request. Null when the request authenticated via HTTP Basic auth or no key scope could be resolved, in which case {self::getApiKeyScope()} returns an unrestricted scope.
- PublicApiController::authenticateApiRequest() — Method in class PublicApiController
Authenticate the API request using API key or HTTP Basic auth
- PublicApiController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class PublicApiController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- PublicApiController::apiKeyZoneGate() — Method in class PublicApiController
The key's zone scope as a check for a write that lands outside the requested zone, such as the PTR of an A record; null for a key with no zone restriction.
- PublicApiController::anyQueryParameter() — Method in class PublicApiController
Whether the request sets any of these query parameters to a non-empty value; an empty filter keeps every row, the same as an absent one.
- GroupMembersController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class GroupMembersController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- GroupsController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class GroupsController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- PermissionTemplatesController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class PermissionTemplatesController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- PermissionsController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class PermissionsController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- $ ServerStatusController#apiPermissionService — Property in class ServerStatusController
- UsersController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class UsersController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- $ ZoneDnssecController#apiPermissionService — Property in class ZoneDnssecController
- $ ZoneDnssecController#apiClient — Property in class ZoneDnssecController
- $ ZoneDnssecKeysController#apiPermissionService — Property in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- $ ZoneDnssecKeysController#apiClient — Property in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::addKey() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- $ ZoneDnssecRectifyController#apiPermissionService — Property in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
- $ ZoneDnssecRectifyController#apiClient — Property in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
- ZoneTemplateRecordsController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordsController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- ZoneTemplatesController::acceptsZoneRestrictedKey() — Method in class ZoneTemplatesController
Whether an API key restricted to specific zones may call this endpoint.
- BaseController::apiEscapeRiskRrsets() — Method in class BaseController
RRsets of the zone that PowerDNS Auth 5.1.x would alter on the next API write to them; always empty on the SQL backend, which writes content as entered.
- BaseController::assignableOwners() — Method in class BaseController
The users a new zone may be given to: everyone when the create path lets the caller assign other owners and they may see other users, otherwise only the current user.
- BaseController::addSystemMessage() — Method in class BaseController
Adds a system-wide message that will be displayed on any page
- AbstractListLogController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Log
Shared flow for the log listing pages (API, user, group and zone logs): filter parsing, pagination with last-page clamping, and CSV/JSON export.
- AbstractListLogController::authorize() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Permission gate for the page. Returns true when the listing may render; implementations either halt the request themselves (checkPermission() exits on failure) or return false after showing an error.
- ListLogApiController::authorize() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Permission gate for the page. Returns true when the listing may render; implementations either halt the request themselves (checkPermission() exits on failure) or return false after showing an error.
- ListLogGroupsController::authorize() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Permission gate for the page. Returns true when the listing may render; implementations either halt the request themselves (checkPermission() exits on failure) or return false after showing an error.
- ListLogUsersController::authorize() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Permission gate for the page. Returns true when the listing may render; implementations either halt the request themselves (checkPermission() exits on failure) or return false after showing an error.
- ListLogZonesController::authorize() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Permission gate for the page. Returns true when the listing may render; implementations either halt the request themselves (checkPermission() exits on failure) or return false after showing an error.
- AddRecordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Handles the add-record form for a zone: checks edit rights, validates the record and saves one or several rows.
- AddSupermasterController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Handles the add-supermaster form: validates the IP and nameserver, then stores the supermaster entry.
- AddZoneTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles the add-zone-template form: validates name and description, then creates the template.
- AddZoneTemplRecordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles the add-record form of a zone template and marks the template as modified on success.
- AddGroupController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the add-group form at /groups/add: validates the name and group template, then creates the group.
- AddPermTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the add-permission-template form: validates the fields and creates the template with its permissions.
- AddUserController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the add-user form: guards the template choice, creates the user, assigns groups and mails credentials.
- ApiKeysController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Renders the API key list page and links to the add, edit, delete and regenerate actions.
- AddZoneMasterController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles the add-primary-zone form: validates name and kind, applies the template and creates the zone.
- AddZoneSlaveController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles the add-secondary-zone form: validates the name and primary address, then creates the SLAVE zone.
- RequestContext::acceptsJson() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the Accept header mentions JSON at all.
- RequestContext::acceptsJsonOnly() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the Accept header asks for JSON without also accepting HTML.
- ModuleServices::auditService() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ChangeRequestPresenter::actions() — Method in class ChangeRequestPresenter
The request's actions as before/after rows with the differing fields named.
- ChangeRequestPresenter::age() — Method in class ChangeRequestPresenter
Rough age of a timestamp in words, for listings where the exact time is a tooltip.
- HeadlessRouteFilter::apply() — Method in class HeadlessRouteFilter
- ApiKeyActor — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
The actor of an API request: the owner of the key (or the Basic auth user) that authenticated it. Built once per request after authentication succeeds.
- ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Authenticates API requests by the X-API-Key header and loads the key's user.
- AuthOutcome — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Result of an authenticator run: the decision, the login message on failure, and the application path the caller should redirect to when the request was a login post.
- AuthenticationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Starts or ends a session with a flash message, then redirects to login; API requests get a 401 JSON instead.
- AuthenticationService::auth() — Method in class AuthenticationService
- AuthenticationService::apiUnauthorizedResponse() — Method in class AuthenticationService
The 401 body an unauthenticated API request receives in place of the login redirect.
- ExternalSessionGuard::accountIsActive() — Method in class ExternalSessionGuard
False when the session's account, or the one awaiting MFA, was disabled or deleted.
- LdapAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class LdapAuthenticator
Verifies the session's stored credentials, or the just-posted $credentials on the login request, against the directory and records the result in the session.
- RemoteUserSessionHandler::apply() — Method in class RemoteUserSessionHandler
Runs before the idle-timeout check on every authenticated request except a posted login form. May end the session or redirect, both by halting the request.
- SessionAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class SessionAuthenticator
Authenticate Session
- SqlAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class SqlAuthenticator
Verifies the session's stored credentials, or the just-posted $credentials on the login request, and records the result in the session. The caller turns the outcome into a redirect; nothing here writes to the response.
- UserProvisioningService::accountProfile() — Method in class UserProvisioningService
The stored username, full name and email of an account, which the session shows; provisioning has already synced them from the provider where it sent any.
- DnsBackendProviderFactory::apiClientFrom() — Method in class DnsBackendProviderFactory
Reach the client a provider already holds, so callers reuse its per-request read caches instead of constructing a second client against the same server.
- ControllerServiceFactory::actor() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
The request's actor, shared by every service built here. It follows a later bindActor() call, so build order does not matter.
- ControllerServiceFactory::auth() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::apiClient() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::apiPermissionService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::authenticationService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::apiKeyRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::apiKeyService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::apiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::auditService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::auditLogWriter() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::apiLogger() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Factory
Sessions, credentials, MFA, API keys and the audit trail. The session, redirect and authentication services are one instance per request.
- AuthServices::authenticationService() — Method in class AuthServices
Shared login/logout redirect handling for the session-backed controllers and the OIDC and SAML flows they hand off to.
- AuthServices::apiKeyRepository() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::apiKeyService() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::apiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::auditService() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::auditLogWriter() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::apiLogger() — Method in class AuthServices
- BackendServices::apiClient() — Method in class BackendServices
The provider's API client, or null outside API backend mode. Sharing it keeps one set of per-request read caches for the whole request.
- UserServices::apiPermissionService() — Method in class UserServices
The permission rules that need group or template lookups beyond PermissionService
- RecordAddService::add() — Method in class RecordAddService
- RecordAddService::addFromForm() — Method in class RecordAddService
add() for the web forms, where an IP address typed as the name in a reverse zone stands for its PTR name and one outside the zone is refused.
- AvatarService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Resolves a user's avatar URL from an OAuth profile picture or Gravatar, per the interface.avatar_* settings.
- GroupMembershipService::addUserToGroup() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
Add a user to a group
- AuditService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Writes the "client_ip:.. user:.. operation:.." audit lines. Every line starts with the same actor context; one method per event keeps the field names in one place.
- PaginationService::acceptedRowsPerPage() — Method in class PaginationService
A submitted page size, when it is a number inside the supported range; any value in range is accepted, not only the presets.
- ZoneBatchCreateOutcome::added() — Method in class ZoneBatchCreateOutcome
- ZoneGroupService::addGroupToZone() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
Add a group as zone owner
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver::assignableOwners() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipFormResolver
The users a new zone may be given to: everyone when the create path lets the caller assign other owners and they may see other users, otherwise only the caller.
- ZoneSortingService::applySortingToZones() — Method in class ZoneSortingService
Apply client-side sorting to reverse zones when sorting by name
- DbCompat::accentSensitiveEquals() — Method in class DbCompat
Builds an equality predicate for an identity value (username, email, an SSO-mapped group/template name) that must match case-insensitively yet accent-exact. MySQL/MariaDB fold accents in their default collation, so case is folded explicitly and the result compared byte-for-byte. The column is converted to utf8mb4 first so the binary collation is valid even on older installs whose columns are still latin1 or utf8mb3. PostgreSQL and SQLite already compare byte-exact, so their existing comparison is left unchanged - the fix is a no-op there because they were never affected.
- ApiErrorException — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Error
Runtime exception carrying a message, a code and an array of extra details for API error responses.
- ApiKey — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
An API key row: name, secret, creator, expiry, disabled flag and its read-only, operation and zone scopes.
- ApiKeyScope — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Immutable description of what an API key is allowed to do.
- CryptoKey::activate() — Method in class CryptoKey
- ZoneChangeRequest::actionCount() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
- ZoneChangeRequestRowCodec::afterState() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRowCodec
The "after" state of an add or edit action from a normalised editor row.
- ActorInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Who is acting in the current request: the session user on the web, the key owner on the API. Domain rules ask this instead of reading the session.
- ApiStatusInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Exposes the most recent PowerDNS API error so domain checks can tell an outage from an empty backend.
- ApiStatusRecorderInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Records or clears the most recent PowerDNS API error; the API client and backend provider write through this.
- AuditLoggerInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
The audit events domain services record; the Application layer owns the line format and the actor context.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::allocatesZoneIdsLocally() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether zone ids are allocated from the local zones table rather than the PowerDNS domains table.
- ProxyContextInterface::applyTo() — Method in class ProxyContextInterface
- RecordWriteBackendInterface::addRecord() — Method in class RecordWriteBackendInterface
Add a DNS record.
- RecordWriteBackendInterface::addRecordGetId() — Method in class RecordWriteBackendInterface
Add a DNS record and return its ID.
- SessionInterface::all() — Method in class SessionInterface
- SupermasterBackendInterface::addSupermaster() — Method in class SupermasterBackendInterface
Add a supermaster (autoprimary).
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::activateZoneKey() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for API keys.
- AuthUserLookupInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
The account rows the authenticators read while deciding a login.
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::addPermissionTemplate() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
Add a permission template. Write through PermissionTemplateWriteService; it carries the content guard.
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface::add() — Method in class RecordCommentRepositoryInterface
Add a new comment to the database.
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface::addForRecord() — Method in class RecordCommentRepositoryInterface
Add a comment for a specific record.
- UserAdminInterface::assignPermissionTemplate() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Assign permission template to a user
- UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface::add() — Method in class UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface
Add a user to a group
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::add() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Add a group as zone owner
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::addOwnerToZone() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Add owner to zone
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::addRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Add a record to a zone template.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::assignTemplateToZone() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Point a zone at a template; 0 unlinks it.
- ApiKeyService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Creates, regenerates, disables and deletes API keys and enforces the per-user key limit.
- ApiKeyService::authenticate() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Authenticate a request using an API key
- ApiKeyWriteResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Outcome of an API key write: the saved key on success, otherwise the reason, its code and the refusal.
- ApiPermissionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Permission gate for the public API. A facade over PermissionService so the API and the web UI share one oracle; group and visible-zone lookups read the user repository.
- DynamicDnsAuthenticationService::authenticateUser() — Method in class DynamicDnsAuthenticationService
Authenticate a DDNS update request.
- PermissionTemplateAssignmentGuard::apply() — Method in class PermissionTemplateAssignmentGuard
Apply the gate to a create/update input array.
- PermissionTemplateContentGuard::apply() — Method in class PermissionTemplateContentGuard
Apply the rule to a template create or update.
- SelfEditFieldGuard::apply() — Method in class SelfEditFieldGuard
Apply the gate to an update input array.
- ConsistencyReport::allClear() — Method in class ConsistencyReport
- AAAARecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for AAAA DNS records
- AFSDBRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
AFSDB record validator
- ALIASRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for ALIAS DNS records
- APLRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for APL (Address Prefix List) DNS records
- ARecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for A DNS records
- HostnamePolicy::allowsCustomTld() — Method in class HostnamePolicy
Whether the TLD is on the custom list (case-insensitive).
- IPAddressValidator::areMultipleValidIPs() — Method in class IPAddressValidator
Check if a string contains valid IP addresses separated by commas
- ApiEscapeRisk — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Finds records that PowerDNS Auth 5.1.x would alter when they are written back through its REST API: it removes one level of backslash escaping from record content (PowerDNS issue 18159), so "a\b" is stored as "a\b" and "a\"b" is refused.
- ApiEscapeRisk::affects() — Method in class ApiEscapeRisk
- ApiEscapeRisk::affectedRrsets() — Method in class ApiEscapeRisk
Distinct "name TYPE" labels of the RRsets holding at least one affected record.
- DomainManager::addDomain() — Method in class DomainManager
Add a domain to the database
- DomainManager::addOwnerToZone() — Method in class DomainManager
Add a user as an owner of a zone. An existing owner is left as is and reported as success.
- DomainManagerInterface::addDomain() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Add a domain to the database
- DomainManagerInterface::addOwnerToZone() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Add a user as an owner of a zone; an existing owner counts as success
- DomainRecordCreator::addDomainRecord() — Method in class DomainRecordCreator
Create a matching A/AAAA record in the forward zone when adding a PTR record.
- DynamicDnsUpdateService::applyForUser() — Method in class DynamicDnsUpdateService
Apply an update for a user that was already authenticated by the caller (e.g. via API key).
- RecordManager::addRecord() — Method in class RecordManager
Add a record
- RecordManager::addRecordGetId() — Method in class RecordManager
Add a record and return its ID
- RecordManagerInterface::addRecord() — Method in class RecordManagerInterface
Add a record
- RecordManagerInterface::addRecordGetId() — Method in class RecordManagerInterface
Add a record and return its ID
- SupermasterManager::addSupermaster() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Add a trusted supermaster to the global supermasters table.
- ZoneTemplateApplier::applyTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateApplier
Apply a template to a zone, or unlink the zone with template id 0.
- ZoneTemplateRecordService::addZoneTemplRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordService
Add a record for a zone template
- ZoneTemplateService::addZoneTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateService::addZoneTemplRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateService::addZoneTemplSaveAs() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::addZoneTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
Add a zone template
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::addZoneTemplSaveAs() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
Add a zone template from zone / another template
- CreateUserCommand::authMethod() — Method in class CreateUserCommand
The sign-in method the account is created with; the service refuses both flags at once.
- UpdateUserCommand::authMethodAfter() — Method in class UpdateUserCommand
The sign-in method the account carries after this update, or null when the request leaves it alone. Turning a flag off keeps an OIDC or SAML account as it is.
- UserManagementService::assignPermissionTemplate() — Method in class UserManagementService
Assign permission template to a user
- UserProfileAssembler::assembleDetail() — Method in class UserProfileAssembler
Full detail view of one user, including effective permissions
- UserProfileAssembler::assembleLookup() — Method in class UserProfileAssembler
List view of one user found by username or email
- UserProfileAssembler::assembleList() — Method in class UserProfileAssembler
List view of a page of users, resolving group memberships in one batched query
- ValidationResult::addWarning() — Method in class ValidationResult
Add a warning to the validation result
- ValidationResult::addWarnings() — Method in class ValidationResult
Add multiple warnings to the validation result
- CatalogZoneService::assign() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
Put $memberZoneId into the catalog published by $producerZoneId.
- DnssecKeyService::addKey() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
- ZoneChangeRequestService::approve() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
Applies a pending request as the reviewing user. A refused or failed write leaves the request in the failed state with the reason in its error field.
- ZoneManagementService::applyTemplate() — Method in class ZoneManagementService
Applies a zone template (or "none" to unlink) to an existing zone, replacing the template-managed records. The caller must be allowed to use the template.
- ZoneOwnershipIndex::allows() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipIndex
Whether a permission level ("all", "own", "own_as_client", "none") lets the user act on the zone; the "_own" levels additionally need ownership.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::addUserOwner() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Makes the user an owner through $write unless that takes them past their limit.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::addGroupOwner() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Grants the group a zone through $write unless that takes it past its limit. With $zoneId, a group that already holds the zone gains nothing and is never refused for it.
- DnsHelper::ancestorNames() — Method in class DnsHelper
Lowercased ancestor names of a zone, closest parent first, up to the top-level label: sub.example.com gives example.com, then com.
- LdapUserInfo::authMethod() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::authMethod() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::authMethod() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::authMethod() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- UserInfoInterface::authMethod() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- PowerdnsApiClient::addZoneKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
- PowerdnsApiClient::activateZoneKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Activate a DNSSEC key
- PowerdnsApiClient::addAutoprimary() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Add an autoprimary
- PowerdnsApiClient::addZoneToView() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Add a zone (in "zone..variant" form) to a view. Creates the view if it doesn't exist yet, per upstream behaviour.
- PdoTransaction::afterCommit() — Method in class PdoTransaction
Runs $work once the open transaction commits, and never if it rolls back; at once when none is open. A repeated $key replaces the earlier work, so a zone is pushed once however many writes touched it. For calls that must not run while locks are held, such as HTTP.
- SharedZoneIds::all() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
Every shared canonical id.
- AuditLogWriter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Sink for audit lines: hands each one to the syslog logger and, when database logging is on, to the log_users, log_zones, log_groups or log_api table.
- EnvironmentProxyContext::applyTo() — Method in class EnvironmentProxyContext
- ProxyContext::applyTo() — Method in class ProxyContext
Merge proxy options into an existing stream-context options array under the
httpsub-key. Returns the array unchanged when no proxy applies.- AccountOwnerLookup — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Finds the Poweradmin user a PowerDNS account value names, for zones that arrive without an owner (an autoprimary sets the account from its own configuration).
- AccountOwnerLookup::assignWithinLimit() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
Gives one zone to the user through $write, deciding under the user's lock like any other grant. Null when the user is at the limit and nothing was written.
- AccountOwnerLookup::adopterFor() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
The user a zone with this account should go to: userIdFor(), unless that user has no zones left under their limit, in which case the zone stays ownerless.
- ApiDomainRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Domain lookups for the API backend mode, read through PowerDNS.
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Dynamic DNS persistence for the API backend mode.
- ApiRecordCommentRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Record comment persistence for the API backend mode.
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::add() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
Add a new comment to the database.
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::addForRecord() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
Add a comment for a specific record.
- ApiRecordRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Record reads for the API backend mode, served from PowerDNS RRsets.
- ApiRecordSearch — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Record search over the PowerDNS API, enriched with the zone owner from Poweradmin's zones table and filtered, sorted and paged in memory.
- ApiSearchBase — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Shared parts of the API-mode searches: query preprocessing that mirrors BaseSearch, and the ownership lookups against Poweradmin's own zones table.
- ApiZoneMetadataStore — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Zone metadata behind the PowerDNS API: metadata kinds through the metadata endpoints, and the kinds PowerDNS exposes as zone-object properties through a zone update.
- ApiZoneRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
API-backend zone repository; reads zone state through PowerDNS and ownership from zones and zones_groups.
- ApiZoneRepository::addOwnerToZone() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Add owner to zone
- ApiZoneSearch — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Zone search over the PowerDNS API, enriched with owners and comments from Poweradmin's zones table and filtered, sorted and paged in memory.
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::addPermissionTemplate() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Add a Permission Template
- DbRecordCommentRepository::add() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Add a new comment to the database.
- DbRecordCommentRepository::addForRecord() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Add a comment for a specific record.
- DbUserGroupMemberRepository::add() — Method in class DbUserGroupMemberRepository
Add a user to a group
- DbUserRepository::assignPermissionTemplate() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Assign permission template to a user
- DbZoneGroupRepository::add() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Add a group as zone owner
- DbZoneRepository::addOwnerToZone() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Add owner to zone
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::addRecord() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Add a record to a zone template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::assignTemplateToZone() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Point a zone at a template; 0 unlinks it.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
PowerDNS REST API-based DNS backend provider.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::addRecord() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Add a DNS record.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::addRecordGetId() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Add a DNS record and return its ID.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::addSupermaster() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Add a supermaster (autoprimary).
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::allocatesZoneIdsLocally() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether zone ids are allocated from the local zones table rather than the PowerDNS domains table.
- ApiKeyZoneScopeMigration — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
Rewrites API key zone scopes from zones row ids to canonical zone ids, once.
- AbstractConsistencyChecks — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service\Consistency
The backend-independent half of a consistency checker: zone ownership lives in the Poweradmin-native zones table under every backend, and the fix actions the consistency page posts map onto the same repairs whichever backend runs them.
- ApiConsistencyChecks — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service\Consistency
Consistency checks for the API backend: zone and record state comes from the PowerDNS API, ownership from the Poweradmin-native zones tables.
- ZoneOwnerRepair::assign() — Method in class ZoneOwnerRepair
Update the zone's ownership row, or insert one when the zone has none.
- DnsSecApiProvider::activateZoneKey() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- MessageService::addMessage() — Method in class MessageService
Add a message to be displayed for a specific script Prevents duplicate messages from being added
- MessageService::addSystemError() — Method in class MessageService
Add a system error message that will be displayed in the proper place in the HTML
- NullDnssecProvider::activateZoneKey() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::addRecord() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Add a DNS record.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::addRecordGetId() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Add a DNS record and return its ID.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::addSupermaster() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Add a supermaster (autoprimary).
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::allocatesZoneIdsLocally() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether zone ids are allocated from the local zones table rather than the PowerDNS domains table.
- ApiStatusService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
Tracks the most recent PowerDNS API error so the UI can surface it.
- ArraySession — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
A session held in memory: what a test injects, and what a request without a session (the public API) uses as a request-scoped cache.
- ArraySession::all() — Method in class ArraySession
- AuthFlowSessionKeys — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
$_SESSION keys owned by the authentication flows: MFA, the OIDC and SAML logout round trips, and password and username recovery.
- FormStateService::addRecordFormWithError() — Method in class FormStateService
The stashed add-record values merged with their error, or null unless both are present. Non-destructive: the stash survives until the add succeeds or the zone changes.
- PhpSession::all() — Method in class PhpSession
- AbstractDnsWizard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Shared validation, TXT quoting and record assembly for the record wizards; each wizard fills in its type.
B
- BootContext — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Boot
What Kernel::boot() built for this process: the configuration, the logger, the loaded module registry and, once something asks for it, the database.
- BootContext::backendRefusal() — Method in class BootContext
Why the configured backend may not use this database, or null; checked once per process.
- Kernel::boot() — Method in class Kernel
Loads the configuration once, applies the timezone and session policy, builds the logger and the module registry, and opens the database when the entry point wants it up front.
- Bootstrap — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application
Process-level setup Kernel::boot() runs before routing: timezone and session cookie.
- HeadlessNotFoundController::buildResponse() — Method in class HeadlessNotFoundController
- HealthController::buildResponse() — Method in class HealthController
- V1GoneController::buildResponse() — Method in class V1GoneController
- BaseController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller
Base for every web controller: config, database, session, permissions, CSRF, validation and Twig rendering.
- BaseController::bindContext() — Method in class BaseController
Hands the booted context to every controller the router builds.
- BaseController::backendCapabilities() — Method in class BaseController
The request's backend as a capability probe; controllers ask it what the backend can do instead of re-reading dns.backend from the configuration.
- AbstractListLogController::buildFilters() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
- BatchPtrRecordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Handles the batch PTR form: creates PTR records for an IPv4 or IPv6 network, optionally with forward records.
- BulkRecordAddController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Handles the bulk add-records form for a zone: parses one record per line and saves them as one changeset.
- PingController::buildResponse() — Method in class PingController
- BulkRegistrationController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles the bulk registration form: creates a primary zone from a template for each submitted domain name.
- BootstrapErrorResponder — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
Shapes an unhandled throwable into an HTTP response for the front controller.
- ResponseHeaders::build() — Method in class ResponseHeaders
- BasicAuthenticationMiddleware — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Authenticates API requests with HTTP Basic credentials against the users table.
- RequestActor::bind() — Method in class RequestActor
- ControllerServiceFactory::bindActor() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
Rebinds the request's actor once authentication has named it (the API key owner); services already built see the new actor too.
- ControllerServiceFactory::backend() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::basicAuthenticationMiddleware() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::batchReverseRecordCreator() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::basicAuthenticationMiddleware() — Method in class AuthServices
- BackendServices — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Factory
The connection to the DNS backend: the provider, its API client, and the repositories and record managers that read and write through it. Every memoized instance is shared for the request so read caches are not split.
- RecordServices::batchReverseRecordCreator() — Method in class RecordServices
- GroupMembershipService::bulkAddUsers() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
Add multiple users to a group
- GroupMembershipService::bulkRemoveUsers() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
Remove multiple users from a group
- ZoneGroupService::bulkAddZones() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
Add multiple zones to a group
- ZoneGroupService::bulkRemoveZones() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
Remove multiple zones from a group. A zone whose last allowed owner is this group stays assigned and is reported in
failedwith the reason.- ZoneLimitMessages::belowUsage() — Method in class ZoneLimitMessages
The warning after saving a limit below what the user or group already owns, or null.
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver::blocker() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipFormResolver
The page-level refusal for a user who could not pick any owner, or null.
- NavigationVisibility::build() — Method in class NavigationVisibility
- CanonicalZoneSql::bindZoneId() — Method in class CanonicalZoneSql
Bind every placeholder selectByZoneId() declares. PDO will not reuse one named placeholder across positions, hence the repetition.
- DbCompat::boolTrue() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate boolean true value for the given database type.
- DbCompat::boolFalse() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate boolean false value for the given database type.
- DbCompat::boolValue() — Method in class DbCompat
Converts a PHP boolean value to the appropriate integer for database storage.
- DbCompat::boolFromDb() — Method in class DbCompat
Converts a database boolean value to integer (handles PostgreSQL 't'/'f' strings).
- DbCompat::binaryCollation() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns a collation clause that forces a byte-exact string comparison, to be appended to a column reference in a WHERE clause (e.g.
- DbCompat::binaryCompare() — Method in class DbCompat
Column reference that compares byte-for-byte, for a secret that must match exactly. MySQL/MariaDB compare through a case-insensitive collation by default; BINARY restores the byte comparison whatever the column's charset, which binaryCollation() cannot promise on a latin1 or utf8mb3 column.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Capability probe telling callers which kind of DNS backend they hold.
- TransactionInterface::begin() — Method in class TransactionInterface
- ConsistencyReport::build() — Method in class ConsistencyReport
A check result: success with $allClear when there are no findings, otherwise $status with $countedFormat filled with the number of findings.
- BRIDRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
BRID (Broadcast Remote ID) record validator
- Base64BlobValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for opaque RDATA stored as base64 in zone-file form (PowerDNS xfrBlob).
- BatchReverseRecordCreator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Creates PTR records for a whole IPv4 or IPv6 /64 network, optionally only where forward A/AAAA records exist.
- BindZoneFileGenerator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Generates standard BIND zone files from DNS records.
- BulkRecordParser — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Parses one CSV line of the bulk record form (name,type,content,prio,ttl[,disabled][,comment]) into a record.
- RecordManager::backendFailureMessage() — Method in class RecordManager
The failure text with the backend's own reason appended: "Failed to add record to DNS backend:
". The reason is untranslated text from PowerDNS, stripped of control characters and capped; the caller escapes it on output like any message. - RecordWriteResult::backendFailure() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
- RecordWriteResult::backendRejected() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
The backend answered and refused the write; $reason is its own sanitised text and $message already carries it.
- ZoneWriteResult::backendFailure() — Method in class ZoneWriteResult
- ZoneWriteResult::backendRejected() — Method in class ZoneWriteResult
The backend answered and refused a write on its own validation; the message carries its reason.
- ZoneTemplateWriteResult::backendFailure() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteResult
- ZoneChangeRequestService::baseSerialMismatch() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
Whether the zone's SOA serial moved since the request's form was rendered.
- ZoneEditRowChange::before() — Method in class ZoneEditRowChange
The stored row before the change, as RecordLog captured it. Lacks an "id" when the record no longer resolves.
- IpHelper::buildReverseIPv4Domain() — Method in class IpHelper
Build the reverse domain for an IPv4 address with appropriate CIDR handling
- BaconQrCodeRenderer — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Auth
QR codes rendered as SVG by bacon/bacon-qr-code.
- BackendModeMarker — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Records that a database has been used with the API backend, so the SQL backend can refuse it.
- PdoTransaction::begin() — Method in class PdoTransaction
SQLite gets BEGIN IMMEDIATE. PDO issues a deferred BEGIN, which takes no write lock, so the first write has to upgrade from a read; SQLite refuses an upgrade that could deadlock and returns "database is locked" at once, without waiting for busy_timeout. Taking the write lock at BEGIN is the one form SQLite will wait for, so a competing writer queues than fails.
- BaseSearch — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Shared query building for the record and zone searches: IDN matching and reverse IP search strings.
- BaseSearch::buildSearchString() — Method in class BaseSearch
Builds the search string for the given parameters.
- BaseSearch::buildRawSearchString() — Method in class BaseSearch
The needle for free-text columns. Record content and comments hold whatever the user typed, so the punycoded form of the query cannot match them.
- BadgeTwigExtension — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Web
Twig functions for record and zone type badge classes, zone type labels and the autoprimaries wording.
- BindZoneFileParser — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\ZoneImportExport\Service
Parses BIND zone file text into records, handling $ORIGIN, $TTL and multi-line values.
C
- $ AppManager#configuration — Property in class AppManager
- Kernel::controllerEnvironment() — Method in class Kernel
What a web controller needs beyond the booted context: the PHP extensions and the configuration file present, the gettext locale set, the database open and, unless the controller serves anonymous requests, the session authenticated. Runs once per controller; the checks are idempotent.
- Kernel::connect() — Method in class Kernel
Opens a PDO connection from mapped credentials (DatabaseCredentialMapper or the installer's form), wrapping failures in a readable message.
- Kernel::configurationFile() — Method in class Kernel
The settings file the process reads: PA_CONFIG_PATH when set, otherwise config/settings.php relative to the working directory.
- Arguments::command() — Method in class Arguments
- CommandInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console
One bin/poweradmin command. The metadata is static so the registry can print usage and validate options before the service graph is booted.
- CommandLineActor — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console
The actor of a console run: nobody (the system itself) unless the caller named a user with --as-user, in which case that user's permissions apply.
- CommandRegistry — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console
The commands bin/poweradmin knows, keyed by name. Each entry is a factory that builds the command from the booted service graph.
- CommandRegistry::create() — Method in class CommandRegistry
- ConsoleApplication — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console
The bin/poweradmin entry point: parses the command line, boots the same service graph the web controllers use (without a session) and runs one registered command as an explicitly named actor.
- HealthController::config() — Method in class HealthController
Overridable so tests can substitute settings without a boot context.
- HealthController::cacheFile() — Method in class HealthController
Per-installation file in the system temp directory, so concurrent probes share one result.
- HealthController::checkDatabase() — Method in class HealthController
Opening the connection is the check; the trailing query catches a socket that connected but cannot serve statements.
- HealthController::checkPowerdnsApi() — Method in class HealthController
Reports 'skipped' when no PowerDNS API is configured, which is normal for database-backend installs and never fails the overall status.
- ChangeRequestsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/change-requests: lists and shows filed change requests, applies a reviewer's decision and lets a requester withdraw their own request.
- ChangePasswordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the change-password form for the logged-in user; LDAP, OIDC and SAML users are refused.
- $ BaseController#config — Property in class BaseController
- BaseController::checkCondition() — Method in class BaseController
Checks a condition and displays an error message if the condition is true.
- BaseController::createZoneSortingService() — Method in class BaseController
- BaseController::canViewZones() — Method in class BaseController
Whether the logged-in user may view any zone; flashes the refusal when not, so a zone lookup skipped on "none" still explains itself on the page.
- BaseController::createZoneManagementService() — Method in class BaseController
The zone service the API uses, told what the connected server supports.
- BaseController::createZoneCreateService() — Method in class BaseController
The zone creation flow of the add-zone forms, told what the connected server supports.
- BaseController::changeApproval() — Method in class BaseController
Change-approval answers for one user and zone; callers pass the user id, usually getCurrentUserId(). One instance per request.
- BaseController::changeApprovalModeForZone() — Method in class BaseController
- BaseController::checkPermission() — Method in class BaseController
Checks if the user has a specific permission and displays an error message if not.
- AbstractListLogController::countLogs() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Number of log entries matching the filters.
- AbstractListLogController::clampToLastPage() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Clamp to the last page rather than dying when the request is out of range.
- ListLogApiController::countLogs() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Number of log entries matching the filters.
- ListLogGroupsController::countLogs() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Number of log entries matching the filters.
- ListLogUsersController::countLogs() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Number of log entries matching the filters.
- ListLogZonesController::countLogs() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Number of log entries matching the filters.
- BatchPtrRecordController::checkId() — Method in class BatchPtrRecordController
- BulkRecordAddController::checkId() — Method in class BulkRecordAddController
- PingController::config() — Method in class PingController
Overridable so tests can substitute settings without a boot context.
- ChangeRequestController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Shows one change request with its before/after actions and takes the reviewer's approve or reject decision, or the requester's cancellation.
- ClientContext — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
The requesting client as resolved once per request: the address behind any trusted proxy and the sanitized user agent. Built by the composition root and handed to everything that logs, throttles or audits by client.
- ModuleServices::csvFormulaEscaper() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ChangeRequestPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Shapes change requests for the list, review and edit-page templates.
- ChangeRequestPresenter::changedFields() — Method in class ChangeRequestPresenter
Fields whose value differs between the two snapshots. The stored "before" carries booleans and the posted "after" integers, so values compare as text.
- CsrfTokenService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Generates, stores and validates the per-session CSRF token carried by the _token form field.
- UserAuthenticationService::combineSalts() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Combine a salt with a password.
- UserProvisioningService::cleanupOrphanedAuthLinks() — Method in class UserProvisioningService
Clean up orphaned external authentication links This method finds and removes OIDC/SAML links that point to non-existent users
- DatabaseService::connect() — Method in class DatabaseService
- DnsBackendProviderFactory::create() — Method in class DnsBackendProviderFactory
Create a DNS backend provider instance.
- DnsBackendProviderFactory::createApiClient() — Method in class DnsBackendProviderFactory
- DnsDataService::countZones() — Method in class DnsDataService
Count zones matching criteria.
- DnssecProviderFactory::create() — Method in class DnssecProviderFactory
Create DNSSEC provider instance using PowerDNS API
- PowerdnsStatusService::checkSlaveServerStatus() — Method in class PowerdnsStatusService
- RepositoryFactory::createRecordRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- RepositoryFactory::createZoneRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- RepositoryFactory::createRecordCommentRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- RepositoryFactory::createRecordLinkedCommentRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
Per-record comment links, or null on a backend that keeps comments per RRset only.
- RepositoryFactory::createDomainRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- RepositoryFactory::createDynamicDnsRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- RepositoryFactory::createZoneSearch() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- RepositoryFactory::createRecordSearch() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- ControllerEnvironment — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service
The collaborators a controller is built from. In production Kernel::controllerEnvironment() derives one from the booted context (config file check, database connection, session authentication); a test passes one straight to the constructor with stubbed services, most usefully a stub ControllerServiceFactory, which the create*() accessors on BaseController all route through. Both paths construct the controller the same way.
- ControllerServiceFactory — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service
The services controllers ask for, split by concern into five factories that each memoize their per-request instances. The flat accessors below delegate to them so call sites and test doubles keep one entry point.
- ControllerServiceFactory::consistencyChecker() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::csvFormulaEscaper() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::clientContext() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::catalogZoneService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::changeRequestNotificationService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::changeApprovalContext() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::clientContext() — Method in class AuthServices
The requesting client, resolved once so every consumer logs the same address and user agent.
- BackendServices::consistencyChecker() — Method in class BackendServices
- RecordServices::changeRequestNotificationService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::changeApprovalContext() — Method in class RecordServices
Change-approval answers for one user and zone; built lazily so a request that never asks does not open the repositories behind it.
- ZoneServices::catalogZoneService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- MailService::canConnectToMailServer() — Method in class MailService
Verify that we can connect to the mail server This tests basic connectivity before attempting to send mail
- DynamicDnsRequestFactory::createUpdateService() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequestFactory
Wires the update service from the live database connection and configuration.
- RecordAddResult::companionFrom() — Method in class RecordAddResult
Which companion a form asked for: the "reverse" box wants a PTR for the address, "create_domain_record" wants an A record for a PTR in a reverse zone.
- RecordCommentService::createCommentForRecord() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Create a comment for a specific record.
- RecordCommentService::createComment() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Create a comment for an RRset (legacy method).
- RecordManagerService::createRecord() — Method in class RecordManagerService
Creates the record and, on success, logs, rectifies and stores the comment.
- GroupService::canUserViewGroup() — Method in class GroupService
Check if a user can view a group
- GroupService::createGroup() — Method in class GroupService
Create a new group
- PasswordChangeService::changePassword() — Method in class PasswordChangeService
- PasswordResetService::canUserResetPassword() — Method in class PasswordResetService
Check if a user's authentication method allows password reset
- PasswordResetService::createResetRequest() — Method in class PasswordResetService
Create a password reset request
- PasswordResetService::cleanupExpiredTokens() — Method in class PasswordResetService
Clean up expired tokens
- PermissionTemplateWriteService::create() — Method in class PermissionTemplateWriteService
- PermissionTemplateWriteService::callerMaySetSuperuser() — Method in class PermissionTemplateWriteService
Whether the caller may be offered the superuser permission in a template picker.
- UserCommandFactory::create() — Method in class UserCommandFactory
- UsernameRecoveryService::createRecoveryRequest() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryService
Create a username recovery request
- UsernameRecoveryService::cleanupOldRequests() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryService
Clean up old recovery request records
- PaginationService::createPagination() — Method in class PaginationService
Create a pagination object with proper validation
- ChangeApprovalContext — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Answers what the change-approval feature means for one user: whether it is on, how their edits to a zone are handled, which zones they review, and how many requests are waiting.
- ChangeApprovalContext::canReviewZone() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
Whether the user may approve or reject change requests for the zone.
- ChangeRequestMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Words a ZoneChangeRequestService outcome for the web flash messages.
- ChangeRequestNotificationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Writes the zone audit line for each change request event, then emails the reviewers of the zone when a request is filed and the requester when it is decided. Mail failures are logged and reported as false; nothing here throws to the caller, so a mail problem never blocks a request.
- ZoneCreateOutcome::created() — Method in class ZoneCreateOutcome
- ZoneCreateService::create() — Method in class ZoneCreateService
- ZoneCreateService::createMany() — Method in class ZoneCreateService
Creates one zone per name with the request's kind, template and owners.
- ConfigurationInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Config
Read access to settings by group and key.
- CanonicalZoneSql — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Database
Resolves which zones row a Poweradmin zone ID refers to.
- CanonicalZoneSql::canonicalIdColumn() — Method in class CanonicalZoneSql
SQL expression for a zones row's canonical id, the value API mode hands to callers.
- DbCompat::concat() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate string concatenation function for the given database type.
- DbCompat::castToString() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the expression to cast a record ID column to string for comparison against record_comment_links.record_id. Only for ASCII-safe values (record IDs); non-ASCII characters would be mangled on MySQL/MariaDB.
- DbCompat::caseInsensitiveEquals() — Method in class DbCompat
Equality that ignores case but not accents on every backend, for values like email addresses where User@x and user@x are one identity.
- Constants — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Application-wide constants.
- CryptoKey — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A DNSSEC key of a zone: id, type (ksk/zsk/csk), size, algorithm, active flag, DNSKEY and DS records.
- RecordComment::create() — Method in class RecordComment
- UserGroup::create() — Method in class UserGroup
Create a new UserGroup instance
- UserGroupMember::create() — Method in class UserGroupMember
Create a new membership relationship
- UserMfa::create() — Method in class UserMfa
- ZoneChangeRequest::canBeApplied() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
Pending requests are applied on approval; a failed one may be tried again.
- ZoneGroup::create() — Method in class ZoneGroup
Create a new zone-group ownership relationship
- ApiStatusRecorderInterface::clearError() — Method in class ApiStatusRecorderInterface
- CatalogBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Catalog zone membership reads and writes against the DNS backend.
- ChangeRequestNotifierInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Told about change request events so people can be notified. Implementations must not throw; a failed notification never undoes the event.
- RecordSearchInterface::commentMatchesTruncated() — Method in class RecordSearchInterface
Whether the last searchRecords() call dropped comment matches because it hit the per-search zone cap.
- RecordWriteBackendInterface::createRecordAtomic() — Method in class RecordWriteBackendInterface
Create a DNS record atomically with optional disabled flag.
- SessionInterface::clear() — Method in class SessionInterface
Drops every stored value, keeping the session itself open
- TransactionInterface::commit() — Method in class TransactionInterface
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::createZoneKey() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
Create a key and return it as the server created it, or null when it was refused or could not be asked.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::countZones() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Count all zones in the DNS backend.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::countRecords() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Count all record rows in the DNS backend, ENTs included.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::countZoneRecords() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Count non-ENT records in a zone.
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface::createZone() — Method in class ZoneWriteBackendInterface
Create a new zone in the DNS backend.
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::countByUser() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Count number of API keys for a user
- LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface::countFailedAttempts() — Method in class LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface
Count the failures for an account since $cutoffTime. A null $attemptType counts every stage, a null $ipAddress counts every source address.
- LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface::clearFailedAttempts() — Method in class LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface
Drop the failures for an account, scoped the same way the counting is.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::create() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Store a reset token. The raw token is supplied; the implementation stores its hash and findByToken() expects that same hash.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::countRecentAttempts() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Count recent attempts for an email address.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::countRecentAttemptsByIp() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Count recent attempts by IP address.
- RecordListingInterface::countRecordsByDomainId() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Number of rows getRecordsPageByDomainId() pages through
- RecordListingInterface::countRRSetsByDomainId() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Number of RRsets getRRSetPageRecords() pages through
- RecordListingInterface::countZoneRecords() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Count Zone Records for Zone ID
- RepositoryFactoryInterface::createRecordRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactoryInterface
- RepositoryFactoryInterface::createZoneRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactoryInterface
- RepositoryFactoryInterface::createRecordCommentRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactoryInterface
- RepositoryFactoryInterface::createRecordLinkedCommentRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactoryInterface
Per-record comment links, or null on a backend that keeps comments per RRset only.
- RepositoryFactoryInterface::createDomainRepository() — Method in class RepositoryFactoryInterface
- UserAdminInterface::createUser() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Create a new user
- UserAdminInterface::createProvisionedUser() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Insert a user created from an external identity (LDAP, OIDC or SAML).
- UserGroupLookupInterface::countAll() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Count all groups
- UserGroupWriterInterface::countMembers() — Method in class UserGroupWriterInterface
Count members in a group
- UserGroupWriterInterface::countZones() — Method in class UserGroupWriterInterface
Count zones owned by a group
- UserLookupInterface::countUsersByEmail() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Count how many users share the given email address.
- UserPermissionReadInterface::countUberusers() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Count total number of uberusers (super admins) in the system
- UserPermissionReadInterface::countUberusersAfter() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
How many active super admins would remain once $change is written. Inside an open transaction it locks the active super admin rows first, as isLastUberuser() does.
- UserPermissionReadInterface::countDirectlyOwnedZones() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
getDirectlyOwnedZoneIds() counted for many users in one query
- UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface::createOrUpdate() — Method in class UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface
- UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface::create() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface
Record a username recovery request.
- UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface::countRecentAttempts() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface
Count recent recovery attempts for an email address.
- UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface::countRecentAttemptsByIp() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface
Count recent recovery attempts by IP address.
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::create() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::count() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::countPending() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::countPendingByZone() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
Pending requests per zone, for the zones that have any, counting only the requests the user may list: those in the zones they review or their own.
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::cancel() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::cancelOpenForDeletedZone() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
Cancels the zone's pending and failed requests once the zone is deleted, since a later zone can be given the same id and would inherit them.
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::countGrantedZones() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Zones the group is granted, counting only grants that give access
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::countZones() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Count the zones a permission scope may see, optionally narrowed by first letter and zone kind.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::clearDefaultTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Clear the system-wide default template flag.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::createZoneTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Create a new zone template with a default SOA record.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::createZoneTemplateWithRecords() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Create a zone template together with the given records, in one transaction.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::countZoneTemplateRecords() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Count the records in a zone template.
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::createSyncRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Create sync tracking record when zone is linked to template
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::cleanupZoneSyncRecords() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Remove all sync tracking records for a zone when it's deleted
- ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface::createZoneShell() — Method in class ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface
Write the native zones row of a zone the backend has just created.
- ApiKeyService::createApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Create a new API key
- ApiPermissionService::canViewZone() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canEditZoneContent() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canEditZoneRecord() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canDeleteZone() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canCreateZone() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
MASTER/NATIVE/SLAVE only: the API does not create catalog kinds.
- ApiPermissionService::canManageDnssec() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canManageDnssecForNewZone() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
DNSSEC on a zone being created: the caller must end up owning it, directly or via one of the groups.
- ApiPermissionService::canViewUser() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canEditUser() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canEditUserPassword() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canCreateUser() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canDeleteUser() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canManageGroups() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canEditPermissionTemplates() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::checkPermissionTemplateAssignment() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canListUsers() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canCreateZoneTemplate() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canEditZoneTemplate() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canWriteTemplateRecordType() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Template records follow the caller's global edit level; clients may not write SOA/NS/LUA.
- ApiPermissionService::canViewZoneTemplates() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canEditZoneMeta() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canViewZoneMetadata() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canViewZoneOwnership() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- ApiPermissionService::canReviewChangeRequests() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Whether the user may approve or reject change requests for the zone.
- ApiPermissionService::canRequestZoneDelete() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Whether the user may file a request to delete the zone: their request level covers it, or every change is reviewed and they could delete it.
- ApiPermissionService::canRequestZoneRecord() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
canEditZoneRecord()'s record-type rule for filing a request: SOA/NS/LUA need an edit grant above own_as_client or a request level that covers the zone, except subzone NS records for zone_content_edit_ns_subzone holders.
- MfaService::consumeRecoveryCode() — Method in class MfaService
Consume the supplied code if it is one of the user's recovery codes.
- PermissionService::canManageGroups() — Method in class PermissionService
Check whether a user may create, edit or delete groups.
- PermissionService::canPerformZoneAction() — Method in class PermissionService
Whether the user may perform an "_own" action on a zone: the grant comes from the user's template or any of their groups (union), and the zone is owned directly or through any group.
- PermissionService::canViewOthersContent() — Method in class PermissionService
Check if user can view other users' content
- PermissionService::canCreateZone() — Method in class PermissionService
Whether the user may create (or convert a zone into) the given kind.
- PermissionService::canAddZoneTemplates() — Method in class PermissionService
Check if user can add zone templates
- PermissionService::canManageUsers() — Method in class PermissionService
Check if a user may access user management (any view/edit/add grant or admin).
- PermissionService::canManageDnssecForZone() — Method in class PermissionService
DNSSEC key management on a zone: zone_dnssec_manage_own plus ownership (admins always).
- PermissionService::canViewZone() — Method in class PermissionService
Whether the user may open a zone: view_others (or admin), or view_own on a zone owned directly or via any group.
- PermissionService::canEditZoneContent() — Method in class PermissionService
Whether the user may edit records in the zone. Secondary and Consumer zones replicate from a primary and reject every content edit when the type is known.
- PermissionService::canEditZoneRecord() — Method in class PermissionService
canEditZoneContent() plus the own_as_client record-type restriction: SOA/NS/LUA need edit_own or better, except subzone NS records for zone_content_edit_ns_subzone holders. Pass the record and zone names (FQDN) to enable that exemption.
- PermissionService::canEditZoneMeta() — Method in class PermissionService
Zone metadata (name, type, primaries): meta_edit_others (or admin), or meta_edit_own on an owned zone.
- PermissionService::canViewZoneMetadata() — Method in class PermissionService
- PermissionService::canViewZoneOwnership() — Method in class PermissionService
- PermissionService::checkPermissionTemplateAssignment() — Method in class PermissionService
Why the actor may not put the target on this permission template, or null when allowed. Echoing back an unchanged ordinary template is not a change.
- PermissionService::canDeleteZone() — Method in class PermissionService
Check if user can delete a zone
- PermissionService::canDeleteZoneById() — Method in class PermissionService
Whether the user may delete this zone; ownership is looked up only when their delete level depends on it.
- ZoneAccessPolicy::canEditZone() — Method in class ZoneAccessPolicy
Whether the user's edit permission level grants editing this zone at all, independent of the zone type being read-only.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Consistency
Finds and repairs ownerless zones, masterless slave zones, orphaned records and missing or duplicate SOAs. One implementation per DNS backend.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkZonesHaveOwners() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkZonesHaveCanonicalIds() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkZonesHaveNames() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Zones with owners or grants but no zones row carrying their exact name, which a switch to the API backend would add again without them. Only the SQL backend can have them.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkSharedZoneIds() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Zone ids two zones share, whose extra owners and group grants are therefore ignored.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkGroupGrantsOnRowIds() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Group assignments stored under a zone's row id instead of its canonical id.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkApiKeyScopesNameZones() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
API key zone restrictions naming a zone id no zone has, which a zone later given that id would fall under. Only the SQL backend hands out an id again.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkZoneNamesDifferingInCase() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Zone names that exist more than once in different letter case, such as Example.com and example.com, which PowerDNS treats as the same name. Report only.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkRecordNamesInLowercase() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Records whose name holds uppercase letters, which PowerDNS never serves and the record lookups never find. Only the SQL backend can store them.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkSlaveZonesHaveMasters() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkRecordsBelongToZones() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkDuplicateSOARecords() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::checkZonesWithoutSOA() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::createDefaultSOA() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyReport — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Consistency
Shapes check results and fix-all tallies the same way for every backend strategy.
- CAARecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
CAA record validator
- CDNSKEYRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
CDNSKEY record validator
- CDSRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
CDS (Child DS) record validator
- CERTRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
CERT record validator
- CNAMERecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for CNAME DNS records
- CSYNCRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for CSYNC DNS records
- CharacterStringParser — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Parser for DNS
wire format (RFC 1035 section 3.3). - NIDRecordValidator::contentWithPreference() — Method in class NIDRecordValidator
An older NID row kept its preference only in prio, which PowerDNS never reads.
- BatchReverseRecordCreator::createIPv4Network() — Method in class BatchReverseRecordCreator
Create PTR records for an IPv4 network
- BatchReverseRecordCreator::createIPv6Network() — Method in class BatchReverseRecordCreator
Create PTR records for an IPv6 /64 network
- DefaultSoaBuilder::content() — Method in class DefaultSoaBuilder
- DomainManager::changeZoneType() — Method in class DomainManager
Change Zone Type
- DomainManager::changeZoneSlaveMaster() — Method in class DomainManager
Change Slave Zone's Master IP Address
- DomainManagerInterface::changeZoneType() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Change Zone Type
- DomainManagerInterface::changeZoneSlaveMaster() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Change Slave Zone's Master IP Address
- DynamicDnsValidationService::createValidatedHostname() — Method in class DynamicDnsValidationService
- DynamicDnsValidationService::createValidatedIpList() — Method in class DynamicDnsValidationService
- RecordManager::cleanBackendReason() — Method in class RecordManager
One line, control characters removed, capped; null when nothing is left.
- ReverseRecordCreator::createReverseRecord() — Method in class ReverseRecordCreator
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::currentUserHasPermission() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Check if the logged-in user has the given permission (admins always pass)
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::currentUserEditPermissionLevel() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
The logged-in user's edit level: "all", "own", "own_as_client" or "none".
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canStoreTemplateRecordType() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Confirm the current user may store this record type in a zone template.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canUseTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Whether a posted template id may be applied to a zone.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canViewTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Whether the user may see a template and create zones from it: a global template, their own, one shared with a group they belong to, or any template for an administrator. A missing template is never visible.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canCurrentUserViewTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
canViewTemplate() for the logged-in user.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canCurrentUserUseTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
canUseTemplate() for the logged-in user.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canCurrentUserEditTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Whether the logged-in user may edit a template and its records: a ueberuser, or a holder of zone_templ_edit who owns it or shares it through a group.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canCurrentUserManageTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Whether the logged-in user may delete a template or change who it is shared with: a ueberuser, or the owner holding zone_templ_edit. Group members may not.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canCurrentUserEditTemplateById() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
canCurrentUserEditTemplate() for a stored template; false when it does not exist.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::canCurrentUserManageTemplateById() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
canCurrentUserManageTemplate() for a stored template; false when it does not exist.
- ZoneTemplateService::canUseTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateService::canCurrentUserUseTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- CreateUserCommand — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
What a create-user request asks for, typed and independent of the wire format. The controllers build it from their own field names; the service hands it on to the repository with the password in its stored form.
- UserManagementService::countUsers() — Method in class UserManagementService
Count all users, or those matching the search
- UserManagementService::createUser() — Method in class UserManagementService
Create a new user
- UserPreferenceService::clearCache() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserTimezoneService::clearCache() — Method in class UserTimezoneService
- CatalogZoneService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Catalog zone membership.
- CatalogZoneService::canManageZone() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
Whether the user may change zone configuration on this zone.
- CatalogZoneService::clear() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
Remove $memberZoneId from whichever catalog it is currently in.
- ChangeApprovalPolicy — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Pure rules for the opt-in change approval workflow: whether a user's zone changes are written directly, filed as a change request, or refused, and who may review a request.
- ChangeApprovalPolicy::canReview() — Method in class ChangeApprovalPolicy
Reviewing needs both the approve level and the edit permission: the record writers re-check the reviewer's edit rights when a request is applied, so the approve permission adds to edit rights and never replaces them.
- ShadowedRecordFinder::closestParent() — Method in class ShadowedRecordFinder
The closest existing zone above the given name, a served root zone last.
- ZoneChangeRequestService::cancel() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
Withdraws the caller's own pending request.
- ZoneCountService::countZones() — Method in class ZoneCountService
Count zones with filtering options
- ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver::canAssignOtherOwners() — Method in class ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver
Whether the caller may give a new zone to somebody else; the owner pickers offer other users only when this holds.
- ZoneManagementService::createZone() — Method in class ZoneManagementService
Create a new DNS zone
- ZoneMetadataService::changedKinds() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
The kinds whose value set differs between two snapshots.
- DnsHelper::canonicalZoneName() — Method in class DnsHelper
The form PowerDNS stores in domains.catalog and matches members against: lowercase, no trailing dot. Its lookup is an exact string match, so any other spelling names a producer that is accepted and never published.
- DnsIdnService::convertContentToPunycode() — Method in class DnsIdnService
Convert domain names in record content to punycode based on record type
- DomainUtility::convertIPv4AddrToPtrRec() — Method in class DomainUtility
Convert IPv4 Address to PTR Record
- DomainUtility::convertIPv6AddrToPtrRec() — Method in class DomainUtility
Convert IPv6 Address to PTR Record
- DomainUtility::convertPtrRecToIpAddr() — Method in class DomainUtility
Convert a full PTR record name back to the address it names
- PowerdnsApiClient::canonicalZoneName() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
The form PowerDNS itself stores in domains.catalog: lowercase, no trailing dot. Its member lookup is an exact string match, so anything else produces a zone that is accepted and then silently never published.
- PowerdnsApiClient::createZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Create a new zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::createZoneKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Add a DNSSEC key and return the key PowerDNS created.
- PowerdnsApiClient::createZoneKeyFromPrivateKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Create a DNSSEC key from an existing private key and return the key PowerDNS created.
- PowerdnsApiClient::createZoneMetadata() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Create metadata for a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::createZoneWithData() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Create a zone with full data and return the response
- PowerdnsApiClient::createTsigKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Create a TSIG key
- ConfigValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Configuration
Checks the loaded settings array for invalid values (syslog, session timeout, theme, PowerDNS API, pdns_db_name).
- ConfigurationManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Configuration
Singleton that layers config/settings.php over config/settings.defaults.php and serves values by group and key.
- CanonicalZoneIdAllocator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Settles the canonical id of zone rows this application creates in API backend mode.
- DatabaseSchemaService::createTable() — Method in class DatabaseSchemaService
Create a new table
- DatabaseSchemaService::createIndexes() — Method in class DatabaseSchemaService
Create the secondary indexes declared for a table.
- DatabaseSchemaService::createForeignKeys() — Method in class DatabaseSchemaService
Add the foreign keys declared for a table via ALTER TABLE. Call after every table exists.
- PDODatabaseConnection::connect() — Method in class PDODatabaseConnection
- PdoTransaction::commit() — Method in class PdoTransaction
- SeedRepository::createAdminUser() — Method in class SeedRepository
- ClassContextLogger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
PSR-3 decorator that tags every log call with the owning class's short name in the
classnamecontext key.- DbApiLogger::countFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbApiLogger
- DbGroupLogger::countFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbGroupLogger
- DbUserLogger::countFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbUserLogger
- DbZoneLogger::countFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbZoneLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::changeCommentRequired() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::countFiltered() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- PoweradminMetricsCollector::collect() — Method in class PoweradminMetricsCollector
- ApiRecordRepository::countZoneRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Count Zone Records for Zone ID
- ApiRecordRepository::countRecordsByDomainId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Number of rows getRecordsPageByDomainId() pages through
- ApiRecordRepository::countRRSetsByDomainId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Number of RRsets getRRSetPageRecords() pages through
- ApiRecordSearch::commentMatchesTruncated() — Method in class ApiRecordSearch
Whether the last searchRecords() call dropped comment matches because it hit the per-search zone cap.
- ApiSearchBase::canonicalZoneId() — Method in class ApiSearchBase
- ApiZoneRepository::countZones() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Count the zones a permission scope may see, optionally narrowed by first letter and zone kind.
- ApiZoneRepository::createZoneShell() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Write the native zones row of a zone the backend has just created.
- $ BaseSearch#config — Property in class BaseSearch
- DbApiKeyRepository::countByUser() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbLoginAttemptRepository::countFailedAttempts() — Method in class DbLoginAttemptRepository
Count the failures for an account since $cutoffTime. A null $attemptType counts every stage, a null $ipAddress counts every source address.
- DbLoginAttemptRepository::clearFailedAttempts() — Method in class DbLoginAttemptRepository
Drop the failures for an account, scoped the same way the counting is.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::create() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Store a reset token. The raw token is supplied; the implementation stores its hash and findByToken() expects that same hash.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::countRecentAttempts() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Count recent attempts for an email address
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::countRecentAttemptsByIp() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Count recent attempts by IP address
- DbUserGroupRepository::countAll() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Count all groups
- DbUserGroupRepository::countMembers() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Count members in a group
- DbUserGroupRepository::countZones() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Count zones owned by a group
- DbUserPreferenceRepository::createOrUpdate() — Method in class DbUserPreferenceRepository
- DbUserRepository::countDirectlyOwnedZones() — Method in class DbUserRepository
getDirectlyOwnedZoneIds() counted for many users in one query
- DbUserRepository::countUberusers() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Count total number of uberusers (super admins) in the system
- DbUserRepository::countUberusersAfter() — Method in class DbUserRepository
How many active super admins would remain once $change is written. Inside an open transaction it locks the active super admin rows first, as isLastUberuser() does.
- DbUserRepository::createUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Create a new user
- DbUserRepository::createProvisionedUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Insert a user created from an external identity (LDAP, OIDC or SAML).
- DbUserRepository::countUsersByEmail() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Count how many users share the given email address.
- DbUsernameRecoveryRepository::create() — Method in class DbUsernameRecoveryRepository
Create a new username recovery request record
- DbUsernameRecoveryRepository::countRecentAttempts() — Method in class DbUsernameRecoveryRepository
Count recent recovery attempts for a specific email address
- DbUsernameRecoveryRepository::countRecentAttemptsByIp() — Method in class DbUsernameRecoveryRepository
Count recent recovery attempts by IP address
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::create() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::count() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::countPending() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::countPendingByZone() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
Pending requests per zone, for the zones that have any, counting only the requests the user may list: those in the zones they review or their own.
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::cancel() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::cancelOpenForDeletedZone() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
Cancels the zone's pending and failed requests once the zone is deleted, since a later zone can be given the same id and would inherit them.
- DbZoneGroupRepository::countGrantedZones() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Zones the group is granted, counting only grants that give access
- DbZoneRepository::countZones() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Count the zones a permission scope may see, optionally narrowed by first letter and zone kind.
- DbZoneRepository::createZoneShell() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Write the native zones row of a zone the backend has just created.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::countZoneTemplateRecords() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Count records in a zone template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::clearDefaultTemplate() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Clear the system-wide default template flag
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::createZoneTemplate() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Create a new zone template with a default SOA record
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::createZoneTemplateWithRecords() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Create a zone template together with its records, in one transaction
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::createSyncRecord() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Create sync tracking record when zone is linked to template
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::cleanupZoneSyncRecords() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Remove all sync tracking records for a zone when it's deleted
- RecordSearch::commentMatchesTruncated() — Method in class RecordSearch
Whether the last searchRecords() call dropped comment matches because it hit the per-search zone cap.
- SqlRecordRepository::countZoneRecords() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Count Zone Records for Zone ID
- SqlRecordRepository::countRecordsByDomainId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Number of rows getRecordsPageByDomainId() pages through
- SqlRecordRepository::countRRSetsByDomainId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Number of RRsets getRRSetPageRecords() pages through
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::createZone() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Create a new zone in the DNS backend.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::createRecordAtomic() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Create a DNS record atomically with optional disabled flag.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::countZoneRecords() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Count non-ENT records in a zone.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::countZones() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Count all zones in the DNS backend.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::countRecords() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Count all record rows in the DNS backend, ENTs included.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkZonesHaveOwners() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkZonesHaveCanonicalIds() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkSharedZoneIds() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Zone ids a zone created here and a migrated zone share (see SharedZoneIds). Their extra owners and group grants are ignored until the zones are separated.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkGroupGrantsOnRowIds() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Group assignments made through the API before 4.6.0 hold the row id the zone list reported. Only those whose id is a migrated zone's row id and no zone's canonical id are listed: they certainly reach nothing. One that is also a canonical id cannot be told apart from a correct assignment, so it is left out.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkZoneNamesDifferingInCase() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Zone names that exist more than once in different letter case, such as Example.com and example.com, which PowerDNS treats as the same name. Report only.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkRecordNamesInLowercase() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Records sit behind the PowerDNS API in this mode, which this check cannot read or rewrite.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkSlaveZonesHaveMasters() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkRecordsBelongToZones() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
PowerDNS owns record-zone integrity in API mode, so orphaned records cannot exist.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkDuplicateSOARecords() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkZonesWithoutSOA() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkZonesHaveNames() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
The zone sync names every zone it keeps, so API mode has nothing to report.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::checkApiKeyScopesNameZones() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
New zones never take an id an API key restriction names (CanonicalZoneIdAllocator), so API mode has nothing to report.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::createDefaultSOA() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkZonesHaveOwners() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkZonesHaveCanonicalIds() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
SQL mode stores a domains foreign key in zones.domain_id, where the row's own id is not a valid substitute, so there is nothing this check may safely report or repair.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkZonesHaveNames() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Zones with owners or grants but no zones row carrying their exact name, which a switch to the API backend would add again without them. Only the SQL backend can have them.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkSharedZoneIds() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
SQL mode keys every zone by its unique domains.id, so no id can be shared.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkGroupGrantsOnRowIds() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
SQL mode keys zones by domains.id only, so no group assignment holds a row id.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkApiKeyScopesNameZones() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
API key zone restrictions naming a zone id no zone has, which a zone later given that id would fall under. Only the SQL backend hands out an id again.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkZoneNamesDifferingInCase() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Zone names that exist more than once in different letter case, such as Example.com and example.com, which PowerDNS treats as the same name. Report only.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkRecordNamesInLowercase() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Records whose name holds uppercase letters, which PowerDNS never serves and the record lookups never find. Only the SQL backend can store them.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkSlaveZonesHaveMasters() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkRecordsBelongToZones() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkDuplicateSOARecords() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::checkZonesWithoutSOA() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::createDefaultSOA() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- DnsSecApiProvider::createZoneKey() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
Create a key and return it as the server created it, or null when it was refused or could not be asked.
- NullDnssecProvider::createZoneKey() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
Create a key and return it as the server created it, or null when it was refused or could not be asked.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::createZone() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Create a new zone in the DNS backend.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::createRecordAtomic() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Create a DNS record atomically with optional disabled flag.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::countZoneRecords() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Count non-ENT records in a zone.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::countZones() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Count all zones in the DNS backend.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::countRecords() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Count all record rows in the DNS backend, ENTs included.
- ApiStatusService::clearError() — Method in class ApiStatusService
- ArraySession::clear() — Method in class ArraySession
Drops every stored value, keeping the session itself open
- FormStateService::clearFormData() — Method in class FormStateService
Explicitly clear form data when it's no longer needed
- MfaSessionManager::currentState() — Method in class MfaSessionManager
The session's verification state.
- PhpSession::clear() — Method in class PhpSession
Drops every stored value, keeping the session itself open
- CsvFormulaEscaper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
Prefixes CSV cell values that start with a formula trigger (=, +, -, @, tab, CR, LF) with a quote.
- SortHelper::compareReverseRecordNames() — Method in class SortHelper
Compare two record names of an in-addr.arpa zone in IP order, as the SQL order does.
- PermissionTwigExtension::can() — Method in class PermissionTwigExtension
Whether the current user holds the given permission; false when unauthenticated.
- CsvExportController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\CsvExport\Controller
GET /zones/{id}/export/csv - downloads the zone's records as a CSV file.
- CsvExportModule — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\CsvExport
Module registration for the CSV zone export route and its zone-page action button.
- $ AbstractDnsWizard#config — Property in class AbstractDnsWizard
- AbstractDnsWizard::createValidationResult() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Create a standard validation result array
- CAAWizard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Builds CAA records naming the certificate authorities allowed to issue for a domain.
- $ ParsedRecord#content — Property in class ParsedRecord
- $ ParsedRecord#comment — Property in class ParsedRecord
The Poweradmin comment the export wrote above this record, or ''
D
- AppManager::displayStats() — Method in class AppManager
Displays the application statistics.
- BootContext::database() — Method in class BootContext
The process's one database connection, opened from the configured credentials the first time it is asked for.
- CommandInterface::description() — Method in class CommandInterface
- CommandRegistry::default() — Method in class CommandRegistry
- CommandRegistry::description() — Method in class CommandRegistry
- ApiKeyCreateCommand::description() — Method in class ApiKeyCreateCommand
- ZoneListCommand::description() — Method in class ZoneListCommand
- ZoneShowCommand::description() — Method in class ZoneShowCommand
- DocsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
Serves the Swagger UI page at /api/docs when API documentation is enabled.
- DynamicDnsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
POST /api/v2/dynamic-dns: updates the A/AAAA records of a hostname in a zone the caller owns.
- ZoneResource::detail() — Method in class ZoneResource
A zone as GET and PUT /zones/{id} emit it; empty masters, account and description read as null.
- $ ZoneDnssecController#domainRepository — Property in class ZoneDnssecController
- $ ZoneDnssecController#dnssecProvider — Property in class ZoneDnssecController
- $ ZoneDnssecKeysController#domainRepository — Property in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::deleteKey() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- $ ZoneDnssecRectifyController#domainRepository — Property in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
- $ ZoneDnssecRectifyController#dnssecProvider — Property in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
- $ BaseController#db — Property in class BaseController
- BaseController::directWriteZoneGate() — Method in class BaseController
For a write that lands in a zone other than the one the request was checked against, such as the PTR of an A record: refused where the user must file a change request.
- BaseController::doValidateRequest() — Method in class BaseController
Validates the request data.
- DnssecAddKeyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Handles the add-DNSSEC-key form for a zone: validates key type, bits and algorithm, then creates the key.
- DnssecController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Renders the DNSSEC key overview for a zone and handles the unsign-zone action.
- DnssecDeleteKeyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Handles the delete confirmation for a DNSSEC key and removes it from the zone on confirmed POST.
- DnssecDsDnskeyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Renders the DS and DNSKEY records page for a zone.
- DnssecEditKeyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Renders the DNSSEC key detail page that confirms activating or deactivating a key.
- DnssecKeyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Base for the pages that add, edit, toggle, delete, import and export DNSSEC keys: one shared gate.
- DnssecKeyExportController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Streams a DNSSEC private key as an ISC (BIND "Private-key-format") file, the format PowerDNS returns on per-key GETs of /cryptokeys.
- DnssecKeyImportController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Imports a DNSSEC private key into a zone via the PowerDNS API. Takes ISC (BIND) text or an RSA, ECDSA or EdDSA PEM key, which is converted to ISC.
- DnssecToggleKeyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Dnssec
Handles the POST that activates or deactivates a DNSSEC key, then returns to the zone's DNSSEC page.
- DeleteRecordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Handles the delete-record confirmation page and removes the record, plus its PTR counterpart when ticked.
- DeleteRecordsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Handles bulk record deletion from search results: shows the selected records and deletes them on confirmation.
- DeleteRecordsController::deleteRecords() — Method in class DeleteRecordsController
- DatabaseConsistencyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Renders the database consistency page for admins and applies the fix actions it offers.
- DeleteSupermasterController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Handles the delete-supermaster confirmation page and removes the supermaster on confirmed POST.
- DeleteZoneTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles the delete-zone-template confirmation page and deletes the template on confirmed POST.
- DeleteZoneTemplRecordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles the delete confirmation for a zone template record and marks the template modified after deletion.
- DeleteGroupController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the delete-group confirmation page and deletes the group on confirmed POST.
- DeletePermTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the delete-permission-template confirmation page and deletes the template on confirmed POST.
- DeleteUserController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the delete-user page: deletes the user and transfers or deletes each of their zones as chosen.
- DeleteUserController::deleteUser() — Method in class DeleteUserController
- DeleteDomainController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles the delete-zone confirmation page and deletes the zone on confirmed POST.
- DeleteDomainsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles bulk zone deletion from the zone lists: shows the selected zones and deletes them on confirmation.
- DeleteDomainsController::deleteDomains() — Method in class DeleteDomainsController
- ModuleServices::dnsBackendProvider() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::dnssecProvider() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::domainManager() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::domainRepository() — Method in class ModuleServices
- RecordLockPresenter::decorate() — Method in class RecordLockPresenter
- SoaFieldsPresenter::decorate() — Method in class SoaFieldsPresenter
- SoaFieldsPresenter::durations() — Method in class SoaFieldsPresenter
- OidcConfigurationService::describeProviderConfigError() — Method in class OidcConfigurationService
Return a human-readable reason why the OIDC provider configuration is unusable on the basis of static settings, or null if those static checks pass. Does not perform discovery network calls, so this is safe to call during provider listing (closes #1218).
- SamlConfigurationService::describeProviderConfigError() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
Return a human-readable reason why the SAML provider configuration is unusable, or null if it passes all checks. Mirrors the validation performed by getProviderConfig() so callers can surface the actual cause (missing entity_id, malformed x509cert, ...) to end users instead of a generic "not found or not configured" message.
- UserAuthenticationService::dummyVerificationHash() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
A well-formed bcrypt hash that no submitted password is expected to match, at the configured cost.
- DatabaseService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Backend
Opens the PDO connection from the configured credentials, wrapping failures in a readable error.
- DnsBackendProviderFactory — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Backend
Factory for creating DNS backend provider instances.
- DnsDataService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Backend
Orchestration service for DNS data reads.
- DnssecProviderFactory — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Backend
Builds the DNSSEC provider for the configured PowerDNS API, or a null provider when the API is not set up.
- PdnsVersionService::detect() — Method in class PdnsVersionService
Fetch server info if the cached copy is stale, then return it.
- ControllerServiceFactory::dnsBackendProvider() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::domainRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::dnssecProvider() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::dnsDataService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::dnssecKeyService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::dashboardStatsService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::domainManager() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::dnsValidatorRegistry() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- BackendServices::dnsBackendProvider() — Method in class BackendServices
Providers are stateless, so one shared instance serves the whole request.
- BackendServices::domainRepository() — Method in class BackendServices
- BackendServices::dnssecProvider() — Method in class BackendServices
- BackendServices::dnsDataService() — Method in class BackendServices
- RecordServices::dnsRecordValidationService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::dnsValidatorRegistry() — Method in class RecordServices
Built once per request: the registry instantiates every record-type validator.
- ZoneServices::dnssecKeyService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::dashboardStatsService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::domainManager() — Method in class ZoneServices
- DynamicDnsRequestFactory — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Builds the dyndns2 request value object and the update service that handles it.
- RecordCommentService::deleteComment() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Delete all comments for an RRset.
- RecordCommentService::deleteLegacyComment() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Delete legacy RRset comments that have no per-record links.
- RecordCommentService::deleteCommentByRecordId() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Delete comment for a specific record.
- RecordCommentService::deleteCommentsByDomainId() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Delete all comments for a domain.
- GroupService::deleteGroup() — Method in class GroupService
Delete a group
- PermissionTemplateMessages::deleted() — Method in class PermissionTemplateMessages
- UserFormMessages::deleteErrorMessage() — Method in class UserFormMessages
Words a refused deletion; the same codes as errorMessage(), read for that page.
- DashboardStatsService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
The totals on the admin dashboard. Zone and record counts are null when they cannot be read, so the page still renders.
- StatsDisplayService::displayStats() — Method in class StatsDisplayService
- ZoneCreateFormMessages::dnssecForbidden() — Method in class ZoneCreateFormMessages
- DbCompat — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Database
DbCompat class provides compatibility methods for different database types.
- DbCompat::dateSubtract() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate date subtraction expression for the given database type.
- DbCompat::distinctAllowsOrderByExpression() — Method in class DbCompat
Whether SELECT DISTINCT may ORDER BY an expression over selected columns that is not itself in the select list. PostgreSQL rejects it ("ORDER BY expressions must appear in select list"); MySQL and SQLite allow it.
- CryptoKey::deactivate() — Method in class CryptoKey
- DnssecAlgorithm — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Numeric DNSSEC algorithm identifiers from the IANA registry and their display names.
- DnssecAlgorithmName — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
PowerDNS DNSSEC algorithm names, the subset offered for new keys, and version-gating against the server.
- UserMfa::disable() — Method in class UserMfa
- ZoneChangeRequest::decodePayload() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
- DnsBackendProviderInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
PowerDNS data access (domains, records, supermasters) over direct SQL or the PowerDNS API; Poweradmin-native tables stay on SQL.
- DnssecProviderInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
DNSSEC operations for one zone.
- PasswordHasherInterface::dummyVerificationHash() — Method in class PasswordHasherInterface
A well-formed hash no password matches, for spending the same time on a refusal for a missing account as on a wrong password.
- RecordWriteBackendInterface::deleteRecord() — Method in class RecordWriteBackendInterface
Delete a DNS record by ID.
- SessionInterface::destroy() — Method in class SessionInterface
- SupermasterBackendInterface::deleteSupermaster() — Method in class SupermasterBackendInterface
Delete a supermaster (autoprimary).
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::deactivateZoneKey() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface::deleteZone() — Method in class ZoneWriteBackendInterface
Delete a zone and all its associated DNS data (records, metadata, cryptokeys).
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::delete() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Delete an API key
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::disable() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Disable an API key
- DomainRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Lookups on the domains table; implemented for SQL and for the API backend mode.
- DomainRepositoryInterface::domainExists() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Check if a domain is already existing. An invalid zone name never exists.
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for the dynamic DNS update endpoint.
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface::deleteDnsRecord() — Method in class DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::deleteOrphanedOidcLinks() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
Delete every OIDC link whose user no longer exists.
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::deleteOidcLinks() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::deleteSamlLinks() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
- LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface::deleteOlderThan() — Method in class LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface
Prune every attempt recorded before $cutoffTime.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::deleteExpired() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Delete expired tokens and used tokens past their retention window.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::deleteById() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Delete a specific token by ID.
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::deletePermissionTemplate() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
Delete a permission template and its items, unless a user or group still holds it.
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface::delete() — Method in class RecordCommentRepositoryInterface
Delete all comments for an RRset (domain_id, name, type).
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface::deleteLegacyComment() — Method in class RecordCommentRepositoryInterface
Delete only legacy RRset comments (no per-record links).
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface::deleteByDomainId() — Method in class RecordCommentRepositoryInterface
Delete all comments for a domain.
- RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface::deleteByRecordId() — Method in class RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface
Delete the comment linked to a record, and the link.
- RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface::delete() — Method in class RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface
Remove the configured default for the given record type, falling back to legacy behavior.
- UserAdminInterface::deleteUser() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Delete a user by ID
- UserGroupWriterInterface::delete() — Method in class UserGroupWriterInterface
Delete a group by ID
- UserMfaRepositoryInterface::delete() — Method in class UserMfaRepositoryInterface
Delete MFA settings
- UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface::deleteByUserIdAndKey() — Method in class UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface
- UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface::deleteAllByUserId() — Method in class UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface
- UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface::deleteOlderThan() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface
Delete records older than the given number of days.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::deleteZoneTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Delete a zone template with its records and links.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::deleteZoneTemplatesOwnedBy() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Delete every template the user owns, with its records and zone links.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::deleteRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Delete a zone template record.
- ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface::deleteZoneShell() — Method in class ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface
Drop the native zones row of a zone, when the zone is deleted.
- ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface::deleteZone() — Method in class ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface
Delete a zone by ID
- ApiKeyService::deleteApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Delete an API key
- DynamicDnsAuthenticationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Checks a DDNS client's password (with login-attempt lockout) and which zones that user may update.
- MfaService::disableMfa() — Method in class MfaService
Disable MFA for a user
- PasswordEncryptionService::decrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptionService
- SessionGatePolicy::decide() — Method in class SessionGatePolicy
The key-authenticated public APIs carry no session and are skipped. The internal API runs on the session, so in strict mode it is refused until the user complies, except the preference read every page makes, the gate pages included. Strict matching is on whole API path segments, so a web page such as /settings/api/logs is still redirected. Without strict mode every path containing /api/ is skipped, as before 4.6.0.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::deleteSlaveZone() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::deleteOrphanedRecord() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- DHCIDRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
DHCID (Dynamic Host Configuration Identifier) record validator
- DLVRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for DLV (DNSSEC Lookaside Validation) DNS records
- DMARCRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
DMARC record validator
- DNAMERecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
DNAME record validator
- DNSKEYRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
DNSKEY record validator
- DNSViolationValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
DNS Violation Validator
- DSRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for DS (Delegation Signer) DNS records
- DefaultRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Default DNS record validator for record types that don't have specific validation
- DnsCommonValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Common DNS validation functions shared across record types
- DnsRecordValidatorInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for one record type; DnsValidatorRegistry picks the implementation.
- DnsValidatorRegistry — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Registry for DNS record validators
- DefaultSoaBuilder — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
The apex SOA a zone gets when no template supplies one, built from the dns.* settings.
- DnsFormatter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Normalizes record content before saving; wraps TXT content in quotes when dns.txt_auto_quote is on.
- DnsRecordValidationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Validates a record by dispatching to the validator for its type.
- DnsRecordValidationServiceInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Validates a record before it is written.
- DomainManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Creates, updates and deletes zones for the web UI, including template records and DNSSEC setup.
- DomainManagerInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Zone creation, update and deletion.
- DomainParsingService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Splits a domain name into subdomain, domain and TLD parts.
- DomainRecordCreator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Adds the matching A record in the managed forward zone when a PTR record is created in a reverse zone.
- DynamicDnsHelper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Helper functions for dynamic DNS updates
- DynamicDnsUpdateService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Runs a DDNS update: validates and authenticates it, picks the owning zone and syncs the A/AAAA records.
- DynamicDnsValidationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Validates a DDNS request's user agent, username, hostname and IP lists before any update is applied.
- RecordDeletionOutcome::deleted() — Method in class RecordDeletionOutcome
- RecordDeletionService::deleteWithReverse() — Method in class RecordDeletionService
- RecordDeletionService::deleteMany() — Method in class RecordDeletionService
Deletes a selection that may span zones, then bumps and rectifies each affected zone once. A refused row is reported and the rest still go.
- RecordManager::deleteRecord() — Method in class RecordManager
Delete a record by a given record id
- RecordManagerInterface::deleteRecord() — Method in class RecordManagerInterface
Delete a record and everything that pointed at it (template link, comments)
- ReverseRecordCreator::deleteReverseRecord() — Method in class ReverseRecordCreator
Find and delete the corresponding PTR record for a given A or AAAA record
- ReverseRecordCreator::deleteForwardRecord() — Method in class ReverseRecordCreator
Find and delete the corresponding A or AAAA record for a given PTR record
- SupermasterManager::deleteSupermaster() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Delete a supermaster from the global supermasters table.
- ZoneTemplateRecordService::deleteZoneTemplRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordService
Delete a record for a zone template by a given id
- ZoneTemplateService::deleteZoneTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateService::deleteZoneTemplRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::deleteZoneTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
Delete a zone template
- UserManagementService::deleteUser() — Method in class UserManagementService
Delete a user and transfer their zones to another user
- UserManagementService::deleteUserWithZoneDecisions() — Method in class UserManagementService
Delete a user, deciding zone by zone what happens to what they own: each decision names a zone id and a target, 'delete' or 'new_owner' (with 'newowner'); any other target leaves the zone as it is. Every decision is checked against the acting user's zone rights before any zone is touched, so a later refusal cannot leave the earlier ones half applied. That the acting user may delete this user at all is the caller's check.
- DnssecKeyResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Outcome of a DnssecKeyService request, the key or keys it concerns, and the accepted values when a new key was refused as invalid.
- DnssecKeyService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Lists, adds, activates, deactivates and removes the DNSSEC keys of a zone the one way the web key pages and the API agree on: validate a new key against what the server offers, refuse changes when PowerDNS cannot be asked, has DNSSEC off or the zone is presigned, and audit what changed.
- DnssecPrivateKeyConverter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Turns a DNSSEC private key into the ISC (BIND "Private-key-format") text the PowerDNS API takes. The API reads no PEM; only pdnsutil import-zone-key-pem does.
- ZoneEditService::diffRow() — Method in class ZoneEditService
Normalises one row and compares it with the zone, writing nothing.
- ZoneManagementService::deleteZone() — Method in class ZoneManagementService
Delete a zone
- ZoneMetadataService::deleteKind() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
Remove every value of one kind, as the API does.
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::deleteGroup() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
Deletes a group, deciding and writing under the same locks the single-zone removals take, so a concurrent removal of the other owner cannot slip in between the check and the delete and leave a zone with nobody.
- DnsHelper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Static name helpers: reverse-zone detection, apex and in-zone tests, and stripping or restoring a zone suffix.
- DnsIdnService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Converts domain names between punycode and Unicode for storage and display.
- DnssecDataTransformer — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Flattens an API CryptoKey into the [id, type, key tag, algorithm, bits, active] row of the DNSSEC key table.
- DomainHelper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Splits the bulk-registration textarea into lowercase punycode domain names, one per line.
- DomainUtility — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Domain name helpers: reverse-zone names, domain levels and second-level extraction.
- IpHelper::displayZoneName() — Method in class IpHelper
Shorten a zone name for display, collapsing ip6.arpa reverse zones to IPv6 notation
- SoaContent::duration() — Method in class SoaContent
Compact duration in the largest whole units, e.g. 10800 is "3h" and 90000 is "1d 1h".
- DynamicDnsRequest — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
Parameters of one DDNS update call: credentials, hostname, IPv4 and IPv6 lists, dualstack flag and user agent.
- RecordIdentifier::decode() — Method in class RecordIdentifier
- PowerdnsApiClient::deleteZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Delete a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::deactivateZoneKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Deactivate a DNSSEC key
- PowerdnsApiClient::deleteZoneMetadata() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Delete all metadata of a given kind for a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::deleteAutoprimary() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Delete an autoprimary
- PowerdnsApiClient::deleteTsigKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Delete a TSIG key
- PowerdnsApiClient::deleteNetwork() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
- DatabaseCredentialMapper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Maps the database settings block to the PDO connection arguments.
- DatabaseSchemaService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Creates and drops tables, indexes and foreign keys for the installer using per-driver SQL.
- DatabaseSchemaService::dropTable() — Method in class DatabaseSchemaService
Drop an existing table
- DeadlockRetry — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Re-runs a whole transaction the database rolled back because it lost a lock race.
- DebugPDO — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
PDO subclass that records executed queries for debug display.
- DbApiLogger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Writes API events to the log_api table and queries, filters and prunes them for the API log page.
- DbApiLogger::doLog() — Method in class DbApiLogger
- DbGroupLogger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Writes group events to the log_groups table and queries them, joined to user_groups, for the group log page.
- DbGroupLogger::doLog() — Method in class DbGroupLogger
- DbUserLogger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Writes user events to the log_users table and queries them with filters for the user log page.
- DbUserLogger::doLog() — Method in class DbUserLogger
- DbZoneLogger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Writes zone events to the log_zones table and queries them by domain or filter, with SQL and API-backend joins.
- DbZoneLogger::doLog() — Method in class DbZoneLogger
- ApiDomainRepository::domainExists() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Check if a domain is already existing. An invalid zone name never exists.
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::deleteDnsRecord() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::delete() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
Delete all comments for an RRset (domain_id, name, type).
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::deleteLegacyComment() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
Delete only legacy RRset comments (no per-record links).
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::deleteByDomainId() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
Delete all comments for a domain.
- ApiZoneRepository::deleteZoneShell() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Drop the native zones row of a zone, when the zone is deleted.
- ApiZoneRepository::deleteZone() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Delete a zone by ID
- $ BaseSearch#db — Property in class BaseSearch
- $ BaseSearch#db_type — Property in class BaseSearch
- DbApiKeyRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for API keys in the api_keys table and their zone scopes in api_key_zones.
- DbApiKeyRepository::delete() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbApiKeyRepository::disable() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbExternalIdentityRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for the oidc_user_links and saml_user_links tables.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::deleteOrphanedOidcLinks() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
Delete every OIDC link whose user no longer exists.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::deleteOidcLinks() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::deleteSamlLinks() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
- DbLoginAttemptRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for the authentication throttle counters in login_attempts.
- DbLoginAttemptRepository::deleteOlderThan() — Method in class DbLoginAttemptRepository
Prune every attempt recorded before $cutoffTime.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for password reset tokens and their rate-limit counters in password_reset_tokens.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::deleteExpired() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Delete expired tokens
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::deleteById() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Delete a specific token by ID
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for permission templates in perm_templ and their perm_items links in perm_templ_items.
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::deletePermissionTemplate() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Delete a permission template and its items, unless a user or group still holds it.
- DbRecordCommentRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for record comments in the PowerDNS comments table, linked to records via record_comment_links.
- DbRecordCommentRepository::delete() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Delete all comments for an RRset (domain_id, name, type).
- DbRecordCommentRepository::deleteLegacyComment() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Delete only legacy RRset comments (no per-record links).
- DbRecordCommentRepository::deleteByDomainId() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Delete all comments for a domain.
- DbRecordCommentRepository::deleteByRecordId() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Delete the comment linked to a record, and the link.
- DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for per-record-type default TTLs in the record_type_defaults table.
- DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository::delete() — Method in class DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository
Remove the configured default for the given record type, falling back to legacy behavior.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for records_zone_templ (numeric ids) and records_zone_templ_api (encoded ids).
- DbUserAgreementRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for accepted user agreement versions in the user_agreements table.
- DbUserGroupMemberRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for group membership rows in the user_group_members table.
- DbUserGroupRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for user groups in the user_groups table, with member and zone counts.
- DbUserGroupRepository::delete() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Delete a group by ID
- DbUserMfaRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for per-user MFA settings in the user_mfa table.
- DbUserMfaRepository::delete() — Method in class DbUserMfaRepository
Delete MFA settings
- DbUserPreferenceRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for per-user settings in the user_preferences table.
- DbUserPreferenceRepository::deleteByUserIdAndKey() — Method in class DbUserPreferenceRepository
- DbUserPreferenceRepository::deleteAllByUserId() — Method in class DbUserPreferenceRepository
- DbUserRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for accounts in the users table, with permission lookups through perm_templ and perm_items.
- DbUserRepository::deleteUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Delete a user by ID
- DbUsernameRecoveryRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for username recovery attempts and their rate-limit counters in username_recovery_requests.
- DbUsernameRecoveryRepository::deleteOlderThan() — Method in class DbUsernameRecoveryRepository
Delete old recovery request records
- DbZoneAccountOwnerRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Reads the oldest direct owner of a zone from the native zones table.
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for zone_change_requests, a Poweradmin-native table that is never prefixed and is shared by the SQL and API backends. Until the 4.6.0 schema update creates it, reads find nothing and writes fail.
- DbZoneGroupRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for zone-to-group links in zones_groups; joins domains, or the zones table under the API backend.
- DbZoneMetadataStore — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Zone metadata in the PowerDNS domainmetadata table.
- DbZoneRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL zone repository over the PowerDNS domains and records tables plus the zones and zones_groups ownership tables.
- DbZoneRepository::deleteZoneShell() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Drop the native zones row of a zone, when the zone is deleted.
- DbZoneRepository::deleteZone() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Delete a zone by ID
- DbZoneTemplateRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
SQL persistence for zone templates in zone_templ and their records in zone_templ_records.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::deleteZoneTemplate() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Delete a zone template and all related records
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::deleteZoneTemplatesOwnedBy() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Deletes every template the user owns, with its records and zone links.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::deleteRecord() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Delete a zone template record
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Tracks which zones are out of date against their template in the zone_template_sync table.
- SqlDomainRepository::domainExists() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Check if a domain is already existing. An invalid zone name never exists.
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::deleteDnsRecord() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::deleteZone() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Delete a zone and all its associated DNS data (records, metadata, cryptokeys).
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::deleteRecord() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Delete a DNS record by ID.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::deleteSupermaster() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Delete a supermaster (autoprimary).
- ApiConsistencyChecks::deleteSlaveZone() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Deletes the DNS zone first so the ownership rows survive a failed API call.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::deleteOrphanedRecord() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::deleteSlaveZone() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::deleteOrphanedRecord() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- DnsSecApiProvider — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
DnssecProviderInterface that manages zone keys, DS/DNSKEY records and rectification through the PowerDNS API.
- DnsSecApiProvider::deactivateZoneKey() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- MessageService::displayDirectSystemError() — Method in class MessageService
Display a system error directly with basic HTML Useful for critical errors before the header/footer can be rendered
- NullDnssecProvider::deactivateZoneKey() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::deleteZone() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Delete a zone and all its associated DNS data (records, metadata, cryptokeys).
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::deleteRecord() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Delete a DNS record by ID.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::deleteSupermaster() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Delete a supermaster (autoprimary).
- ArraySession::destroy() — Method in class ArraySession
- PhpSession::destroy() — Method in class PhpSession
- DependencyCheck — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
DependencyCheck class verifies the availability of required PHP extensions.
- ProtocolDetector::detect() — Method in class ProtocolDetector
Detect the protocol (http or https).
- DnsWizardApiController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Controller\Api
/api/internal/dns-wizard: validates and previews wizard input for the record form.
- DnsWizardFormController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Controller
Renders the form for one wizard at /zones/{id}/wizard/{type} and creates the records it builds.
- DnsWizardSelectController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Controller
Renders the wizard picker at /zones/{id}/wizard.
- DnsWizardModule — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard
Module registration for the DMARC, SPF, DKIM, CAA, TLSA and SRV record wizards under /zones/{id}/wizard.
- $ AbstractDnsWizard#displayName — Property in class AbstractDnsWizard
- $ AbstractDnsWizard#description — Property in class AbstractDnsWizard
- DKIMWizard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Builds the DKIM public-key TXT record at
._domainkey. ; the key itself comes from the mail server. - DMARCWizard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Builds the DMARC policy TXT record published at _dmarc.
. - $ ParsedRecord#disabled — Property in class ParsedRecord
Read from a disabled-record marker line, so the import creates the record disabled
E
- PublicApiController::enforceApiKeyMethodScope() — Method in class PublicApiController
Reject the request with 403 when the API key's read-only/operation scope does not permit the HTTP method. This is a request-global gate.
- PublicApiController::enforceApiKeyZoneScope() — Method in class PublicApiController
Guard a zone-scoped endpoint against the API key's zone restriction.
- DnssecKeyController::endOnUnavailableKeys() — Method in class DnssecKeyController
Ends the request when the keys could not be read or changed for a reason other than the key itself: PowerDNS out of reach, DNSSEC off, or the zone became presigned.
- AbstractListLogController::exportLogs() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
- EditCommentController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Handles the zone comment form: shows the comment and saves it when the user may edit the zone.
- EditRecordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Handles the edit-record form: validates the change, saves it and syncs the matching PTR record when ticked.
- EditSupermasterController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Handles the edit-supermaster form: updates the IP, nameserver and account of a supermaster.
- EditZoneTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Renders the zone template edit page and handles detail, record, save-as and linked-zone updates.
- EditZoneTemplRecordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles the edit form for one zone template record and saves the change on POST.
- EditGroupController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the edit-group form: updates the name, description and permission template of a group.
- EditPermTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the edit-permission-template form: updates the template's details and permission set.
- EditUserController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the edit-user form: updates the profile, password, template and group memberships of a user.
- EditController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Renders the zone edit page with its record table and handles record, comment, template and signing changes.
- EditZoneMetadataController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles reading and replacing raw PowerDNS domain metadata for a single zone.
- ListPaging::extra() — Method in class ListPaging
The pagination object for a paged response, or nothing when per_page was not given.
- RequestContext::expectsJson() — Method in class RequestContext
Checks if the current request expects a JSON response This is more comprehensive than just checking the route
- RequestContext::expectsJsonOnError() — Method in class RequestContext
Negotiation used when shaping an unhandled throwable. Deliberately looser than expectsJson(): no Content-Type signal, so a JSON body posted to a web form still gets the HTML error page it can render, and no text/html exclusion on the Accept check, so an API-ish client that also accepts HTML never receives an HTML stack page.
- ModuleServices::emailTemplateService() — Method in class ModuleServices
- EditZonePresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
The zone editor's view model: maps the facts the controller has already resolved (zone, permissions, preferences, listing) onto the variables edit.html reads. Everything derived for the page - editability flags, record locks, the comment conflict, the offered record types - is computed here from those inputs alone.
- CsrfTokenService::ensureTokenExists() — Method in class CsrfTokenService
- ExternalSessionGuard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Re-checks the account behind a session an identity provider established. SQL and LDAP sessions re-verify the account on every request; OIDC and SAML ones would not.
- UserAuthenticationService::extractUserSalt() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Extract the user salt from the given password.
- ControllerServiceFactory::emailTemplateService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- RecordServices::emailTemplateService() — Method in class RecordServices
- EmailTemplateService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Mail
Renders the transactional email templates under templates/emails, with custom overrides, through Twig.
- RecordEditService::edit() — Method in class RecordEditService
- UserFormMessages::errorMessage() — Method in class UserFormMessages
- ChangeApprovalContext::enabled() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
- ZoneCreateFormMessages::errorMessage() — Method in class ZoneCreateFormMessages
- ZoneMetadataFormMessages::errorMessage() — Method in class ZoneMetadataFormMessages
- DbCompat::escapeLike() — Method in class DbCompat
Escape LIKE wildcards (
%,_) in a user-supplied value so it matches literally. Uses!as the escape character (a backslash escape clause is unsafe to embed as a string literal across MySQL/PostgreSQL/SQLite), so the query must pair this withLIKE ? ESCAPE '!'. Append/prepend%to the returned value for the intended wildcard positions.- UserMfa::enable() — Method in class UserMfa
- ZoneChangeRequest::encodePayload() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
The stored payload shape: {"actions": [...], "zone_comment": null|string}.
- EmailTemplateRendererInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Renders the account emails a preview tool can show; the Application layer owns the templates and their custom overrides.
- RecordWriteBackendInterface::editRecord() — Method in class RecordWriteBackendInterface
Edit an existing DNS record.
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::exportZonePrivateKey() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
Export the private key of an existing cryptokey in the ISC/BIND format PowerDNS stores it in, or null when the key cannot be read.
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::enable() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Enable an API key
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for the OIDC and SAML identity links that tie a provider subject to a local user.
- UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface::exists() — Method in class UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface
Check if a user is a member of a group
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::exists() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Check if a group owns a zone
- MfaService::enableMfa() — Method in class MfaService
Enable MFA for a user
- PasswordEncryptionService::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptionService
- EUI48RecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
EUI48 record validator
- EUI64RecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
EUI64 record validator
- HostnameValidator::endsWith() — Method in class HostnameValidator
Matches end of string
- RecordManager::editRecord() — Method in class RecordManager
Edit a record
- RecordManager::editZoneComment() — Method in class RecordManager
Edit the zone comment
- RecordManagerInterface::editRecord() — Method in class RecordManagerInterface
Edit a record. An unchanged save is skipped entirely when dns.bump_serial_on_unchanged_save is off, so nothing bumps the serial then; the result then reports changed = false.
- RecordManagerInterface::editZoneComment() — Method in class RecordManagerInterface
Edit the zone comment
- SOARecordManager::expandSerialPlaceholder() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Replace a literal "[SERIAL]", "[UNIXTIME]" or "[COUNTER]" in the serial field of a submitted SOA record with a numeric value. The subsequent updateSOASerial() bump (see EditRecordController) then advances the value, preserving RFC 1982 monotonicity even if today's serial has already been incremented several times.
- ZoneTemplateRecordService::editZoneTemplRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordService
Modify zone template record
- ZoneTemplateService::editZoneTemplRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateService::editZoneTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::editZoneTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
Modify zone template
- ValidationResult::errors() — Method in class ValidationResult
Create a failed validation result with multiple errors
- ZoneOwnershipResolution::error() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipResolution
- IpHelper::extractFirstIpFromMaster() — Method in class IpHelper
Extract the first valid IP address from a PowerDNS master field value
- RecordIdentifier::encode() — Method in class RecordIdentifier
- DebugPDO::exec() — Method in class DebugPDO
- SqlZoneNames::ensureNamedAfterOwnerRemoval() — Method in class SqlZoneNames
After an owner row is deleted: keep the zone named, and keep an ownerless named row while group grants or API key restrictions still use the zone's id, as a zone created for groups only has. Without it a switch to the API backend gives the zone a new id.
- SqlZoneNames::ensureNamed() — Method in class SqlZoneNames
Make one of the zone's rows carry its exact PowerDNS name, correcting a stale name.
- EnvironmentProxyContext — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Network
The HTTP(S)_PROXY / NO_PROXY lookup of ProxyContext behind the port, for services that take the proxy as a dependency.
- DbApiKeyRepository::enable() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbUserGroupMemberRepository::exists() — Method in class DbUserGroupMemberRepository
Check if a user is a member of a group
- DbZoneGroupRepository::exists() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Check if a group owns a zone
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::editRecord() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Edit an existing DNS record.
- DnsSecApiProvider::exportZonePrivateKey() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
Export the private key of an existing cryptokey in the ISC/BIND format PowerDNS stores it in, or null when the key cannot be read.
- NullDnssecProvider::exportZonePrivateKey() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
Export the private key of an existing cryptokey in the ISC/BIND format PowerDNS stores it in, or null when the key cannot be read.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::editRecord() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Edit an existing DNS record.
- SessionService::endSession() — Method in class SessionService
- CsvFormulaEscaper::escape() — Method in class CsvFormulaEscaper
- CsvFormulaEscaper::escapeRow() — Method in class CsvFormulaEscaper
- EmailPreviewsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\EmailPreviews\Controller
GET /tools/email-previews - renders the email templates in light and dark mode for ueberusers.
- EmailPreviewsModule — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\EmailPreviews
Module registration for the /tools/email-previews page and its tools menu entry.
- EmailPreviewService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\EmailPreviews\Service
Renders each email template with sample data, in light and forced dark mode, for the preview page.
- ZoneFileImportController::execute() — Method in class ZoneFileImportController
F
- TableWriter::fromArguments() — Method in class TableWriter
- PublicApiController::filterSortAndPage() — Method in class PublicApiController
Filter, sort and page a list that is already loaded. Each filter maps a query parameter to the values of a row it searches as a case-insensitive substring.
- PublicApiController::formatV2RecordContent() — Method in class PublicApiController
Apply V2 record-content formatting.
- ZoneTemplatesController::formatTemplateRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplatesController
- ForgotPasswordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the forgot-password form: takes an email address and sends the password reset link.
- ForgotUsernameController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the forgot-username form: sends the username to the submitted email address if it is on file.
- AbstractListLogController::fetchLogs() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
One page of log entries matching the filters.
- ListLogApiController::fetchLogs() — Method in class ListLogApiController
One page of log entries matching the filters.
- ListLogGroupsController::fetchLogs() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
One page of log entries matching the filters.
- ListLogUsersController::fetchLogs() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
One page of log entries matching the filters.
- ListLogZonesController::fetchLogs() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
One page of log entries matching the filters.
- ClientContext::fromServer() — Method in class ClientContext
- ListPaging::filterContains() — Method in class ListPaging
Keep the items with a value that contains the needle, ignoring case.
- ListSort::fromQuery() — Method in class ListSort
Parse a
sortquery value against the endpoint's allowed fields.- ListSort::fields() — Method in class ListSort
The requested sort keys in order, for endpoints that sort in SQL. Every field is one of the allowed fields; empty when no sort was requested.
- ModuleServices::formStateService() — Method in class ModuleServices
- RecordFormFieldPresenter::fieldId() — Method in class RecordFormFieldPresenter
- RecordFormFieldPresenter::fieldForMessage() — Method in class RecordFormFieldPresenter
- SoaFieldsPresenter::forRecord() — Method in class SoaFieldsPresenter
- AuthOutcome::failure() — Method in class AuthOutcome
The request is not authenticated; $message goes to the login page. $endSession asks the caller to clear the session as well, not only to flash the message.
- UserAuthenticationService::fromConfig() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Build the service from the security.password_encryption and security.password_cost settings.
- PowerdnsStatusService::fetchMetricsWithAuth() — Method in class PowerdnsStatusService
Fetch metrics from URL with optional Basic Authentication Validates URL to prevent SSRF and path traversal attacks
- ControllerServiceFactory::formStateService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::formStateService() — Method in class AuthServices
- DynamicDnsRequestFactory::fromHttpRequest() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequestFactory
- RecordAddMessages::forAdded() — Method in class RecordAddMessages
- RecordCommentService::findComment() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Find a comment for an RRset.
- RecordCommentService::findCommentByRecordId() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Find a comment for a specific record.
- PermissionTemplateMessages::forDeleteResult() — Method in class PermissionTemplateMessages
- RequestValidator::firstErrorMessage() — Method in class RequestValidator
Message of the first violation, or null when the data is valid.
- SearchCriteria::fromRequest() — Method in class SearchCriteria
Build the criteria from a submitted search form, or the defaults when the page was requested without a submission.
- ChangeRequestMessages::forResult() — Method in class ChangeRequestMessages
The message the zone editor, record forms and the review page show for a filing or decision result.
- ChangeRequestMessages::forDecision() — Method in class ChangeRequestMessages
The message after a successful approve, reject or cancel.
- ZoneBatchCreateOutcome::failed() — Method in class ZoneBatchCreateOutcome
- ZoneLimitInput::fromForm() — Method in class ZoneLimitInput
From a web form field.
- ZoneLimitInput::fromJson() — Method in class ZoneLimitInput
From a JSON body: null or a non-negative integer.
- ZoneOwnershipInputFactory::fromJsonBody() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipInputFactory
- ZoneSaveMessages::forResult() — Method in class ZoneSaveMessages
- ZoneSigningMessages::forSign() — Method in class ZoneSigningMessages
- ZoneSigningMessages::forUnsign() — Method in class ZoneSigningMessages
- ZoneEditFormParser::fromPost() — Method in class ZoneEditFormParser
- DnssecAlgorithmName::fromAlgorithmId() — Method in class DnssecAlgorithmName
The PowerDNS name of an algorithm number, for the algorithms offered for new keys only; null for any other number.
- MetadataDefinitions::fromZonePropertyValue() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Convert a zone object value back to its metadata row representation.
- PdnsCapabilities::fromVersion() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Build a capability set from a raw version string. Strips any non-numeric prefix (PowerDNS sometimes prefixes the build with text like "git-").
- PdnsCapabilities::fromServerInfo() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Build a capability set from the session-cached server info, which may carry the
launchandviewssettings alongside the version. Missing or empty entries are treated as "not read", not as "not supported".- RecordRow::fromRow() — Method in class RecordRow
Build from either backend's row. Comments are read from the SQL names first and the API names second, so a row that carries neither yields null.
- ZoneDetail::fromRow() — Method in class ZoneDetail
Build from the getZoneById() core row plus comment and secured, with the owner rows the repository already looked up.
- ZoneSummary::fromRow() — Method in class ZoneSummary
Build from the column-keyed row a repository assembled: id, name, type, count_records, comment, secured, owners, full_names, and the optional soa_health, serial, signed_serial, template, notified_serial, notify_pending and canonical_id.
- RecordCommentEditorInterface::findComment() — Method in class RecordCommentEditorInterface
Find a comment for an RRset.
- RecordCommentEditorInterface::findCommentByRecordId() — Method in class RecordCommentEditorInterface
Find a comment for a specific record.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::findRecordsByName() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Find the records at one name across every zone, optionally filtered by type.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::findRecordsByContent() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Find the records whose content equals the given value across every zone, optionally filtered by type. The API backend answers through the PowerDNS search endpoint, which stops at 10,000 matches; use findAllRecordsByContent() when a missed record would let a check pass.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::findAllRecordsByContent() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
findRecordsByContent(), or null when the backend could not see every match.
- ZoneCacheFlusherInterface::flushZone() — Method in class ZoneCacheFlusherInterface
Called after the write is committed. Never throws: a failed flush only delays what PowerDNS serves until its caches expire.
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::fetchZoneKeys() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
The zone's keys, telling a server that could not be asked apart from a zone without keys.
- ZoneSigningInterface::fetchZoneSecured() — Method in class ZoneSigningInterface
Whether the zone is signed, or null when PowerDNS could not be asked.
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::findById() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Find an API key by ID
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::findBySecretKey() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Find an API key by its secret key value
- AuthUserLookupInterface::findSqlLoginUser() — Method in class AuthUserLookupInterface
The password-login row: id, fullname, password, active, email. LDAP accounts are excluded so a directory account cannot be logged into with a local hash.
- AuthUserLookupInterface::findActiveLdapUser() — Method in class AuthUserLookupInterface
The LDAP-login row: id, fullname, email, for active LDAP-enabled accounts only.
- AuthUserLookupInterface::findBasicAuthUser() — Method in class AuthUserLookupInterface
The HTTP Basic row: id, password, use_ldap, for active accounts only.
- AuthUserLookupInterface::findAuthMethodRow() — Method in class AuthUserLookupInterface
The stored auth_method for a username, or null when no such account exists.
- DomainRepositoryInterface::findZoneIdsByNames() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Zone ids for the given lowercased names, matched case-insensitively.
- DomainRepositoryInterface::findZonesUnder() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Zones whose name ends in ".$suffix", matched case-insensitively and ordered by name.
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface::findUserByUsernameWithDynamicDnsPermissions() — Method in class DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::findUserIdByOidcSubject() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
The user id linked to an OIDC subject at a provider, matched byte-exact.
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::findUserIdBySamlSubject() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
The user id linked to a SAML NameID at a provider, matched byte-exact.
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::findOrphanedOidcLinks() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
OIDC links whose user no longer exists.
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::findOrphanedOidcLinkIds() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
Ids of the OIDC links for this subject whose user no longer exists.
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::findOrphanedSamlLinkIds() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
Ids of the SAML links for this subject whose user no longer exists.
- LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface::findUserIdByUsername() — Method in class LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface
Resolve the account an attempt belongs to, or null when the username is unknown.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::findByToken() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Find an unused, unexpired token by its hashed value.
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface::find() — Method in class RecordCommentRepositoryInterface
Find a comment by RRset (domain_id, name, type).
- RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface::findByRecordId() — Method in class RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface
Find the comment linked to a record.
- RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface::find() — Method in class RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface
Return the configured default TTL for the given record type, or null when no row exists.
- RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface::findAll() — Method in class RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface
Return the complete map of record-type to TTL configured by the admin.
- UserGroupLookupInterface::findById() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Find a group by ID
- UserGroupLookupInterface::findByName() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Find a group by name
- UserGroupLookupInterface::findIdByExactName() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Id of the group with exactly this name, accent-exact so an IdP-asserted claim cannot map to a look-alike group.
- UserGroupLookupInterface::findAll() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Find all groups
- UserGroupLookupInterface::findExistingIds() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Return the subset of supplied IDs that actually exist in user_groups.
- UserGroupLookupInterface::findByUserId() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Find groups by user ID (groups the user belongs to)
- UserGroupLookupInterface::findByUserIds() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Find the groups each of the supplied users belongs to
- UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface::findByGroupId() — Method in class UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface
Find all members of a group
- UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface::findByUserId() — Method in class UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface
Find all groups a user belongs to
- UserLookupInterface::findByUsername() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Find a user by username
- UserLookupInterface::findActiveUsersByEmail() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Every active account registered to an email address, ordered by username.
- UserLookupInterface::findActiveUserIdByEmail() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Id of the active user with exactly this email address, accent-exact so a look-alike address from an identity provider cannot resolve to another account.
- UserLookupInterface::findInactiveUserIdByEmail() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Id of a disabled user with exactly this email address, matched the same way as findActiveUserIdByEmail().
- UserLookupInterface::findZoneLimit() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
The user's own zone limit: null when none is set (the configured default applies), 0 when the user may own no zones
- UserLookupInterface::findZoneLimits() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
findZoneLimit() for many users in one query
- UserMfaRepositoryInterface::findByUserId() — Method in class UserMfaRepositoryInterface
Find MFA settings by user ID
- UserMfaRepositoryInterface::findById() — Method in class UserMfaRepositoryInterface
Find MFA settings by ID
- UserMfaRepositoryInterface::findAllEnabled() — Method in class UserMfaRepositoryInterface
Get all users with MFA enabled
- UserNotificationRecipientInterface::findNotificationRecipient() — Method in class UserNotificationRecipientInterface
One recipient by id: id, username, fullname, email.
- UserPermissionReadInterface::findPermissionTemplateIdByName() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Id of the permission template with exactly this name, accent-exact so an IdP-asserted claim cannot map to a look-alike template.
- UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface::findByUserIdAndKey() — Method in class UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface
- UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface::findAllByUserId() — Method in class UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::find() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::findByDomainId() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Find all groups that own a zone
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::findGroupIdsByDomainIds() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Owning groups of several zones in one query, for list pages.
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::findByGroupId() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Find all zones owned by a group
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::findForwardZonesByPtrRecords() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Find forward zones associated with reverse zones through PTR records
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::findTemplateIdsByName() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Find every template ID carrying the given name. Names are not unique.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::findFlaggedDefaultTemplateId() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
ID of the global template flagged is_default, if any.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::findGlobalTemplateIdsByName() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Find global templates (owner 0) by name.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::flagDefaultTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Flag one global template as the system-wide default, clearing the flag from every other global template in the same statement.
- PermissionService::forgetUser() — Method in class PermissionService
Drop the cached answers for a user after their template, groups or zone ownership changed within the request.
- PermissionService::forgetZone() — Method in class PermissionService
Drop the cached ownership answers for a zone after its owners or groups changed.
- PermissionTemplateContentGuard::filterOfferedPermissions() — Method in class PermissionTemplateContentGuard
Drop the superuser permission from a picker list shown to a non-superuser.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixZoneWithoutOwner() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Assign $currentUserId as the owner of a zone that has none.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixAllZonesWithoutOwner() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixZoneCanonicalId() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Point a stranded zones row's domain_id at its own id; $zoneId is the row's primary key.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixAllZonesWithCanonicalIdIssue() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixZoneName() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Give the zone a zones row carrying its PowerDNS name; $zoneId is the domains.id.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixAllZonesWithoutName() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixApiKeyScopesOnMissingZone() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Point the API key restrictions on $zoneId, which no zone has, at no zone.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixAllApiKeyScopesOnMissingZones() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixRecordNameCase() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Lowercase the record's name, and the name of the comments on its RRset.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixAllRecordNamesCase() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixDuplicateSOA() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Keep the first SOA record of the zone and delete the rest.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixOne() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Apply the single-item repair for a consistency page check type (zones_without_owners, zones_without_canonical_ids, records_with_uppercase_names, slave_zones_without_masters, orphaned_records, duplicate_soa, zones_without_soa) to one finding.
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::fixAll() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Apply a check type's bulk repair to every finding; only the two zone checks offer one.
- ConsistencyReport::findingIds() — Method in class ConsistencyReport
The ids of every finding, for handing to repairEach().
- HostnamePolicy::fromConfig() — Method in class HostnamePolicy
- TXTRecordValidator::forZoneTemplate() — Method in class TXTRecordValidator
Create a validator instance for zone template records Zone templates have a VARCHAR(2048) constraint on the content column
- DnsFormatter::formatContent() — Method in class DnsFormatter
- RecordDeletionOutcome::failed() — Method in class RecordDeletionOutcome
- RecordManager::finalizeZone() — Method in class RecordManager
What every single write ends with: bump the serial (unless told not to) and rectify. Batch callers pass finalizeZone=false to the writes and call this once when they are done; one holding a transaction bumps the serial inside it and calls this with bumpSerial=false after the commit, since PowerDNS rectifies from committed rows. $rrsetWritten is false when nothing was sent to the backend (no-op save, zone comment), so the API backend bumps the serial itself.
- RecordManagerInterface::finalizeZone() — Method in class RecordManagerInterface
What every single write ends with: bump the serial (unless told not to) and rectify. Batch callers pass finalizeZone=false to the writes and call this once when they are done; one holding a transaction bumps the serial inside it and calls this with bumpSerial=false after the commit, since PowerDNS rectifies from committed rows. $rrsetWritten is false when nothing was sent to the backend (no-op save, zone comment), so the API backend bumps the serial itself.
- RecordWriteResult::failure() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
- RecordWriteResult::forbidden() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
- ZoneWriteResult::failure() — Method in class ZoneWriteResult
- ZoneWriteResult::forbidden() — Method in class ZoneWriteResult
- ZoneTemplateWriteResult::failure() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteResult
- ZoneTemplateWriteResult::forbidden() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteResult
- ValidationResult::failure() — Method in class ValidationResult
Create a failed validation result
- DnssecKeyService::findKey() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
- ForwardZoneAssociationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Maps each reverse zone to the forward zones its PTR records point at, with a PTR count per forward zone.
- ZoneChangeRequestResult::failure() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestResult
- ZoneChangeRequestService::fileRecordEdits() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
Files the rows of an editor submission that differ from the zone, plus the zone comment when it changed. Nothing is written to the zone.
- ZoneChangeRequestService::fileRecordAdd() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
- ZoneChangeRequestService::fileRecordDelete() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
- ZoneChangeRequestService::fileZoneDelete() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
- ZoneOverlapService::findConflictingZone() — Method in class ZoneOverlapService
Return the existing zone (owned by another user) that the new zone would overlap as parent or child, or null when creation is allowed. Gated on dns.parent_zone_ownership_check; ueberusers are exempt. Ownership is evaluated for the acting user - the potential overrider.
- IpAddressList::fromCommaSeparatedStrings() — Method in class IpAddressList
- LdapUserInfo::fromLdapEntry() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
Build from an ldap_get_entries() entry (attribute names lowercased, multi-valued attributes as ['count' => n, 0 => ...] arrays).
- PowerdnsApiClient::flushZoneCache() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Drop PowerDNS's cached answers for a zone and (re)load it into the zone cache, so a zone written straight to the database is served without waiting.
- PowerdnsApiClient::fetchZoneKeys() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get the DNSSEC keys of a zone, telling a failed request apart from a zone without keys.
- PowerdnsApiClient::fetchZoneSecured() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Check if a zone is secured with DNSSEC, telling a failed request apart from an unsigned zone
- SharedZoneIds::forget() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
- SharedZoneIds::filterOwned() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
The user's owned zone ids without the shared ones whose resolved zone they do not own directly.
- ClassContextLogger::for() — Method in class ClassContextLogger
Wrap $inner so its lines carry the short name of $class (a FQCN or
self::class).- LogEventColumn::fit() — Method in class LogEventColumn
- Logger::fromConfig() — Method in class Logger
The application logger as configured: PHP error_log when logging.type is "native", otherwise a logger that drops everything.
- SyslogLogger::fromConfig() — Method in class SyslogLogger
The syslog sink the logging.* settings ask for: a NullLogger when syslog_enabled is off, otherwise one opened with the configured identity and facility.
- AccountOwnerLookup::forConfig() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
A lookup when dns.adopt_zone_owner_from_account is on, null otherwise.
- ApiDomainRepository::findZoneIdsByNames() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Answered from zones.zone_name, which Poweradmin writes synchronously on create; zones created out-of-band in PowerDNS are absent, and those have no owner to compare.
- ApiDomainRepository::findZonesUnder() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Zones whose name ends in ".$suffix", matched case-insensitively and ordered by name.
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::findUserByUsernameWithDynamicDnsPermissions() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::find() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
Find a comment by RRset (domain_id, name, type).
- ApiZoneRepository::findForwardZonesByPtrRecords() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Find forward zones associated with reverse zones through PTR records
- DbApiKeyRepository::findById() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbApiKeyRepository::findBySecretKey() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::findUserIdByOidcSubject() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
The user id linked to an OIDC subject at a provider, matched byte-exact.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::findUserIdBySamlSubject() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
The user id linked to a SAML NameID at a provider, matched byte-exact.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::findOrphanedOidcLinks() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
OIDC links whose user no longer exists.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::findOrphanedOidcLinkIds() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
Ids of the OIDC links for this subject whose user no longer exists.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::findOrphanedSamlLinkIds() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
Ids of the SAML links for this subject whose user no longer exists.
- DbLoginAttemptRepository::findUserIdByUsername() — Method in class DbLoginAttemptRepository
Resolve the account an attempt belongs to, or null when the username is unknown.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::findByToken() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Find a token by its value
- DbRecordCommentRepository::find() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Find a comment by RRset (domain_id, name, type).
- DbRecordCommentRepository::findByRecordId() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Find the comment linked to a record.
- DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository::find() — Method in class DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository
Return the configured default TTL for the given record type, or null when no row exists.
- DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository::findAll() — Method in class DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository
Return the complete map of record-type to TTL configured by the admin.
- DbUserGroupMemberRepository::findByGroupId() — Method in class DbUserGroupMemberRepository
Find all members of a group
- DbUserGroupMemberRepository::findByUserId() — Method in class DbUserGroupMemberRepository
Find all groups a user belongs to
- DbUserGroupRepository::findAll() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Find all groups
- DbUserGroupRepository::findByUserId() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Find groups by user ID (groups the user belongs to)
- DbUserGroupRepository::findByUserIds() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
- DbUserGroupRepository::findById() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Find a group by ID
- DbUserGroupRepository::findByName() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Find a group by name
- DbUserGroupRepository::findIdByExactName() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Id of the group with exactly this name, accent-exact so an IdP-asserted claim cannot map to a look-alike group.
- DbUserGroupRepository::findExistingIds() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Return the subset of supplied IDs that actually exist in user_groups.
- DbUserMfaRepository::findByUserId() — Method in class DbUserMfaRepository
Find MFA settings by user ID
- DbUserMfaRepository::findById() — Method in class DbUserMfaRepository
Find MFA settings by ID
- DbUserMfaRepository::findAllEnabled() — Method in class DbUserMfaRepository
Get all users with MFA enabled
- DbUserPreferenceRepository::findByUserIdAndKey() — Method in class DbUserPreferenceRepository
- DbUserPreferenceRepository::findAllByUserId() — Method in class DbUserPreferenceRepository
- DbUserRepository::findByUsername() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Find a user by username
- DbUserRepository::findActiveUsersByEmail() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Every active account registered to an email address, ordered by username.
- DbUserRepository::findNotificationRecipient() — Method in class DbUserRepository
One recipient by id: id, username, fullname, email.
- DbUserRepository::findSqlLoginUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
The password-login row: id, fullname, password, active, email. LDAP accounts are excluded so a directory account cannot be logged into with a local hash.
- DbUserRepository::findActiveLdapUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
The LDAP-login row: id, fullname, email, for active LDAP-enabled accounts only.
- DbUserRepository::findBasicAuthUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
The HTTP Basic row: id, password, use_ldap, for active accounts only.
- DbUserRepository::findAuthMethodRow() — Method in class DbUserRepository
The stored auth_method for a username, or null when no such account exists.
- DbUserRepository::findZoneLimits() — Method in class DbUserRepository
findZoneLimit() for many users in one query
- DbUserRepository::findZoneLimit() — Method in class DbUserRepository
The user's own zone limit: null when none is set (the configured default applies), 0 when the user may own no zones
- DbUserRepository::findPermissionTemplateIdByName() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Id of the permission template with exactly this name, accent-exact so an IdP-asserted claim cannot map to a look-alike template.
- DbUserRepository::findActiveUserIdByEmail() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Id of the active user with exactly this email address, accent-exact so a look-alike address from an identity provider cannot resolve to another account.
- DbUserRepository::findInactiveUserIdByEmail() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Id of a disabled user with exactly this email address, matched the same way as findActiveUserIdByEmail().
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::find() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneGroupRepository::findByDomainId() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Find all groups that own a zone
- DbZoneGroupRepository::findGroupIdsByDomainIds() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Owning groups of several zones in one query, for list pages.
- DbZoneGroupRepository::findByGroupId() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Find all zones owned by a group
- DbZoneRepository::findForwardZonesByPtrRecords() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Find forward zones associated with reverse zones through PTR records
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::findFlaggedDefaultTemplateId() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
ID of the global template flagged is_default, if any
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::findGlobalTemplateIdsByName() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Find global templates (owner 0) by name
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::flagDefaultTemplate() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Flag one global template as the default, clearing every other global template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::findTemplateIdsByName() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Find every template ID carrying the given name
- RecordSearch::fetchRecords() — Method in class RecordSearch
Fetch records based on the given search criteria.
- SqlDomainRepository::findZoneIdsByNames() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Zone ids for the given lowercased names, matched case-insensitively.
- SqlDomainRepository::findZonesUnder() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Zones whose name ends in ".$suffix", matched case-insensitively and ordered by name.
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::findUserByUsernameWithDynamicDnsPermissions() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- ZoneSearch::fetchZones() — Method in class ZoneSearch
Fetch zones based on specified search criteria and pagination.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::findRecordsByName() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Find the records at one name across every zone, optionally filtered by type.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::findRecordsByContent() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Find the records whose content equals the given value across every zone, optionally filtered by type. The API backend answers through the PowerDNS search endpoint, which stops at 10,000 matches; use findAllRecordsByContent() when a missed record would let a check pass.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::findAllRecordsByContent() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
findRecordsByContent(), or null when the backend could not see every match.
- AbstractConsistencyChecks::fixZoneWithoutOwner() — Method in class AbstractConsistencyChecks
Assign $currentUserId as the owner of a zone that has none.
- AbstractConsistencyChecks::fixAllZonesWithoutOwner() — Method in class AbstractConsistencyChecks
- AbstractConsistencyChecks::fixOne() — Method in class AbstractConsistencyChecks
Apply the single-item repair for a consistency page check type (zones_without_owners, zones_without_canonical_ids, records_with_uppercase_names, slave_zones_without_masters, orphaned_records, duplicate_soa, zones_without_soa) to one finding.
- AbstractConsistencyChecks::fixAll() — Method in class AbstractConsistencyChecks
Apply a check type's bulk repair to every finding; only the two zone checks offer one.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixRecordNameCase() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Lowercase the record's name, and the name of the comments on its RRset.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixAllRecordNamesCase() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixZoneCanonicalId() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Point a stranded zones row's domain_id at its own id; $zoneId is the row's primary key.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixZoneName() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Give the zone a zones row carrying its PowerDNS name; $zoneId is the domains.id.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixApiKeyScopesOnMissingZone() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Point the API key restrictions on $zoneId, which no zone has, at no zone.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixAllApiKeyScopesOnMissingZones() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixAllZonesWithoutName() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixAllZonesWithCanonicalIdIssue() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::fixDuplicateSOA() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Keep the first SOA record of the zone and delete the rest.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixZoneCanonicalId() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Point a stranded zones row's domain_id at its own id; $zoneId is the row's primary key.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixAllZonesWithCanonicalIdIssue() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixApiKeyScopesOnMissingZone() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Point the API key restrictions on $zoneId, which no zone has, at no zone.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixAllApiKeyScopesOnMissingZones() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixZoneName() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Give the zone a zones row carrying its PowerDNS name; $zoneId is the domains.id.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixAllZonesWithoutName() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixRecordNameCase() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Renames the record to its lowercase name. When that name already holds the same record the mixed-case copy is deleted instead. A rename that would leave two versions of one record, or a CNAME next to other data, is refused.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixAllRecordNamesCase() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::fixDuplicateSOA() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Keep the first SOA record of the zone and delete the rest.
- DnsSecApiProvider::fetchZoneSecured() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
Whether the zone is signed, or null when PowerDNS could not be asked.
- DnsSecApiProvider::fetchZoneKeys() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
The zone's keys, telling a server that could not be asked apart from a zone without keys.
- NullDnssecProvider::fetchZoneSecured() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
Whether the zone is signed, or null when PowerDNS could not be asked.
- NullDnssecProvider::fetchZoneKeys() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
The zone's keys, telling a server that could not be asked apart from a zone without keys.
- PdnsApiZoneCacheFlusher::flushZone() — Method in class PdnsApiZoneCacheFlusher
Called after the write is committed. Never throws: a failed flush only delays what PowerDNS serves until its caches expire.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::findRecordsByName() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Find the records at one name across every zone, optionally filtered by type.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::findRecordsByContent() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Find the records whose content equals the given value across every zone, optionally filtered by type. The API backend answers through the PowerDNS search endpoint, which stops at 10,000 matches; use findAllRecordsByContent() when a missed record would let a check pass.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::findAllRecordsByContent() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
findRecordsByContent(), or null when the backend could not see every match.
- FlashMessage — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
A flash message (text plus Bootstrap alert type) kept in the session across a redirect.
- FormStateService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
Keeps submitted form data in the session so a failed request can refill the form.
- FormStateService::forgetAddRecordForm() — Method in class FormStateService
Drop the stashed add-record form and its error, after a successful add.
- IpAddressRetriever::fromConfig() — Method in class IpAddressRetriever
Build with security.trusted_proxies and security.client_ip_header.
- ResultPaginator::filterByLetter() — Method in class ResultPaginator
Filter dataset by starting letter of a field.
- ResultPaginator::filterByPattern() — Method in class ResultPaginator
Filter dataset by pattern match across multiple fields.
- ResultPaginator::filterByValue() — Method in class ResultPaginator
Filter dataset by exact value of a field.
- AbstractDnsWizard::formatPreview() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Format a DNS record for preview display
- RdapService::formatRdapResponse() — Method in class RdapService
- WhoisService::formatWhoisResponse() — Method in class WhoisService
G
- AppManager::getThemeName() — Method in class AppManager
Gets the theme name that templates are actually served from, which is 'default' when the configured theme directory does not exist.
- AppManager::getThemeBasePath() — Method in class AppManager
Gets the theme base path matching the resolved theme, in the relative/URL form used for asset paths in templates.
- AppManager::getInterfaceLocale() — Method in class AppManager
Gets the locale the translator was built with. Page chrome must use this (not re-resolve) so rendered strings and lang metadata agree.
- AppManager::getSupportedLocales() — Method in class AppManager
Gets the enabled locales as resolved for this request.
- AbstractApiController::getJsonInput() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Get JSON input from request body
- AbstractApiController::getValidatedJsonBody() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Get the JSON request body validated as a non-empty array.
- PublicApiController::getApiKeyFromRequest() — Method in class PublicApiController
Get API key from request headers
- PublicApiController::getAuthenticatedUserId() — Method in class PublicApiController
Get the authenticated user ID (stateless)
- PublicApiController::getAuthenticatedUsername() — Method in class PublicApiController
- PublicApiController::getPdnsCapabilities() — Method in class PublicApiController
API requests carry no session, so the PowerDNS version is fetched on first use and kept for this request only. Callers ask lazily (a zone create with a catalog kind), so ordinary requests never pay for the lookup.
- PublicApiController::getApiKeyScope() — Method in class PublicApiController
Get the permission scope of the API key for this request. Requests without a key scope (Basic auth, or an unresolvable key) are treated as unrestricted.
- GroupMembersController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/groups/{id}/members: lists, adds and removes the users in a group.
- GroupZonesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/groups/{id}/zones: lists, assigns and unassigns the zones a group owns.
- GroupsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/groups: lists, creates, updates and deletes user groups.
- ServerStatusController::getStatus() — Method in class ServerStatusController
- ZoneDnssecController::getStatus() — Method in class ZoneDnssecController
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::getKey() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- BaseController::getConfig() — Method in class BaseController
Gets the application configuration.
- BaseController::getModuleConfig() — Method in class BaseController
Get a module config value with legacy fallback.
- BaseController::getPdnsCapabilities() — Method in class BaseController
Build a PdnsCapabilities snapshot from the session-cached PowerDNS version. Reads the cache without a network call while it is fresh; once the entry expires it runs one rate-limited refresh, otherwise every capability gate would silently turn off five minutes after the last dashboard visit and hide catalog zones and newer record types.
- BaseController::getCachedPdnsServerInfo() — Method in class BaseController
The server info the page chrome reads for zone type labels. Never calls PowerDNS (it renders on login pages too); the dashboard refreshes the cache, and an expired entry still beats flipping labels to Master/Slave.
- BaseController::getRecordTypeCapabilities() — Method in class BaseController
Capabilities to use when filtering selectable record types, or null to skip version filtering entirely.
- BaseController::getMessages() — Method in class BaseController
Gets messages for a specific script.
- BaseController::getViewPermissionLevel() — Method in class BaseController
The logged-in user's zone view level: "all", "own" or "none"
- BaseController::getCurrentUserId() — Method in class BaseController
Get current user ID
- BaseController::getUserContextService() — Method in class BaseController
Get the user context service
- BaseController::getRequest() — Method in class BaseController
Gets the request data.
- BaseController::getSafeRequestValue() — Method in class BaseController
Gets a safe value from the request data.
- AbstractListLogController::getPageName() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Page identifier for navigation highlighting (e.g. 'list_log_users').
- AbstractListLogController::getPageTitleText() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Translated page title.
- AbstractListLogController::getTemplateName() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Template file rendered for the listing.
- AbstractListLogController::getPaginationRoute() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Pagination route with the
{PageNumber}placeholder in place.- AbstractListLogController::getExportFilenamePrefix() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Export filename prefix (e.g. 'user-logs' → user-logs-YYYY-MM-DD.csv).
- AbstractListLogController::getAdditionalFilterParams() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Query parameters (beyond name and the date range) copied verbatim into the filters when present.
- AbstractListLogController::getAdditionalRenderParams() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Page-specific render parameters merged over the shared ones.
- ListLogApiController::getPageName() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Page identifier for navigation highlighting (e.g. 'list_log_users').
- ListLogApiController::getPageTitleText() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Translated page title.
- ListLogApiController::getTemplateName() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Template file rendered for the listing.
- ListLogApiController::getPaginationRoute() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Pagination route with the
{PageNumber}placeholder in place.- ListLogApiController::getExportFilenamePrefix() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Export filename prefix (e.g. 'user-logs' → user-logs-YYYY-MM-DD.csv).
- ListLogApiController::getAdditionalRenderParams() — Method in class ListLogApiController
Page-specific render parameters merged over the shared ones.
- ListLogGroupsController::getPageName() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Page identifier for navigation highlighting (e.g. 'list_log_users').
- ListLogGroupsController::getPageTitleText() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Translated page title.
- ListLogGroupsController::getTemplateName() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Template file rendered for the listing.
- ListLogGroupsController::getPaginationRoute() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Pagination route with the
{PageNumber}placeholder in place.- ListLogGroupsController::getExportFilenamePrefix() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Export filename prefix (e.g. 'user-logs' → user-logs-YYYY-MM-DD.csv).
- ListLogGroupsController::getAdditionalRenderParams() — Method in class ListLogGroupsController
Page-specific render parameters merged over the shared ones.
- ListLogUsersController::getPageName() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Page identifier for navigation highlighting (e.g. 'list_log_users').
- ListLogUsersController::getPageTitleText() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Translated page title.
- ListLogUsersController::getTemplateName() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Template file rendered for the listing.
- ListLogUsersController::getPaginationRoute() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Pagination route with the
{PageNumber}placeholder in place.- ListLogUsersController::getExportFilenamePrefix() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Export filename prefix (e.g. 'user-logs' → user-logs-YYYY-MM-DD.csv).
- ListLogUsersController::getAdditionalRenderParams() — Method in class ListLogUsersController
Page-specific render parameters merged over the shared ones.
- ListLogZonesController::getPageName() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Page identifier for navigation highlighting (e.g. 'list_log_users').
- ListLogZonesController::getPageTitleText() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Translated page title.
- ListLogZonesController::getTemplateName() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Template file rendered for the listing.
- ListLogZonesController::getPaginationRoute() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Pagination route with the
{PageNumber}placeholder in place.- ListLogZonesController::getExportFilenamePrefix() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Export filename prefix (e.g. 'user-logs' → user-logs-YYYY-MM-DD.csv).
- ListLogZonesController::getAdditionalFilterParams() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Query parameters (beyond name and the date range) copied verbatim into the filters when present.
- ListLogZonesController::getAdditionalRenderParams() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Page-specific render parameters merged over the shared ones.
- EditZoneTemplController::getRowStart() — Method in class EditZoneTemplController
- Request::getQueryParams() — Method in class Request
- Request::getPostParams() — Method in class Request
- Request::getQueryParam() — Method in class Request
- Request::getPostParam() — Method in class Request
- Request::getQueryString() — Method in class Request
Query string value as a string; $default when absent or not a string (?key[]=x).
- Request::getPostString() — Method in class Request
POST body value as a string; $default when absent or not a string (key[]=x).
- Request::getPage() — Method in class Request
1-based page number from the query string, never below 1.
- Request::getRowsPerPage() — Method in class Request
Requested page size from the query string, or null when absent or not a positive integer.
- Request::getParam() — Method in class Request
Returns a parameter from the POST body on POST requests, from the query string otherwise. For endpoints that accept both methods.
- Request::getServerParam() — Method in class Request
- Request::getMethod() — Method in class Request
- Request::getUri() — Method in class Request
- ModuleRegistry::getEnabledModules() — Method in class ModuleRegistry
- ModuleRegistry::getRoutes() — Method in class ModuleRegistry
Get aggregated route definitions from all enabled modules.
- ModuleRegistry::getNavItems() — Method in class ModuleRegistry
Get aggregated navigation items from all enabled modules.
- ModuleRegistry::getCapabilityData() — Method in class ModuleRegistry
Get aggregated capability data from all enabled modules.
- SymfonyRouter::getModuleRegistry() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
- SymfonyRouter::generateUrl() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
Generate URL for a named route.
- SymfonyRouter::getRouteParameters() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
Get route parameters from the matched route.
- SymfonyRouter::getMatchedRoute() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
Get the matched route name.
- SymfonyRouter::getRequest() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
Get the current request object.
- ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware::getAuthenticatedUserId() — Method in class ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware
Get authenticated user ID from API key (stateless)
- ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware::getAuthenticatedApiKeyId() — Method in class ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware
Get the api_keys row id for the request's key (stateless), for audit logging.
- ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware::getApiKeyScope() — Method in class ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware
Get the permission scope of the request's API key (stateless)
- BasicAuthenticationMiddleware::getAuthenticatedUserId() — Method in class BasicAuthenticationMiddleware
Get authenticated user ID from Basic Auth credentials (stateless)
- CsrfTokenService::generateToken() — Method in class CsrfTokenService
- CsrfTokenService::getToken() — Method in class CsrfTokenService
- OidcConfigurationService::getProviderConfig() — Method in class OidcConfigurationService
- OidcConfigurationService::getAllProviderConfigs() — Method in class OidcConfigurationService
- OidcService::getAvailableProviders() — Method in class OidcService
- RecaptchaService::getVersion() — Method in class RecaptchaService
- RecaptchaService::getSiteKey() — Method in class RecaptchaService
- SamlConfigurationService::getProviderConfig() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
- SamlConfigurationService::getAllProviderConfigs() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
- SamlConfigurationService::getServiceProviderConfig() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
- SamlConfigurationService::generateOneLoginSettings() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
Generate OneLogin SAML settings array from configuration
- SamlService::getAvailableProviders() — Method in class SamlService
- SamlService::generateMetadata() — Method in class SamlService
- UserAuthenticationService::generateSalt() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Generate a random salt string.
- UserAuthenticationService::generateCombinedSalt() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Generate a combined salt for the given password.
- UserProvisioningService::getDatabaseUsername() — Method in class UserProvisioningService
Get the database username for a user ID Used to set correct session username when linking existing users
- DnsDataService::getForwardZones() — Method in class DnsDataService
Get forward zones with ownership, pagination, and optional enrichment.
- DnsDataService::getReverseZones() — Method in class DnsDataService
Get reverse zones with ownership, pagination, and optional enrichment.
- DnsDataService::getReverseZoneCounts() — Method in class DnsDataService
Get reverse zone counts (all, ipv4, ipv6) in a single call.
- DnsDataService::getDistinctStartingLetters() — Method in class DnsDataService
Get distinct starting letters for forward zones.
- DnsDataService::getZoneRecords() — Method in class DnsDataService
Get records for a zone.
- DnssecProviderFactory::getPowerDnsVersion() — Method in class DnssecProviderFactory
Get the PowerDNS version if available
- PdnsVersionService::getCached() — Method in class PdnsVersionService
Return the cached server info without making a network call.
- PdnsVersionService::getCachedInfo() — Method in class PdnsVersionService
Static accessor for the cached server info, for callers that don't want to construct the service just to read what IndexController already detected.
- PowerdnsStatusService::getServerStatus() — Method in class PowerdnsStatusService
Server info and the PowerDNS API statistics, without the Prometheus endpoint.
- PowerdnsStatusService::getDetailedServerStatus() — Method in class PowerdnsStatusService
Server status plus a description per metric, taken from the Prometheus endpoint's HELP lines, for the status page tooltips.
- RepositoryFactory::getBackendProvider() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::groupLogger() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- UserServices::groupLogger() — Method in class UserServices
- EmailTemplateService::getTemplatePaths() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Get available template paths for debugging
- RecordAddAccess::granted() — Method in class RecordAddAccess
- AvatarService::getAvatarUrl() — Method in class AvatarService
- AvatarService::getGravatarUrl() — Method in class AvatarService
- AvatarService::getDefaultSize() — Method in class AvatarService
- GroupMembershipService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Adds and removes users from groups and lists a group's members.
- GroupService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Creates, updates, deletes and lists user groups, with the view checks the group pages need.
- GroupService::getGroupById() — Method in class GroupService
Get a group by ID with visibility check
- GroupService::getGroupDetails() — Method in class GroupService
Get group details including member and zone counts
- PasswordGenerationService::generatePassword() — Method in class PasswordGenerationService
Generates a random password that complies with password policy
- PasswordPolicyService::getPolicyConfig() — Method in class PasswordPolicyService
- LocaleResolver::getSupportedLocales() — Method in class LocaleResolver
Returns the enabled locales from interface.enabled_languages, trimmed and with empty entries dropped.
- PaginationService::getUserRowsPerPage() — Method in class PaginationService
Resolves the page size: the value the request asked for wins and is stored as the user's preference, otherwise the stored preference, otherwise the configured default.
- PaginationService::getRowsPerPageOptions() — Method in class PaginationService
Page sizes to offer, so the current and configured values are always selectable.
- UrlService::getAbsoluteUrl() — Method in class UrlService
Build an absolute URL from a relative path
- UrlService::getEmailUrl() — Method in class UrlService
Build an absolute URL for use inside outbound emails
- UrlService::getBaseUrl() — Method in class UrlService
Get the base URL for the application
- UrlService::getLoginUrl() — Method in class UrlService
Get the login page URL
- UrlService::getZoneEditUrl() — Method in class UrlService
Get a zone edit URL for use inside outbound emails
- UrlService::getChangeRequestUrl() — Method in class UrlService
Get a change request review URL for use inside outbound emails
- ZoneGroupService::getGroupDeletionImpact() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
Get zones that will be affected when a group is deleted
- ZoneOwnershipMessages::groupRefusal() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipMessages
- ZoneOwnershipMessages::groupDeletionRefusal() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipMessages
The refusal shown when a group cannot go because zones would be left without an owner.
- ZoneSortingService::getZoneSortOrder() — Method in class ZoneSortingService
Get zone sort order from session/submitted values. Callers pass distinct $sessionKey values (see {SessionKeys}) to keep buckets isolated.
- ZoneSortingService::getReverseZoneTypeFilter() — Method in class ZoneSortingService
Get reverse zone type filter from a submitted value, falling back to session.
- PageRenderer::getLanguageSelectorVars() — Method in class PageRenderer
Build the login-page language selector variables: the active locale, the dropdown options, and a visibility flag. Shared by the header dropdown and the login form's hidden userlang field so the chosen language survives form submission.
- ConfigurationInterface::get() — Method in class ConfigurationInterface
Get a configuration value
- ConfigurationInterface::getGroup() — Method in class ConfigurationInterface
Get an entire configuration group
- ConfigurationInterface::getAll() — Method in class ConfigurationInterface
Get all configuration settings
- DbCompat::groupConcat() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate GROUP_CONCAT expression for the given database type.
- TableNameService::getTable() — Method in class TableNameService
Get table name with prefix using enum (preferred method)
- TableNameService::getTables() — Method in class TableNameService
Get multiple table names at once using enums
- ApiErrorException::getDetails() — Method in class ApiErrorException
Get additional error details
- ApiErrorException::getDetail() — Method in class ApiErrorException
Get a specific detail by key
- GroupNotFoundException — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Error
Thrown when a referenced user group does not exist.
- LastZoneOwnerException::getZones() — Method in class LastZoneOwnerException
- LastZoneOwnerException::getZoneList() — Method in class LastZoneOwnerException
The zone names for a message, shortened when there are many of them.
- ApiKey::generateSecretKey() — Method in class ApiKey
Generate a new random API key with 'pwa_' prefix
- ApiKey::getId() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the ID of this API key (null if not saved)
- ApiKey::getName() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the name of this API key
- ApiKey::getSecretKey() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the secret key of this API key
- ApiKey::getCreatedBy() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the user ID who created this API key
- ApiKey::getCreatedAt() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the creation date of this API key
- ApiKey::getLastUsedAt() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the date this API key was last used
- ApiKey::getExpiresAt() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the expiration date of this API key
- ApiKey::getCreatorUsername() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the creator username
- ApiKey::getCreatorFullname() — Method in class ApiKey
Gets the creator fullname
- ApiKey::getAllowedOperations() — Method in class ApiKey
Operations the key may perform (view/create/update/delete); null means all
- ApiKey::getZoneIds() — Method in class ApiKey
Zones the key is restricted to; null/empty means no restriction
- ApiKeyScope::getZoneIds() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
- ApiKeyScope::getOperations() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
- CryptoKey::getId() — Method in class CryptoKey
- CryptoKey::getType() — Method in class CryptoKey
- CryptoKey::getSize() — Method in class CryptoKey
- CryptoKey::getAlgorithm() — Method in class CryptoKey
- CryptoKey::getDnskey() — Method in class CryptoKey
- CryptoKey::getDs() — Method in class CryptoKey
- CryptoKey::getAlgorithmId() — Method in class CryptoKey
The algorithm number of the DNSKEY record, or 0 without one.
- CryptoKey::getKeyTag() — Method in class CryptoKey
The key tag of the DNSKEY record (RFC 4034, appendix B), or 0 without a readable one. Computed rather than read off a DS record, which a ZSK lacks.
- DnssecAlgorithmName::getSupportedAlgorithmsForCapabilities() — Method in class DnssecAlgorithmName
Algorithm IDs the connected server is expected to accept. Algorithms with a min PowerDNS version are dropped when the connected server is too old (or its version cannot be confirmed). Pass null for $caps to skip version filtering.
- DnssecAlgorithmName::getAlgorithmBitsForCapabilities() — Method in class DnssecAlgorithmName
algorithm => accepted key sizes, for the algorithms the connected server offers, so the form's bit list and the server-side check share one source.
- DnssecAlgorithmName::getSupportedAlgorithmNamesForCapabilities() — Method in class DnssecAlgorithmName
id => display-name map for use in dropdowns. Mirrors getSupportedAlgorithmsForCapabilities() so the dropdown and the controller allowlist never drift.
- MetadataDefinitions::get() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Get the definition for a specific metadata kind.
- MetadataDefinitions::getOptions() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Get the allowed values for a metadata kind, or null when any value is accepted.
- MetadataDefinitions::getOfferedOptions() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Get the values offered by the UI for a kind, narrowed by the matching dns.* config list when set. An empty result means the kind's options are all disabled by configuration; null means free-form input.
- MetadataDefinitions::getAllowedValues() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
The values an editor may store for a kind, or null when any value goes.
- MetadataDefinitions::getSoaEditApiChoices() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
SOA-EDIT-API choices for zone creation: the metadata values plus 'OFF', narrowed by the dns.soa_edit_api_options config list when set.
- Pagination::getTotalItems() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getItemsPerPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getCurrentPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getNumberOfPages() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getStartPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getEndPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getNextPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getPreviousPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::getOffset() — Method in class Pagination
Get the offset for database queries
- Pagination::getLimit() — Method in class Pagination
Get the limit for database queries
- PermissionCatalogue::groups() — Method in class PermissionCatalogue
Default user_groups rows, each backed by the group template of the same name.
- RecordComment::getId() — Method in class RecordComment
- RecordComment::getDomainId() — Method in class RecordComment
- RecordComment::getName() — Method in class RecordComment
- RecordComment::getType() — Method in class RecordComment
- RecordComment::getModifiedAt() — Method in class RecordComment
- RecordComment::getAccount() — Method in class RecordComment
- RecordComment::getComment() — Method in class RecordComment
- UberuserChange::groupDeleted() — Method in class UberuserChange
The group goes, and its memberships with it.
- UberuserChange::groupTemplateChanged() — Method in class UberuserChange
The group moves to another permission template.
- User::getId() — Method in class User
- User::getPassword() — Method in class User
- User::getHashedPassword() — Method in class User
Get the hashed password for authentication purposes This is an alias for getPassword() to match the method name used in authentication
- UserGroup::getId() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroup::getName() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroup::getDescription() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroup::getPermTemplId() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroup::getCreatedBy() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroup::getCreatedAt() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroup::getUpdatedAt() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroup::getMaxZones() — Method in class UserGroup
The group's own zone limit: null when none is set, 0 when it may own no zones
- UserGroupMember::getId() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserGroupMember::getGroupId() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserGroupMember::getUserId() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserGroupMember::getCreatedAt() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserGroupMember::getUsername() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserGroupMember::getFullname() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserGroupMember::getEmail() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserMfa::getId() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getUserId() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getSecret() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getRecoveryCodes() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getRecoveryCodesAsArray() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getVerificationData() — Method in class UserMfa
Get verification data
- UserMfa::getVerificationDataAsArray() — Method in class UserMfa
Get verification data as array
- UserMfa::getType() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getFactorType() — Method in class UserMfa
The configured factor as an enum, or null for a type this build no longer knows.
- UserMfa::getLastUsedAt() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getCreatedAt() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::getUpdatedAt() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::generateRecoveryCodes() — Method in class UserMfa
Generate new recovery codes
- UserPreference::getId() — Method in class UserPreference
- UserPreference::getUserId() — Method in class UserPreference
- UserPreference::getPreferenceKey() — Method in class UserPreference
- UserPreference::getPreferenceValue() — Method in class UserPreference
- Zone::getName() — Method in class Zone
- ZoneGroup::getId() — Method in class ZoneGroup
- ZoneGroup::getDomainId() — Method in class ZoneGroup
- ZoneGroup::getGroupId() — Method in class ZoneGroup
- ZoneGroup::getCreatedAt() — Method in class ZoneGroup
- ZoneGroup::getName() — Method in class ZoneGroup
- ZoneGroup::getType() — Method in class ZoneGroup
- ZoneType::getTypes() — Method in class ZoneType
Get an array of the available zone types.
- ZoneType::getCreatableTypes() — Method in class ZoneType
Kinds that may be created, given what the connected server supports and whether the caller may add a zone that replicates from a remote primary.
- ZoneType::getReplicatingTypes() — Method in class ZoneType
- ZoneType::getAllTypes() — Method in class ZoneType
Every kind PowerDNS accepts. Used as a last-resort guard so an unvalidated caller cannot write an arbitrary string into the zone kind.
- ModuleInterface::getName() — Method in class ModuleInterface
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- ModuleInterface::getRoutes() — Method in class ModuleInterface
Get route definitions for this module.
- ModuleInterface::getNavItems() — Method in class ModuleInterface
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- ModuleInterface::getCapabilities() — Method in class ModuleInterface
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- ModuleInterface::getCapabilityData() — Method in class ModuleInterface
Get data for a specific capability.
- ModuleInterface::getTemplatePath() — Method in class ModuleInterface
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
- ApiStatusInterface::getLastError() — Method in class ApiStatusInterface
- CatalogBackendInterface::getCatalogMembers() — Method in class CatalogBackendInterface
Zones carrying the given catalog.
- CatalogBackendInterface::getZonesByKind() — Method in class CatalogBackendInterface
Zones of one kind, with the catalog each currently belongs to.
- CatalogBackendInterface::getZoneCatalog() — Method in class CatalogBackendInterface
Catalog the zone belongs to, lowercase and without a trailing dot, or '' when it is not a member.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::getRecordById() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Get a single record by ID.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::getZoneIdFromRecordId() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Get zone ID from a record ID.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::getRecordsByZoneId() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Get records by zone ID, optionally filtered by type.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::getRecordsByName() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Get the records at one name in a zone, optionally filtered by type.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::getSOARecord() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Get SOA record content for a zone.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::getZoneRecords() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Get all records for a zone from the DNS backend.
- RecordSearchInterface::getTotalRecords() — Method in class RecordSearchInterface
- SessionInterface::get() — Method in class SessionInterface
- SupermasterBackendInterface::getSupermasters() — Method in class SupermasterBackendInterface
Get all supermasters.
- TotpInterface::generateSecret() — Method in class TotpInterface
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::getDsRecords() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::getDnsKeyRecords() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::getKeys() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZoneById() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get zone info by ID.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZoneNameById() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get zone name by domain ID.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZoneIdByName() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get zone ID by name.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZoneTypeById() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get zone type by domain ID.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZoneMasterById() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get zone master by domain ID, for any zone kind.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getBestMatchingReverseZoneId() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Find the best matching reverse zone ID for a PTR record name.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZones() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get all zones from the DNS backend.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZonesByIds() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get id, name and type for the given zone ids, sorted by name.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZoneStats() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Get bulk zone stats (DNSSEC state, SOA serials) keyed by zone name.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::getZoneSoaHealth() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Report SOA-record presence and disabled state for a zone, used by zone-list UIs to render "Disabled" / "No SOA" badges. SLAVE zones legitimately have no SOA (records arrive via AXFR), so callers may pass the zone kind to skip unnecessary lookups; implementations must return is_missing_soa=false for SLAVE.
- ZoneSearchInterface::getTotalZones() — Method in class ZoneSearchInterface
- ZoneSigningInterface::getEditedSerial() — Method in class ZoneSigningInterface
Serial as served by PowerDNS with SOA-EDIT applied (the "signed" serial), or null when the server does not expose it or the zone cannot be read.
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::getAll() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Get all API keys
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::getZoneIds() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Get the zone IDs an API key is restricted to
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getDomainNameById() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get Domain Name by domain ID
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getDomainIdByName() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get Domain ID by name
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getDomainType() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get the kind of a domain. In API backend mode a zones row without a cached kind costs one round trip to PowerDNS.
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getDomainMaster() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get the master (primary) server stored for a domain, whatever its kind.
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getZones() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get Zones
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getZoneInfoFromId() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get Zone details from Zone ID
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getZoneInfoFromIds() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get Zone(s) details from Zone IDs
- DomainRepositoryInterface::getBestMatchingZoneIdFromName() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Get Best Matching in-addr.arpa Zone ID from Domain Name
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface::getUserZones() — Method in class DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface::getZoneType() — Method in class DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface::getDnsRecords() — Method in class DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::getPermissionsByTemplateId() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
Permissions available (template id 0) or assigned to one template.
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::getPermissionTemplateDetails() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
Name, description and type of a template.
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::getMinimalPermissionTemplateId() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
The template with the fewest permissions, excluding superuser templates.
- RecordListingInterface::getRecordsByDomainId() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Get records by domain ID
- RecordListingInterface::getRecordsPageByDomainId() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
One page of the records getRecordsByDomainId() returns, in the same order, without the empty non-terminals (rows with no type or no name)
- RecordListingInterface::getRRSetPageRecords() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
The records of one page of RRsets: the RRsets (name and type) are paged in the order they first appear in getRecordsByDomainId(), and every record of each one on the page comes back, in that same order
- RecordListingInterface::getRecordsByDomainIdContaining() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
getRecordsByDomainId(), narrowed to rows that may contain the given substrings, case-insensitively. It never drops a row that contains them; it may keep more, so callers still apply their own exact filter.
- RecordListingInterface::getRRSetRecordsContaining() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Every record of each RRset (name and type) that has a member which may contain the given substrings, in getRecordsByDomainId() order. Like getRecordsByDomainIdContaining() it may keep more than the exact match.
- RecordListingInterface::getCommentForRecord() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
The comment shown for one record: the SQL backend gives the comment linked to the record, else the unlinked comment for its name and type; the API backend gives the RRset comment, shared by every record in the set.
- RecordListingInterface::getRecordsFromDomainId() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Get all records from a domain id.
- RecordListingInterface::getFilteredRecords() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Get filtered records from a domain with search capabilities
- RecordListingInterface::getFilteredRecordCount() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Get count of filtered records
- RecordListingInterface::getRRSetRecords() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Get all records in an RRset (matching domain, name, and type)
- RecordListingInterface::getNewRecordId() — Method in class RecordListingInterface
Get the ID of a newly created record
- RecordLookupInterface::getRecordById() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Get a record by ID
- RecordLookupInterface::getRecordFromId() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Get a Record from a Record ID
- RecordLookupInterface::getRecordDetailsFromRecordId() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Get record details from Record ID
- RecordLookupInterface::getZoneIdFromRecordId() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Get Zone ID from Record ID
- RecordLookupInterface::getRecordsByName() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Get the records at one name in a zone, optionally filtered by type.
- RecordLookupInterface::getRecordsAtOrUnder() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Get the enabled records in a zone at a name or anywhere below it, matched case-insensitively. Empty non-terminals are excluded.
- UserAdminInterface::getZoneOwnerFullNames() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Get the full names of all owners of a zone, comma-separated
- UserAdminInterface::getUsersList() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Get a paginated list of users with zone counts
- UserAdminInterface::getUsersWithZoneCounts() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Get all users with the number of zones each one owns
- UserAdminInterface::getUserDetailList() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Get detailed user list with template, group, and MFA info
- UserAdminInterface::getTotalUserCount() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Get total count of users in the system
- UserAdminInterface::getUserZones() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Get zones owned by a user
- UserAgreementRepositoryInterface::getUserAgreements() — Method in class UserAgreementRepositoryInterface
The user's acceptances, newest first.
- UserGroupLookupInterface::getGroupIdsForUser() — Method in class UserGroupLookupInterface
Get the IDs of the groups the user belongs to
- UserGroupWriterInterface::getMemberCountsByGroupIds() — Method in class UserGroupWriterInterface
Get member counts for multiple groups in a single query
- UserLookupInterface::getUserById() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Get a user by ID
- UserLookupInterface::getUserByUsername() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Get a user by username
- UserLookupInterface::getUserByEmail() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Get a user by email
- UserLookupInterface::getProvisioningProfile() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
The columns external provisioning compares before writing.
- UserLookupInterface::getFullNameById() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Get a user's full name by ID
- UserLookupInterface::getFullNameByUsername() — Method in class UserLookupInterface
Full name of the user with exactly this username (accent-exact match), or null when there is none
- UserPermissionReadInterface::getUserPermissions() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Get all permissions for a specific user
- UserPermissionReadInterface::getTemplatePermissionNames() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Names of the permissions a permission template grants
- UserPermissionReadInterface::getPermissionIdsByName() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Resolve every permission id carrying a given name
- UserPermissionReadInterface::getAdminUserIds() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Ids of every user holding the ueberuser permission directly or through a group.
- UserPermissionReadInterface::getUserGroupIds() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Ids of the groups the user is a member of
- UserPermissionReadInterface::getUserOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Canonical ids of the zones the user owns directly or through any group
- UserPermissionReadInterface::getDirectlyOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Canonical ids of the zones the user owns directly, without group grants; each zone once however many owner rows it has
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::getZoneOwners() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Get users who own a zone
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::getOwnerIdsByZoneIds() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Direct owners of several zones in one query, for list pages.
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::getOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Ids of every zone the user owns directly or through a group, in the id space the zone logs and zones_groups use.
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getZoneComment() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get zone comment by zone ID
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getZoneById() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get a zone by ID
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getZone() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get a zone by ID with full details
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getAllZonesFiltered() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get all zones with filtering and pagination
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getZoneCount() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get the total number of zones
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getZoneCountFiltered() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get count of zones with filtering
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getDistinctStartingLetters() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getReverseZones() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get reverse zones with efficient database-level filtering and pagination
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getReverseZoneCounts() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
Get all reverse zone counts in a single query (optimization)
- ZoneSerialReadInterface::getSerialByZid() — Method in class ZoneSerialReadInterface
Get Serial for Zone ID
- ZoneSerialReadInterface::getSerialsByZoneIds() — Method in class ZoneSerialReadInterface
Get serial numbers for multiple zones in a single query
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::getZoneTemplateDetails() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Get zone template details by ID.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::getTemplateNameForZone() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Get the template name linked to a zone.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::getOwner() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Get the owner ID of a zone template.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::globalTemplateExists() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Whether a global template (owner 0) with this ID exists.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::getZoneTemplateRecords() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Get the records of a zone template.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::getZoneTemplateRecordById() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Get a single zone template record by ID.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::getTemplateIdForZone() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
The template a zone is linked to.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::getZonesByIds() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Name and type of the given zones, ordered by name.
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::getUnsyncedZoneCount() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Get count of zones needing sync for a template
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::getTemplateSyncStatus() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Get sync status for all templates
- ApiKeyService::getAllApiKeys() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Get all API keys the current user has access to with creator usernames
- ApiKeyService::getApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Get a specific API key if the current user has access to it
- ApiKeyService::getUserIdFromApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Get user ID from API key without setting session (stateless).
- ApiKeyService::getIdFromApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Get the api_keys row id from a raw secret key without setting session (stateless).
- ApiKeyService::getScopeFromApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Resolve the permission scope of an API key (stateless, no session writes).
- ApiPermissionService::getUserGroupIds() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Return the group IDs the user is a member of.
- ApiPermissionService::getUserPermissionTemplateId() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Read the permission template currently stored on an account.
- ApiPermissionService::getChangeRequestPermissionLevelForZone() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Change request level narrowed to the zone: "all", "own", or "none".
- ApiPermissionService::getChangeApprovePermissionLevelForZone() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Change approve level narrowed to the zone: "all", "own", or "none".
- ApiPermissionService::getChangeApprovalMode() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
How the user's zone changes are handled: written directly, filed as a change request, or refused. With change approval off this is today's edit rule.
- ApiPermissionService::getReviewableZoneIds() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Zones whose change requests the user may review: null for every zone, otherwise the owned zones (or none) that the approve and edit levels cover.
- ApiPermissionService::getUserOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Zones the user owns directly or through any group.
- ApiPermissionService::getUserVisibleZoneIds() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Get all zone IDs that the user is allowed to view (stateless)
- DynamicDnsAuthenticationService::getUserZones() — Method in class DynamicDnsAuthenticationService
- MfaService::getUserMfaRepository() — Method in class MfaService
Get the user MFA repository
- MfaService::getUserMfa() — Method in class MfaService
Get user's MFA settings
- MfaService::getOrCreateUserMfa() — Method in class MfaService
Get or create MFA settings for a user
- MfaService::generateSecretKey() — Method in class MfaService
Generate a new secret key for authenticator app-based MFA
- MfaService::generateEmailVerificationCode() — Method in class MfaService
Generate a simple numeric verification code for email-based MFA
- MfaService::generateQrCodeSvg() — Method in class MfaService
Generate a QR code SVG for MFA setup
- MfaService::getMfaType() — Method in class MfaService
Get MFA type for a user
- MfaService::getRecoveryCodes() — Method in class MfaService
Get recovery codes for a user
- PermissionService::getUserPermissions() — Method in class PermissionService
Get all permissions for a specific user (direct template and group-based)
- PermissionService::getViewPermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Get view permission level for a user
- PermissionService::getEditPermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Get edit permission level for a user
- PermissionService::getEditPermissionLevelForZone() — Method in class PermissionService
The user's edit level narrowed to one zone: "own" levels apply only when the zone is owned directly or via any group.
- PermissionService::getZoneMetaEditPermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Get zone meta edit permission level for a user
- PermissionService::getZoneMetadataViewPermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Get zone metadata view permission level for a user
- PermissionService::getZoneOwnershipViewPermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Get zone ownership view permission level for a user
- PermissionService::getZoneLogPermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Zone log access level: "all" (others or admin), "own", or "none".
- PermissionService::getChangeRequestPermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Change request level: "all" (others or admin), "own", or "none". Decides whether the user may file a change request instead of editing directly.
- PermissionService::getChangeApprovePermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Change approve level: "all" (others or admin), "own", or "none". Reviewing additionally requires the edit permission, see ChangeApprovalPolicy::canReview().
- PermissionService::getChangeRequestPermissionLevelForZone() — Method in class PermissionService
The user's change request level narrowed to one zone: "own" applies only when the zone is owned directly or via any group.
- PermissionService::getChangeApprovePermissionLevelForZone() — Method in class PermissionService
The user's change approve level narrowed to one zone: "own" applies only when the zone is owned directly or via any group.
- PermissionService::getPermissionFlags() — Method in class PermissionService
Several permissions at once, as name => granted, for templates that branch on them.
- PermissionService::getDeletePermissionLevel() — Method in class PermissionService
Get delete permission level for a user
- UserContextService::getLoggedInUsername() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::getLoggedInUserId() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::getDisplayName() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::getAuthMethod() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::getAuthMethodEnum() — Method in class UserContextService
The session's auth method as an enum. Unknown or absent reads as SQL.
- UserContextService::getUserEmail() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::getOAuthAvatarUrl() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::getUserLanguage() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::getSessionData() — Method in class UserContextService
- DnsValidatorRegistry::getValidator() — Method in class DnsValidatorRegistry
Get validator for a specific record type
- BindZoneFileGenerator::generate() — Method in class BindZoneFileGenerator
- RecordLog::getRecord() — Method in class RecordLog
- RecordLog::getRecordCopy() — Method in class RecordLog
- RecordMatchingService::getMatchingForwardRecords() — Method in class RecordMatchingService
Get A records from the forward zone that match the given IP range
- RecordMatchingService::getMatchingIPv6ForwardRecords() — Method in class RecordMatchingService
Get AAAA records from the forward zone that match the given IPv6 /64 network
- RecordTypeService::getAllTypes() — Method in class RecordTypeService
Get all record types.
- RecordTypeService::getDomainZoneTypes() — Method in class RecordTypeService
Get domain zone record types.
- RecordTypeService::getReverseZoneTypes() — Method in class RecordTypeService
Get reverse zone record types.
- RecordTypeService::getDeprecatedTypes() — Method in class RecordTypeService
Get deprecated record types.
- ReverseRecordCreator::getContentRev() — Method in class ReverseRecordCreator
- ReverseTtlResolver::getDefaultTtl() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
Default TTL for a new record on the add/edit form when the record type is not yet known (only the zone is). Reverse-zone forms default to PTR, so we consult the same fallback chain as resolveTtlForType('PTR', true).
- ReverseTtlResolver::getForwardTtl() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
Plain dns.ttl with the 86400 fallback used by the historical batch-PTR flow when settings.defaults.php is bypassed.
- ReverseTtlResolver::getConfiguredReverseTtl() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
The configured dns.ttl_reverse value, or null when unset/empty.
- ReverseTtlResolver::getTypeDefaults() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
Admin-configured per-type defaults keyed by uppercase record type.
- SOARecordManager::getSOARecord() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Get SOA record content for Zone ID
- SOARecordManager::getSOASerial() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Get SOA Serial Number
- SOARecordManager::getNextDate() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Get Next Date
- SOARecordManager::getNextSerial() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Get Next Serial
- SOARecordManager::getUpdatedSOARecord() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Return SOA record with incremented serial number
- SOARecordManagerInterface::getSOARecord() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Get SOA record content for Zone ID
- SOARecordManagerInterface::getSOASerial() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Get SOA Serial Number
- SOARecordManagerInterface::getUpdatedSOARecord() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Return SOA record with incremented serial number
- SOARecordManagerInterface::getNextSerial() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Get next serial number
- SOARecordManagerInterface::getNextDate() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Get Next Date
- SupermasterManager::getSupermasters() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Get All Supermasters
- SupermasterManager::getSupermasterInfoFromIp() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Get Supermaster Info from IP
- SupermasterManager::getSlaveServerIPs() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Get distinct slave server IP addresses
- ZoneTemplateGroupShares::groupsForNewTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateGroupShares
The groups a template being created is shared with, or the refusal. The creator becomes the owner, so the owner's rules apply.
- ZoneTemplateService::getListZoneTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Get a list of all available zone templates
- ZoneTemplateService::getDefaultTemplateId() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateService::getListZoneUseTempl() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Get list of all zones using template
- ZoneTemplateService::getZoneAndDomainIdsByTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Get id pairs for zones using a template.
- ZoneTemplateService::getZonesUsingTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Get detailed information about zones using a specific template
- ZoneTemplateService::getZonesByIds() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Get zone details by zone IDs
- ZoneTemplateService::getZoneTemplIdsByName() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Get zone template IDs by name
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::getDefaultTemplateId() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
Resolve the system-wide default zone template
- GroupReferenceResolver — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
Turns a submitted list of group references into distinct group entities
- LastSuperAdminGuard::guard() — Method in class LastSuperAdminGuard
Writes unless $change would leave no active super admin. Returns the refusal, or what $write returned.
- UserAgreementService::getAgreementTemplate() — Method in class UserAgreementService
Get the template path for the agreement page Always returns the default template since customization is done via content inclusion
- UserAgreementService::getCurrentVersion() — Method in class UserAgreementService
Get current agreement version
- UserManagementService::getUserById() — Method in class UserManagementService
Get a user by ID with complete information including permissions
- UserManagementService::getUsersList() — Method in class UserManagementService
Get paginated list of users with their details and permissions
- UserManagementService::getUsersPage() — Method in class UserManagementService
Get one page of users with their details and permissions, without counting them
- UserManagementService::getUserByUsername() — Method in class UserManagementService
Get user details by username (similar to list format)
- UserManagementService::getUserByEmail() — Method in class UserManagementService
Get user details by email (similar to list format)
- UserPreferenceService::getPreference() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getAllPreferences() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getRowsPerPage() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getShowZoneSerial() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getShowZoneTemplate() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getShowZoneRecordCount() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getRecordFormPosition() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getSaveButtonPosition() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getShowRecordId() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getShowAddRecordForm() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getShowRecordEditButton() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getShowRecordDeleteButton() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getDisplayHostnameOnly() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::getWideLayout() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserTimezoneService::getEffectiveTimezone() — Method in class UserTimezoneService
- ValidationResult::getField() — Method in class ValidationResult
The record part the errors are about, when the validator named one
- ValidationResult::getErrors() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get all validation error messages
- ValidationResult::getFirstError() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get first error message or empty string if no errors
- ValidationResult::getData() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get data from successful validation
- ValidationResult::getWarnings() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get warnings from the validation result
- ValidationResult::getFirstWarning() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get first warning message or empty string if no warnings
- CatalogZoneService::getProducers() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
Every producer zone. Used to resolve a catalog to its producer, so it must stay unfiltered even when the caller may not manage all of them.
- CatalogZoneService::getManageableProducers() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
Producers the user may actually publish through.
- CatalogZoneService::getCatalogProducer() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
The producer whose catalog this zone is in, or null when it is not a member.
- CatalogZoneService::getEligibleMembers() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
Zones the user may add to a catalog: publishable, not already a member, and theirs to change.
- CatalogZoneService::getMembers() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
Members of a producer, each flagged with whether PowerDNS will publish it.
- CatalogZoneService::getCatalog() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
- ForwardZoneAssociationService::getAssociatedForwardZones() — Method in class ForwardZoneAssociationService
Get associated forward zones for reverse zones by analyzing PTR records
- ZoneOwnershipIndex::groupIds() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipIndex
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::groupLimit() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
The group's limit: its own, else dns.default_max_zones_per_group. Null means unlimited.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::groupZoneCount() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::groupBreach() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Whether granting the group $adding more zones would exceed its limit.
- ZoneOwnershipModeService::getMode() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipModeService
- ZoneValidationService::getFormattedErrorMessage() — Method in class ZoneValidationService
Get a formatted error message from validation results
- DnsHelper::getSubDomainName() — Method in class DnsHelper
- DomainHelper::getDomains() — Method in class DomainHelper
- DomainUtility::getDomainLevel() — Method in class DomainUtility
Return domain level for given name
- DomainUtility::getSecondLevelDomain() — Method in class DomainUtility
Return domain second level domain for given name
- IpHelper::getCidrBlockSize() — Method in class IpHelper
Calculate the block size for a given CIDR prefix (IPv4) Uses bit shifting instead of pow() for guaranteed int return type
- IpHelper::getCidrNetmask() — Method in class IpHelper
Calculate the netmask for a given CIDR prefix (IPv4)
- IpHelper::getProposedIPv4() — Method in class IpHelper
- IpHelper::getProposedIPv6() — Method in class IpHelper
- DynamicDnsRequest::getUsername() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::getPassword() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::getHostname() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::getIpv4() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::getIpv6() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::getUserAgent() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- HostnameValue::getValue() — Method in class HostnameValue
- IpAddressList::getIpv4Addresses() — Method in class IpAddressList
- IpAddressList::getIpv6Addresses() — Method in class IpAddressList
- IpAddressList::getSortedIpv4Addresses() — Method in class IpAddressList
- IpAddressList::getSortedIpv6Addresses() — Method in class IpAddressList
- LdapUserInfo::getUsername() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- LdapUserInfo::getEmail() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- LdapUserInfo::getDisplayName() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- LdapUserInfo::getFullName() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- LdapUserInfo::getGroups() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- LdapUserInfo::getProviderId() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- LdapUserInfo::getSubject() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- LdapUserInfo::getRawData() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getUsername() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getEmail() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getDisplayName() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getFullName() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getGroups() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getProviderId() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getSubject() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getRawData() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::getAvatarUrl() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getUsername() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getEmail() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getDisplayName() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getFullName() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getGroups() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getProviderId() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getSubject() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::getRawData() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getUsername() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getEmail() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getDisplayName() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getFullName() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getGroups() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getProviderId() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getNameId() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getSessionIndex() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::getSubject() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
Get the subject identifier for SAML (NameID) This method provides compatibility with OIDC UserInfo interface
- SamlUserInfo::getRawData() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
Get raw data for compatibility with OIDC UserInfo Maps SAML attributes to the same format as OIDC
- UserInfoInterface::getUsername() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- UserInfoInterface::getEmail() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- UserInfoInterface::getDisplayName() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- UserInfoInterface::getFullName() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- UserInfoInterface::getGroups() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- UserInfoInterface::getProviderId() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- UserInfoInterface::getSubject() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- UserInfoInterface::getRawData() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- PowerdnsApiClient::getAllZones() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get all zones from the PowerDNS server
- PowerdnsApiClient::getAllZoneStats() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get zone stats (DNSSEC, serial) for all zones in a single API call.
- PowerdnsApiClient::getZoneCounts() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Count the zones PowerDNS serves by kind and how many of them are signed, from a single zone list request.
- PowerdnsApiClient::getAllZoneKinds() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get zone kind/masters/catalog for all zones in a single API call. Used to keep the local zones-table cache aligned with PowerDNS when zone kinds change outside Poweradmin (e.g. via pdnsutil set-kind), and to resolve catalog membership without a per-zone lookup.
- PowerdnsApiClient::getZoneKeys() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get DNSSEC keys for a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::getZoneKeyWithPrivate() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Fetch a single cryptokey including its
privatekeyfield, which PowerDNS only returns from the per-key GET endpoint (the list view omits it). Returns null when the key cannot be retrieved.- PowerdnsApiClient::getZoneMetadata() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get all metadata for a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::getZoneMetadataKind() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get a specific metadata kind for a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::getConfig() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get PowerDNS configuration
- PowerdnsApiClient::getServerInfo() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get PowerDNS server information
- PowerdnsApiClient::getServerConfig() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
getConfig() flattened to a name => value map for settings lookups.
- PowerdnsApiClient::getMetrics() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get PowerDNS server metrics
- PowerdnsApiClient::getZoneRrset() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Fetch the RRsets at one name instead of the whole zone body. Leaving the type out returns every type at that name.
- PowerdnsApiClient::getZoneCatalogName() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
A zone's catalog from a single zone read, canonicalised like getAllZoneKinds().
- PowerdnsApiClient::getZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get a single zone with its RRsets
- PowerdnsApiClient::getLastWriteRejection() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
What PowerDNS said when it refused the last patchZoneRRsets() call, or null when the call succeeded or failed without a PowerDNS verdict (transport, auth).
- PowerdnsApiClient::getLastWriteRejectionStatus() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
The HTTP status of the answer behind getLastWriteRejection(), or null without one.
- PowerdnsApiClient::getAutoprimaries() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get all autoprimaries
- PowerdnsApiClient::getTsigKeys() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Get all TSIG keys
- Google2FaTotp — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Auth
TOTP backed by pragmarx/google2fa.
- Google2FaTotp::generateSecret() — Method in class Google2FaTotp
- ConfigValidator::getErrors() — Method in class ConfigValidator
- ConfigValidator::getWarnings() — Method in class ConfigValidator
Settings that are legal but ineffective; they never fail validate().
- ConfigurationManager::getInstance() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Get the singleton instance
- ConfigurationManager::get() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Get a configuration value by its key
- ConfigurationManager::getGroup() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Get an entire configuration group
- ConfigurationManager::getDefaultsFilePath() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Absolute path that initialize() probed for the defaults file.
- ConfigurationManager::getAll() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Get all configuration settings
- DebugPDO::getQueries() — Method in class DebugPDO
- DbApiLogger::getDistinctEventTypes() — Method in class DbApiLogger
- DbApiLogger::getDistinctUsers() — Method in class DbApiLogger
- DbApiLogger::getFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbApiLogger
- DbGroupLogger::getDistinctEventTypes() — Method in class DbGroupLogger
- DbGroupLogger::getFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbGroupLogger
- DbUserLogger::getDistinctEventTypes() — Method in class DbUserLogger
- DbUserLogger::getDistinctUsers() — Method in class DbUserLogger
- DbUserLogger::getFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbUserLogger
- DbZoneLogger::getDistinctOperations() — Method in class DbZoneLogger
- DbZoneLogger::getDistinctUsers() — Method in class DbZoneLogger
- DbZoneLogger::getDistinctUsersForZones() — Method in class DbZoneLogger
Distinct usernames that appear inside log_zones events for the given zone IDs.
- DbZoneLogger::getFilteredLogs() — Method in class DbZoneLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::getFiltered() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::getDistinctActions() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::getDistinctUsers() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- ProxyContext::guzzleProxyConfig() — Method in class ProxyContext
Build a Guzzle-shaped proxy config from the environment, suitable for passing as the
proxyoption to a Guzzle client (or any consumer that accepts Guzzle's request options, e.g.league/oauth2-client).- ApiDomainRepository::getDomainNameById() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get Domain Name by domain ID
- ApiDomainRepository::getDomainIdByName() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get Domain ID by name
- ApiDomainRepository::getDomainType() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get the kind of a domain. In API backend mode a zones row without a cached kind costs one round trip to PowerDNS.
- ApiDomainRepository::getDomainMaster() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get the master (primary) server stored for a domain, whatever its kind.
- ApiDomainRepository::getZones() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get Zones
- ApiDomainRepository::getZoneInfoFromId() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get Zone details from Zone ID
- ApiDomainRepository::getZoneInfoFromIds() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get Zone(s) details from Zone IDs
- ApiDomainRepository::getBestMatchingZoneIdFromName() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Get Best Matching in-addr.arpa Zone ID from Domain Name
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::getUserZones() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::getZoneType() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::getDnsRecords() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiRecordRepository::getZoneIdFromRecordId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get Zone ID from Record ID
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordDetailsFromRecordId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get record details from Record ID
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordFromId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get a Record from a Record ID
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordsFromDomainId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get all records from a domain id.
- ApiRecordRepository::getSerialByZid() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get Serial for Zone ID
- ApiRecordRepository::getSerialsByZoneIds() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get serial numbers for multiple zones in a single query
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordsByDomainId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get records by domain ID
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordsPageByDomainId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
One page of the records getRecordsByDomainId() returns, in the same order, without the empty non-terminals (rows with no type or no name)
- ApiRecordRepository::getRRSetPageRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
The records of one page of RRsets: the RRsets (name and type) are paged in the order they first appear in getRecordsByDomainId(), and every record of each one on the page comes back, in that same order
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordsByDomainIdContaining() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
getRecordsByDomainId(), narrowed to rows that may contain the given substrings, case-insensitively. It never drops a row that contains them; it may keep more, so callers still apply their own exact filter.
- ApiRecordRepository::getRRSetRecordsContaining() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Every record of each RRset (name and type) that has a member which may contain the given substrings, in getRecordsByDomainId() order. Like getRecordsByDomainIdContaining() it may keep more than the exact match.
- ApiRecordRepository::getCommentForRecord() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
The comment shown for one record: the SQL backend gives the comment linked to the record, else the unlinked comment for its name and type; the API backend gives the RRset comment, shared by every record in the set.
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordsByName() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get the records at one name in a zone, optionally filtered by type.
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordsAtOrUnder() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get the enabled records in a zone at a name or anywhere below it, matched case-insensitively. Empty non-terminals are excluded.
- ApiRecordRepository::getFilteredRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get filtered records from a domain with search capabilities
- ApiRecordRepository::getFilteredRecordCount() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get count of filtered records
- ApiRecordRepository::getNewRecordId() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get the ID of a newly created record
- ApiRecordRepository::getRecordById() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get a record by ID
- ApiRecordRepository::getRRSetRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Get all records in an RRset (matching domain, name, and type)
- ApiRecordSearch::getTotalRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordSearch
- ApiZoneRepository::getDistinctStartingLetters() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
- ApiZoneRepository::getReverseZones() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get reverse zones with efficient database-level filtering and pagination
- ApiZoneRepository::getReverseZoneCounts() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get all reverse zone counts in a single query (optimization)
- ApiZoneRepository::getZone() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get a zone by ID with full details
- ApiZoneRepository::getZoneComment() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get zone comment by zone ID
- ApiZoneRepository::getOwnerIdsByZoneIds() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Direct owners of several zones in one query, for list pages.
- ApiZoneRepository::getOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Ids of every zone the user owns directly or through a group, in the id space the zone logs and zones_groups use.
- ApiZoneRepository::getZoneOwners() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get users who own a zone
- ApiZoneRepository::getZoneCount() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get the total number of zones
- ApiZoneRepository::getZoneCountFiltered() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get count of zones with filtering
- ApiZoneRepository::getAllZonesFiltered() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get all zones with filtering and pagination
- ApiZoneRepository::getZoneById() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Get a zone by ID
- ApiZoneSearch::getTotalZones() — Method in class ApiZoneSearch
Counts every match unpaged, so record counts stay off: they would cost an API call per matched zone only to be discarded.
- DbApiKeyRepository::getAll() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbApiKeyRepository::getZoneIds() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::getPermissionsByTemplateId() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Get List of Permissions
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::getPermissionTemplateDetails() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Get name and description of template from Template ID
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::getMinimalPermissionTemplateId() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Get the permission template with the fewest permissions assigned.
- DbUserAgreementRepository::getUserAgreements() — Method in class DbUserAgreementRepository
The user's acceptances, newest first.
- DbUserAgreementRepository::getAllAgreements() — Method in class DbUserAgreementRepository
- DbUserGroupRepository::getGroupIdsForUser() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Get the IDs of the groups the user belongs to
- DbUserGroupRepository::getMemberCountsByGroupIds() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Get member counts for multiple groups in a single query
- DbUserRepository::getUserById() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get user by ID
- DbUserRepository::getFullNameById() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get a user's full name by ID
- DbUserRepository::getFullNameByUsername() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Full name of the user with exactly this username (accent-exact match), or null when there is none
- DbUserRepository::getZoneOwnerFullNames() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get the full names of all owners of a zone, comma-separated
- DbUserRepository::getUserGroupIds() — Method in class DbUserRepository
- DbUserRepository::getUserOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class DbUserRepository
- DbUserRepository::getDirectlyOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class DbUserRepository
- DbUserRepository::getUserPermissions() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get all permissions for a specific user
- DbUserRepository::getUsersList() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get a paginated list of users with zone counts
- DbUserRepository::getUsersWithZoneCounts() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get all users with the number of zones each one owns
- DbUserRepository::getUserDetailList() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get detailed user list with template, group, and MFA info
- DbUserRepository::getTotalUserCount() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get total count of users in the system
- DbUserRepository::getUserZones() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get zones owned by a user
- DbUserRepository::getAdminUserIds() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Ids of every user holding the ueberuser permission directly or through a group.
- DbUserRepository::getTemplatePermissionNames() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Names of the permissions a permission template grants
- DbUserRepository::getPermissionIdsByName() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Resolve every permission id carrying a given name
- DbUserRepository::getUserByUsername() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get a user by username
- DbUserRepository::getUserByEmail() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Get a user by email
- DbUserRepository::getProvisioningProfile() — Method in class DbUserRepository
The columns external provisioning compares before writing.
- DbZoneRepository::getDistinctStartingLetters() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
- DbZoneRepository::getReverseZones() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get reverse zones with efficient database-level filtering and pagination
- DbZoneRepository::getReverseZoneCounts() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get all reverse zone counts in a single query (optimization)
- DbZoneRepository::getZone() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get a zone by ID with full details
- DbZoneRepository::getZoneComment() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get zone comment by zone ID
- DbZoneRepository::getZoneOwners() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get users who own a zone
- DbZoneRepository::getOwnerIdsByZoneIds() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Direct owners of several zones in one query, for list pages.
- DbZoneRepository::getOwnedZoneIds() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Ids of every zone the user owns directly or through a group, in the id space the zone logs and zones_groups use.
- DbZoneRepository::getZoneCount() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get the total number of zones
- DbZoneRepository::getZoneCountFiltered() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get count of zones filtered by zone IDs (permission-aware)
- DbZoneRepository::getAllZonesFiltered() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get all zones filtered by zone IDs (permission-aware)
- DbZoneRepository::getZoneById() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get a zone by ID
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::getZoneTemplateDetails() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Get zone template details by ID
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::getTemplateNameForZone() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Get the template name linked to a zone
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::getZoneTemplateRecords() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Get all records for a zone template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::getZoneTemplateRecordById() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Get a single zone template record by ID
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::globalTemplateExists() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Whether a global template (owner 0) with this ID exists
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::getTemplateIdForZone() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
The template a zone is linked to.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::getOwner() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Get the owner ID of a zone template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::getZonesByIds() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Name and type of the given zones
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::getUnsyncedZoneCount() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Get count of zones needing sync for a template
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::getTemplateSyncStatus() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Get sync status for all templates
- RecordSearch::getTotalRecords() — Method in class RecordSearch
Get the total number of records based on the specified parameters.
- RecordSearch::getFoundRecords() — Method in class RecordSearch
Get the total number of found records based on the given search criteria.
- SqlDomainRepository::getDomainNameById() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get Domain Name by domain ID
- SqlDomainRepository::getDomainIdByName() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get Domain ID by name
- SqlDomainRepository::getDomainType() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get the kind of a domain. In API backend mode a zones row without a cached kind costs one round trip to PowerDNS.
- SqlDomainRepository::getDomainMaster() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get the master (primary) server stored for a domain, whatever its kind.
- SqlDomainRepository::getZones() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get Zones
- SqlDomainRepository::getZoneInfoFromId() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get Zone details from Zone ID
- SqlDomainRepository::getZoneInfoFromIds() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get Zone(s) details from Zone IDs
- SqlDomainRepository::getBestMatchingZoneIdFromName() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Get Best Matching in-addr.arpa Zone ID from Domain Name
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::getUserZones() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::getZoneType() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::getDnsRecords() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- SqlRecordRepository::getZoneIdFromRecordId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get Zone ID from Record ID
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordDetailsFromRecordId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get record details from Record ID
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordFromId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get a Record from a Record ID
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordsFromDomainId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get all records from a domain id.
- SqlRecordRepository::getSerialByZid() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get Serial for Zone ID
- SqlRecordRepository::getSerialsByZoneIds() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get serial numbers for multiple zones in a single query
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordsByDomainId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get records by domain ID
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordsPageByDomainId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
One page of the records getRecordsByDomainId() returns, in the same order, without the empty non-terminals (rows with no type or no name)
- SqlRecordRepository::getRRSetPageRecords() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
The records of one page of RRsets: the RRsets (name and type) are paged in the order they first appear in getRecordsByDomainId(), and every record of each one on the page comes back, in that same order
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordsByDomainIdContaining() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
getRecordsByDomainId(), narrowed to rows that may contain the given substrings, case-insensitively. It never drops a row that contains them; it may keep more, so callers still apply their own exact filter.
- SqlRecordRepository::getRRSetRecordsContaining() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Every record of each RRset (name and type) that has a member which may contain the given substrings, in getRecordsByDomainId() order. Like getRecordsByDomainIdContaining() it may keep more than the exact match.
- SqlRecordRepository::getCommentForRecord() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
The comment shown for one record: the SQL backend gives the comment linked to the record, else the unlinked comment for its name and type; the API backend gives the RRset comment, shared by every record in the set.
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordsByName() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get the records at one name in a zone, optionally filtered by type.
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordsAtOrUnder() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get the enabled records in a zone at a name or anywhere below it, matched case-insensitively. Empty non-terminals are excluded.
- SqlRecordRepository::getFilteredRecords() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get filtered records from a domain with search capabilities
- SqlRecordRepository::getFilteredRecordCount() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get count of filtered records
- SqlRecordRepository::getNewRecordId() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get the ID of a newly created record
- SqlRecordRepository::getRecordById() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get a record by ID
- SqlRecordRepository::getRRSetRecords() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Get all records in an RRset (matching domain, name, and type)
- ZoneSearch::getTotalZones() — Method in class ZoneSearch
Get the total number of zones based on the specified search criteria.
- ZoneSearch::getFoundZones() — Method in class ZoneSearch
Get the number of found zones based on the search criteria.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getApiClient() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
The client carries per-request read caches, so anything needing raw API access shares this one rather than building a second.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getCatalogMembers() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Zones carrying the given catalog.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZonesByKind() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Zones of one kind, with the catalog each currently belongs to.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneCatalog() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Catalog the zone belongs to, lowercase and without a trailing dot, or '' when it is not a member.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneById() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get zone info by ID.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneNameById() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get zone name by domain ID.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneIdByName() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get zone ID by name.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneTypeById() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get zone type by domain ID.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneMasterById() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get zone master by domain ID, for any zone kind.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getRecordById() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get a single record by ID.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneIdFromRecordId() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get zone ID from a record ID.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneStats() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get bulk zone stats (DNSSEC state, SOA serials) keyed by zone name.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getRecordsByZoneId() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get records by zone ID, optionally filtered by type.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getRecordsByName() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get the records at one name in a zone, optionally filtered by type.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getSOARecord() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get SOA record content for a zone.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getBestMatchingReverseZoneId() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Find the best matching reverse zone ID for a PTR record name.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZones() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get all zones from the DNS backend.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZonesByIds() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get id, name and type for the given zone ids, sorted by name.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneSoaHealth() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Report SOA-record presence and disabled state for a zone, used by zone-list UIs to render "Disabled" / "No SOA" badges. SLAVE zones legitimately have no SOA (records arrive via AXFR), so callers may pass the zone kind to skip unnecessary lookups; implementations must return is_missing_soa=false for SLAVE.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getZoneRecords() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get all records for a zone from the DNS backend.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::getSupermasters() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Get all supermasters.
- AbstractConsistencyChecks::groupByLowerName() — Method in class AbstractConsistencyChecks
One finding per zone name used by more than one zone in different letter case.
- DnsSecApiProvider::getDsRecords() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- DnsSecApiProvider::getDnsKeyRecords() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- DnsSecApiProvider::getKeys() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- DnsSecApiProvider::getEditedSerial() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
Serial as served by PowerDNS with SOA-EDIT applied (the "signed" serial), or null when the server does not expose it or the zone cannot be read.
- MessageService::getMessages() — Method in class MessageService
Get messages for a specific script and clear them from session
- NullDnssecProvider::getDsRecords() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::getDnsKeyRecords() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::getKeys() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::getEditedSerial() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
Serial as served by PowerDNS with SOA-EDIT applied (the "signed" serial), or null when the server does not expose it or the zone cannot be read.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getCatalogMembers() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Zones carrying the given catalog.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZonesByKind() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Zones of one kind, with the catalog each currently belongs to.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneCatalog() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Catalog the zone belongs to, lowercase and without a trailing dot, or '' when it is not a member.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneById() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get zone info by ID.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneNameById() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get zone name by domain ID.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneIdByName() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get zone ID by name.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneTypeById() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get zone type by domain ID.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneMasterById() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get zone master by domain ID, for any zone kind.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getRecordById() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get a single record by ID.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneIdFromRecordId() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get zone ID from a record ID.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneStats() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get bulk zone stats (DNSSEC state, SOA serials) keyed by zone name.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneSoaHealth() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Report SOA-record presence and disabled state for a zone, used by zone-list UIs to render "Disabled" / "No SOA" badges. SLAVE zones legitimately have no SOA (records arrive via AXFR), so callers may pass the zone kind to skip unnecessary lookups; implementations must return is_missing_soa=false for SLAVE.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getRecordsByZoneId() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get records by zone ID, optionally filtered by type.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getRecordsByName() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get the records at one name in a zone, optionally filtered by type.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getSOARecord() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get SOA record content for a zone.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getBestMatchingReverseZoneId() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Find the best matching reverse zone ID for a PTR record name.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZones() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get all zones from the DNS backend.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZonesByIds() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get id, name and type for the given zone ids, sorted by name.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getZoneRecords() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get all records for a zone from the DNS backend.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::getSupermasters() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Get all supermasters.
- StyleManager::getSelectedStyle() — Method in class StyleManager
- ApiStatusService::getLastError() — Method in class ApiStatusService
- ArraySession::get() — Method in class ArraySession
- FlashMessage::getMessage() — Method in class FlashMessage
- FlashMessage::getType() — Method in class FlashMessage
- FormStateService::getFormData() — Method in class FormStateService
Get form data from the session without removing it
- FormStateService::generateFormId() — Method in class FormStateService
Generate a unique form ID based on the current request
- PhpSession::get() — Method in class PhpSession
- IpAddressRetriever::getClientIp() — Method in class IpAddressRetriever
Get the client IP address.
- LanguageCode::getByLocale() — Method in class LanguageCode
Returns the language name corresponding to the given locale.
- ResultPaginator::getDistinctLetters() — Method in class ResultPaginator
Get distinct starting letters from a dataset field.
- ReverseDomainHierarchySorting::getHierarchicalSortOrder() — Method in class ReverseDomainHierarchySorting
Get hierarchy-based sort order SQL clause for reverse DNS zones.
- ReverseZoneSorting::getSortOrder() — Method in class ReverseZoneSorting
Get the appropriate SQL sort order clause based on the configuration setting.
- SortHelper::getNaturalSortOrder() — Method in class SortHelper
ORDER BY clause that sorts the name column naturally for the given driver.
- SortHelper::getReverseRecordNameSortOrder() — Method in class SortHelper
ORDER BY clause that sorts the record names of an in-addr.arpa zone in IP order.
- UserAgentService::getUserAgent() — Method in class UserAgentService
Get the User-Agent string safely sanitized for logging
- UserAgentService::getShortUserAgent() — Method in class UserAgentService
Get a shortened version of the User-Agent string
- UserAgentService::getBrowserInfo() — Method in class UserAgentService
Get browser name and version from User-Agent
- BadgeTwigExtension::getFunctions() — Method in class BadgeTwigExtension
- BadgeTwigExtension::getRecordTypeClass() — Method in class BadgeTwigExtension
- BadgeTwigExtension::getZoneTypeClass() — Method in class BadgeTwigExtension
- BadgeTwigExtension::getZoneTypeLabel() — Method in class BadgeTwigExtension
- BadgeTwigExtension::getAutoprimariesLabel() — Method in class BadgeTwigExtension
- PermissionTwigExtension::getFunctions() — Method in class PermissionTwigExtension
- CsvExportModule::getName() — Method in class CsvExportModule
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- CsvExportModule::getRoutes() — Method in class CsvExportModule
Get route definitions for this module.
- CsvExportModule::getNavItems() — Method in class CsvExportModule
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- CsvExportModule::getCapabilities() — Method in class CsvExportModule
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- CsvExportModule::getCapabilityData() — Method in class CsvExportModule
Get data for a specific capability.
- CsvExportModule::getTemplatePath() — Method in class CsvExportModule
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
- DnsWizardModule::getName() — Method in class DnsWizardModule
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- DnsWizardModule::getRoutes() — Method in class DnsWizardModule
Get route definitions for this module.
- DnsWizardModule::getNavItems() — Method in class DnsWizardModule
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- DnsWizardModule::getCapabilities() — Method in class DnsWizardModule
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- DnsWizardModule::getCapabilityData() — Method in class DnsWizardModule
Get data for a specific capability.
- DnsWizardModule::getTemplatePath() — Method in class DnsWizardModule
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
- AbstractDnsWizard::getRecordType() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- AbstractDnsWizard::getWizardType() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- AbstractDnsWizard::getDisplayName() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- AbstractDnsWizard::getDescription() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- AbstractDnsWizard::getPreview() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- AbstractDnsWizard::getWizardConfig() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Get wizard module configuration with legacy fallback
- AbstractDnsWizard::getDefaultTTL() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Get default TTL from configuration
- AbstractDnsWizard::getFormSchema() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- AbstractDnsWizard::generateRecord() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- CAAWizard::getFormSchema() — Method in class CAAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- CAAWizard::generateRecord() — Method in class CAAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DKIMWizard::getFormSchema() — Method in class DKIMWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DKIMWizard::generateRecord() — Method in class DKIMWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DMARCWizard::getFormSchema() — Method in class DMARCWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DMARCWizard::generateRecord() — Method in class DMARCWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SPFWizard::getFormSchema() — Method in class SPFWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SPFWizard::generateRecord() — Method in class SPFWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SRVWizard::getFormSchema() — Method in class SRVWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SRVWizard::generateRecord() — Method in class SRVWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- TLSAWizard::getFormSchema() — Method in class TLSAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- TLSAWizard::generateRecord() — Method in class TLSAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- WizardRegistry::getAvailableWizardTypes() — Method in class WizardRegistry
Get list of available wizard types
- WizardRegistry::getWizard() — Method in class WizardRegistry
Get a wizard instance by type
- WizardRegistry::getAllWizards() — Method in class WizardRegistry
Get all available wizard instances
- WizardRegistry::getWizardMetadata() — Method in class WizardRegistry
Get wizard metadata for UI display
- EmailPreviewsModule::getName() — Method in class EmailPreviewsModule
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- EmailPreviewsModule::getRoutes() — Method in class EmailPreviewsModule
Get route definitions for this module.
- EmailPreviewsModule::getNavItems() — Method in class EmailPreviewsModule
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- EmailPreviewsModule::getCapabilities() — Method in class EmailPreviewsModule
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- EmailPreviewsModule::getCapabilityData() — Method in class EmailPreviewsModule
Get data for a specific capability.
- EmailPreviewsModule::getTemplatePath() — Method in class EmailPreviewsModule
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
- EmailPreviewService::generateNewAccountPreview() — Method in class EmailPreviewService
- EmailPreviewService::generatePasswordResetPreview() — Method in class EmailPreviewService
- EmailPreviewService::generateMfaVerificationPreview() — Method in class EmailPreviewService
- EmailPreviewService::generateAllPreviews() — Method in class EmailPreviewService
- EmailPreviewService::generateCustomPreviews() — Method in class EmailPreviewService
- RdapModule::getName() — Method in class RdapModule
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- RdapModule::getRoutes() — Method in class RdapModule
Get route definitions for this module.
- RdapModule::getNavItems() — Method in class RdapModule
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- RdapModule::getCapabilities() — Method in class RdapModule
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- RdapModule::getCapabilityData() — Method in class RdapModule
Get data for a specific capability.
- RdapModule::getTemplatePath() — Method in class RdapModule
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
- RdapService::getRdapServer() — Method in class RdapService
- RdapService::getRdapServerForDomain() — Method in class RdapService
- RdapService::getAllRdapServers() — Method in class RdapService
- RdapService::getRdapInfo() — Method in class RdapService
- SecondaryZoneImportModule::getName() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportModule
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- SecondaryZoneImportModule::getRoutes() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportModule
Get route definitions for this module.
- SecondaryZoneImportModule::getNavItems() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportModule
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- SecondaryZoneImportModule::getCapabilities() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportModule
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- SecondaryZoneImportModule::getCapabilityData() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportModule
Get data for a specific capability.
- SecondaryZoneImportModule::getTemplatePath() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportModule
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
- WhoisService::getWhoisServer() — Method in class WhoisService
- WhoisService::getWhoisServerForDomain() — Method in class WhoisService
- WhoisService::getAllWhoisServers() — Method in class WhoisService
- WhoisService::getWhoisInfo() — Method in class WhoisService
- WhoisModule::getName() — Method in class WhoisModule
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- WhoisModule::getRoutes() — Method in class WhoisModule
Get route definitions for this module.
- WhoisModule::getNavItems() — Method in class WhoisModule
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- WhoisModule::getCapabilities() — Method in class WhoisModule
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- WhoisModule::getCapabilityData() — Method in class WhoisModule
Get data for a specific capability.
- WhoisModule::getTemplatePath() — Method in class WhoisModule
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
- ParsedZoneFile::getOrigin() — Method in class ParsedZoneFile
- ParsedZoneFile::getDefaultTtl() — Method in class ParsedZoneFile
- ParsedZoneFile::getRecords() — Method in class ParsedZoneFile
- ParsedZoneFile::getWarnings() — Method in class ParsedZoneFile
- ParsedZoneFile::getRecordCount() — Method in class ParsedZoneFile
- ZoneImportExportModule::getName() — Method in class ZoneImportExportModule
Get unique module identifier (e.g., 'csv_export', 'zone_import_export')
- ZoneImportExportModule::getRoutes() — Method in class ZoneImportExportModule
Get route definitions for this module.
- ZoneImportExportModule::getNavItems() — Method in class ZoneImportExportModule
Get navigation items to add to the Tools dropdown.
- ZoneImportExportModule::getCapabilities() — Method in class ZoneImportExportModule
Get list of capabilities this module provides, from the CAP_* constants above.
- ZoneImportExportModule::getCapabilityData() — Method in class ZoneImportExportModule
Get data for a specific capability.
- ZoneImportExportModule::getTemplatePath() — Method in class ZoneImportExportModule
Get the absolute path to the module's template directory.
H
- Arguments::has() — Method in class Arguments
- CommandRegistry::has() — Method in class CommandRegistry
- HeadlessNotFoundController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
Answers every miss on a headless install, where there is no web interface to render a 404 page with.
- HealthController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
Unauthenticated readiness probe reporting whether Poweradmin can reach its own dependencies. Disabled by default.
- PublicApiController::handleException() — Method in class PublicApiController
Handle exception and return JSON error response
- $ BaseController#httpRequest — Property in class BaseController
- BaseController::halt() — Method in class BaseController
Ends the request after its response was written; see RequestHalted.
- BaseController::hasPermission() — Method in class BaseController
Check if the logged-in user has the given permission
- BootstrapErrorResponder::handle() — Method in class BootstrapErrorResponder
- RequestContext::hasJsonContentType() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the request body is declared as JSON.
- HeadlessRouteFilter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Routing
Removes the web interface from the route collection when interface.web_enabled is false, leaving an API-only (headless) surface.
- OidcService::handleCallback() — Method in class OidcService
Finishes the login from the provider's callback. Returns the application path the caller must redirect to when a second factor is still owed, null otherwise.
- SamlService::handleAssertion() — Method in class SamlService
Consumes the posted assertion and finishes the login. Returns the application path the caller must redirect to when a second factor is still owed, null otherwise.
- SamlService::handleSingleLogout() — Method in class SamlService
- UserAuthenticationService::hashPassword() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Hash a password using the specified method.
- EmailTemplateService::hasCustomTemplate() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Check if a custom template exists
- ChangeApprovalContext::hasReviewerOtherThan() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
Whether any of the given users other than the requester may review requests for the zone. Holders of both levels at "all" qualify without a per-zone lookup; ownership is read only for users with an "own" level, and only when no such user exists.
- DbCompat::handleSqlMode() — Method in class DbCompat
Handles SQL mode for MySQL database connection by disabling 'ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY' if needed.
- ApiErrorException::hasDetail() — Method in class ApiErrorException
Check if a specific detail exists
- ApiKey::hasExpired() — Method in class ApiKey
Checks if this API key has expired
- ApiKeyScope::hasZoneRestriction() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
- Pagination::hasNextPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::hasPreviousPage() — Method in class Pagination
- RecordType::hasPriority() — Method in class RecordType
Whether $type keeps its preference in the separate prio column
- EmailTemplateRendererInterface::hasCustomTemplate() — Method in class EmailTemplateRendererInterface
Whether an operator-supplied template file overrides the shipped one.
- PasswordHasherInterface::hashPassword() — Method in class PasswordHasherInterface
Hash a password using the specified method.
- SerialBackendInterface::hasSoaEditApi() — Method in class SerialBackendInterface
Check whether the zone has soa_edit_api configured in PowerDNS.
- SessionInterface::has() — Method in class SessionInterface
- AuthUserLookupInterface::hasActiveLdapUser() — Method in class AuthUserLookupInterface
Whether the account is still active and still LDAP-enabled, re-checked on every request so a disabled account loses a cached LDAP bind at once.
- LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface::hasAttemptTypeColumn() — Method in class LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface
Whether the attempt_type column exists, which it does not between a code deploy and the 4.5.0 SQL update.
- RecordLookupInterface::hasPtrRecord() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Check if any PTR record exists for a given reverse domain name
- RecordLookupInterface::hasSimilarRecords() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Check if record has similar records with same name and type
- RecordLookupInterface::hasNonDelegationRecords() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Check if non-delegation records exist for a given name
- UserAgreementRepositoryInterface::hasUserAcceptedAgreement() — Method in class UserAgreementRepositoryInterface
- UserPermissionReadInterface::hasAdminPermission() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Check if a user has admin permissions
- UserPermissionReadInterface::holdsUberuserThroughGroup() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Whether a group the user belongs to grants the super admin permission, so changing the user's own template cannot take it away.
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::handOverNamedZoneRow() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Give the named zone row a user being deleted holds to another user, so the zone stays.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::handOverSharedTemplates() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Give the user's shared templates to another user, so the groups keep them when the owner is deleted. Runs inside the caller's transaction.
- ApiKeyService::hasUnmappedZoneScope() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Whether the key keeps a zone restriction the zone id upgrade could not map; it is stored as zone id 0, which matches no zone, and the edit form cannot show it as selected.
- ApiPermissionService::hasZoneContentEditPermission() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Content-edit grant that applies to the zone (never own_as_client, never metadata).
- PermissionService::hasPermission() — Method in class PermissionService
Check if a user has a specific permission
- PermissionService::hasZoneContentEditPermission() — Method in class PermissionService
Whether the user holds a content-edit grant that applies to the zone: edit_others (or admin), or edit_own on an owned zone. own_as_client is NOT included, so this is the gate for record types clients may not touch and never for zone metadata.
- UserContextService::hasSessionData() — Method in class UserContextService
- DnsValidatorRegistry::hasValidator() — Method in class DnsValidatorRegistry
Check if a validator exists for a record type
- HHITRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
HHIT (HIP Hash Identity Tag) record validator
- HINFORecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
HINFO record validator
- HTTPSRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
HTTPS record validator
- HostnamePolicy — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
The three dns.* settings that decide how strictly a hostname's labels and TLD are checked.
- HostnameValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Hostname validation service
- DomainManager::handOverZone() — Method in class DomainManager
Give a zone of a user being deleted to another user; where the user's row carries the zone (API backend) it changes owner, otherwise the new owner is added
- DomainManagerInterface::handOverZone() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Give a zone of a user being deleted to another user; where the user's row carries the zone (API backend) it changes owner, otherwise the new owner is added
- RecordLog::hasChanged() — Method in class RecordLog
- UserAgreementService::hasCustomContent() — Method in class UserAgreementService
Check if custom agreement content exists
- ValidationResult::hasWarnings() — Method in class ValidationResult
Check if the validation result has warnings
- ShadowedRecordFinder::hiddenRecords() — Method in class ShadowedRecordFinder
- ZoneEditService::holdAudit() — Method in class ZoneEditService
Holds the audit lines of the rows written from now on until releaseAudit(), so the lines of a save that is rolled back never reach the log.
- ZoneOwnershipIndex::hasGroupOwners() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipIndex
Whether any zone on the page is group-owned, so group names are worth loading.
- ZoneOwnershipResolution::hasError() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipResolution
- DynamicDnsRequest::hasUsername() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::hasUserAgent() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::hasHostname() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- DynamicDnsRequest::hasIpAddresses() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- HostnameValue — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
A hostname that passed validation (full HostnameValidator when config is given, a syntax check otherwise).
- IpAddressList::hasIpv4Addresses() — Method in class IpAddressList
- IpAddressList::hasIpv6Addresses() — Method in class IpAddressList
- HttpClient — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Api
Sends JSON requests to the PowerDNS HTTP API with X-API-Key, retrying GETs once on transient failures.
- LogHandlerInterface::handle() — Method in class LogHandlerInterface
- NativeLogHandler::handle() — Method in class NativeLogHandler
- ProxyContext::httpOptionsFor() — Method in class ProxyContext
Build the proxy-related http context options for a target URL, or an empty array when no proxy applies.
- AccountOwnerLookup::heldBack() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
Zones adopterFor() left ownerless because their user was at the zone limit.
- ApiRecordRepository::hasNonDelegationRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Check if non-delegation records exist for a given name
- ApiRecordRepository::hasSimilarRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Check if record has similar records with same name and type
- ApiRecordRepository::hasPtrRecord() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Check if any PTR record exists for a given reverse domain name
- ApiZoneRepository::handOverNamedZoneRow() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Give the named zone row a user being deleted holds to another user, so the zone stays.
- BaseSearch::handleSqlMode() — Method in class BaseSearch
- DbApiKeyRepository::hashSecretKey() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
One-way hash applied to API keys before persistence. SHA-256 is sufficient because keys are 256+ bits of entropy from
random_bytes(32); brute force across the keyspace is infeasible without a salt. Thesha256$prefix makes hashed entries syntactically distinct from any legacy plaintext key so the plaintext-fallback path can refuse pass-the-hash candidates without also rejecting unusual legacy key formats.- DbLoginAttemptRepository::hasAttemptTypeColumn() — Method in class DbLoginAttemptRepository
Whether the attempt_type column exists, which it does not between a code deploy and the 4.5.0 SQL update.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::hashToken() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
One-way hash applied to a reset token before persistence. SHA-256 is sufficient because tokens are 256 bits of entropy from
random_bytes(32); brute force across the keyspace is infeasible without a salt. Thesha256$prefix matches the API key repository so the same shape gate defends both surfaces against pass-the-hash from a DB-read leak.- DbUserAgreementRepository::hasUserAcceptedAgreement() — Method in class DbUserAgreementRepository
- DbUserRepository::hasActiveLdapUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Whether the account is still active and still LDAP-enabled, re-checked on every request so a disabled account loses a cached LDAP bind at once.
- DbUserRepository::hasAdminPermission() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Check if a user has admin permissions
- DbUserRepository::holdsUberuserThroughGroup() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Whether a group the user belongs to grants the super admin permission, so changing the user's own template cannot take it away.
- DbZoneRepository::handOverNamedZoneRow() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Give the named zone row a user being deleted holds to another user, so the zone stays.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::handOverSharedTemplates() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Give the user's shared templates to another user, so the groups keep them when the owner is deleted. Runs inside the caller's transaction.
- SqlRecordRepository::hasNonDelegationRecords() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Check if non-delegation records exist for a given name
- SqlRecordRepository::hasSimilarRecords() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Check if record has similar records with same name and type
- SqlRecordRepository::hasPtrRecord() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Check if any PTR record exists for a given reverse domain name
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::hasSoaEditApi() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Check whether the zone has soa_edit_api configured in PowerDNS.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::hasSoaEditApi() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Check whether the zone has soa_edit_api configured in PowerDNS.
- ArraySession::has() — Method in class ArraySession
- PhpSession::has() — Method in class PhpSession
- RdapService::hasTld() — Method in class RdapService
- WhoisService::hasTld() — Method in class WhoisService
I
- Bootstrap::initializeTimezone() — Method in class Bootstrap
Priority: configured timezone > php.ini date.timezone > UTC
- Bootstrap::initializeSession() — Method in class Bootstrap
Starts the session with secure cookie flags and a gc lifetime behind the app's own timeout.
- AbstractApiController::isJsonRequest() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Checks if the current request is a JSON request
- AbstractApiController::inputString() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Extract a string value from input array.
- AbstractApiController::inputInt() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Extract an integer value from input array.
- AbstractApiController::inputBool() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Extract a boolean value from input array.
- AbstractApiController::inputIntFromBool() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Extract an integer value that also accepts JSON booleans and "true"/"false" strings.
- AbstractApiController::inputTemplate() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Extract a template ID from input. Accepts string IDs, "none", and JSON integers.
- InternalApiController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
Base for session-authenticated internal API endpoints: requires a login and the X-CSRF-Token header on writes.
- RecordResource::item() — Method in class RecordResource
A single record as GET, POST and PUT /zones/{id}/records emit it: the name relative to the zone, the zone id second. A row without an id (the readback after a write failed) reports null.
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::importKey() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- BaseController::isPost() — Method in class BaseController
Checks if the current request is a POST request.
- BaseController::isApiBackend() — Method in class BaseController
Backend identity, for the few places that report it rather than act on a capability (the is_api_backend template variable, the API error banner).
- BaseController::isZoneOwner() — Method in class BaseController
Check if the logged-in user owns the given zone directly or via group membership
- IndexController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Renders the dashboard after login with the cards allowed by the user's permissions.
- EditUserController::isIdpManaged() — Method in class EditUserController
Whether a user's identity fields (fullname/email) are owned by an external identity provider, and so must stay read-only.
- ListPaging::isPastEnd() — Method in class ListPaging
Whether the page lies beyond the last one. Checked before any offset is computed, so a huge page number can never overflow ($page - 1) * $perPage.
- RequestContext::isApiRequest() — Method in class RequestContext
Checks if the current request is any API route
- RequestContext::isInternalApiRoute() — Method in class RequestContext
Checks if the current request is an internal API route (api/internal/*)
- RequestContext::isV2ApiRequest() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the current request targets the v2 public API. Matches on the URL path only (query string ignored) so the v2 error-wrapper decision is not swayed by an unrelated URL that merely mentions /api/v2/ in its query string.
- RequestContext::isPublicApiRequest() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the request targets the versioned public API (/api/v1, /api/v2, ...), which authenticates every request by key or Basic credentials and keeps no session.
- RequestContext::isApiPath() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the request targets an API family declared in routes.yaml. Wider than isApiRequest(), which covers only internal and versioned routes, but matched per segment: a plain
/api/test also caught the web page /settings/api/logs.- RequestContext::isHealthProbeRequest() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the request targets one of the monitoring probes declared in routes.yaml, which are served without a session so a monitor scraping every few seconds does not leave a session file behind per request.
- RequestContext::isAjax() — Method in class RequestContext
Whether the request was made via XMLHttpRequest.
- PaginationPresenter::items() — Method in class PaginationPresenter
Previous, first page, leading ellipsis, the window around the current page, trailing ellipsis, last page and next, in display order. Empty for a single page.
- RecordFormFieldPresenter::idFor() — Method in class RecordFormFieldPresenter
- ZoneStartingLettersPresenter::items() — Method in class ZoneStartingLettersPresenter
The digits bucket, a-z, the IDN bucket for punycode zones and "Show all", in display order.
- HeadlessRouteFilter::isAllowed() — Method in class HeadlessRouteFilter
- SymfonyRouter::isRouteFound() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
Check if route was found.
- AuthOutcome::isFailure() — Method in class AuthOutcome
- LdapAuthenticator::invalidateAuthenticationCache() — Method in class LdapAuthenticator
Invalidate LDAP authentication cache
- LdapBindPassword::isUsable() — Method in class LdapBindPassword
- LoginAttemptService::isIpBlacklisted() — Method in class LoginAttemptService
Whether the address is on the configured lockout blacklist.
- LoginAttemptService::isAccountLocked() — Method in class LoginAttemptService
- LoginAttemptService::isIpInList() — Method in class LoginAttemptService
Check if an IP address is in the given list.
- MfaVerificationMailer::isMailConfigurationValid() — Method in class MfaVerificationMailer
- OidcConfigurationService::isAutoProvisioningTemplateMissing() — Method in class OidcConfigurationService
Auto-provisioning aborts for any user who matches no group mapping when there is no default template to fall back on, so the login fails with a generic error. Reported to superusers on the dashboard.
- OidcConfigurationService::isEnabled() — Method in class OidcConfigurationService
- OidcService::isEnabled() — Method in class OidcService
- OidcService::initiateAuthFlow() — Method in class OidcService
- RecaptchaService::isEnabled() — Method in class RecaptchaService
- RemoteUserIdentitySource::isEnabled() — Method in class RemoteUserIdentitySource
- RemoteUserIdentitySource::identity() — Method in class RemoteUserIdentitySource
The signed-in user, or null when the feature is off, nobody is signed in, or the value cannot be trusted or used as a username.
- SamlConfigurationService::isAutoProvisioningTemplateMissing() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
Auto-provisioning aborts for any user who matches no group mapping when there is no default template to fall back on, so the login fails with a generic error. Reported to superusers on the dashboard.
- SamlConfigurationService::isEnabled() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
- SamlService::isEnabled() — Method in class SamlService
- SamlService::initiateAuthFlow() — Method in class SamlService
- SamlService::initiateSingleLogout() — Method in class SamlService
- UserAuthenticationService::identifyHashAlgorithm() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Identify the hash algorithm used for the given hash.
- UserProvisioningService::isActiveUser() — Method in class UserProvisioningService
Whether a matched account may sign in; provisionUser() can return a disabled account.
- DnsBackendProviderFactory::isApiBackend() — Method in class DnsBackendProviderFactory
Check whether the admin configured API mode.
- DnsDataService::isApiBackend() — Method in class DnsDataService
Check if the API backend is active.
- PowerdnsStatusService::isApiEnabled() — Method in class PowerdnsStatusService
- MailService::isMailConfigurationValid() — Method in class MailService
Verify mail configuration is valid before attempting to send
- RecordAddAccess::isGranted() — Method in class RecordAddAccess
- RecordAddResult::isOk() — Method in class RecordAddResult
- RecordEditResult::isOk() — Method in class RecordEditResult
- AvatarService::isOAuthAvatarEnabled() — Method in class AvatarService
- AvatarService::isGravatarEnabled() — Method in class AvatarService
- AvatarService::isAvatarEnabled() — Method in class AvatarService
- GroupMembershipService::isUserMember() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
Check if a user is a member of a group
- GroupService::isGroupNameAvailable() — Method in class GroupService
Check if a group name is available
- PasswordResetService::isEnabled() — Method in class PasswordResetService
Check if password reset is enabled
- UsernameRecoveryService::isEnabled() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryService
Check if username recovery is enabled
- ZoneCreateFormMessages::invalidReverseNetwork() — Method in class ZoneCreateFormMessages
The reverse-zone form got neither a network nor a reverse zone name.
- ZoneCreateOutcome::isReverseZone() — Method in class ZoneCreateOutcome
- ZoneGroupService::isGroupOwner() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
Check if a group owns a zone
- DbCompat::isNumericString() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the expression to check if a column contains only digits (is numeric string).
- DbCompat::isMissingColumn() — Method in class DbCompat
Whether the error is a missing column, as on a schema that predates the column's update.
- DbCompat::isMissingTable() — Method in class DbCompat
Whether the error is a missing table, so read paths can degrade on an install whose PHP code was deployed before its SQL update ran. Covers MySQL, PostgreSQL and SQLite.
- ApiKey::isDisabled() — Method in class ApiKey
Checks if this API key is disabled
- ApiKey::isValid() — Method in class ApiKey
Checks if this API key is valid (not expired and not disabled)
- ApiKey::isReadonly() — Method in class ApiKey
Whether this API key is restricted to read-only (view/GET) requests
- ApiKeyScope::isOperationAllowed() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
Whether the operation behind the given HTTP method is allowed by this scope.
- ApiKeyScope::isOperationTypeAllowed() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
Whether a specific operation (view/create/update/delete) is allowed by this scope. Use this for endpoints where the HTTP method does not determine the operation - e.g. bulk record changes or dynamic DNS upserts.
- ApiKeyScope::isZoneAllowed() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
Whether the given zone is within this scope.
- ApiKeyScope::isReadonly() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
- CryptoKey::isActive() — Method in class CryptoKey
- CryptoKey::isSecureEntryPoint() — Method in class CryptoKey
Whether the DNSKEY carries the SEP flag (257), or null without a readable one.
- MetadataDefinitions::isApiWritable() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Check if a metadata kind is writable via the API.
- MetadataDefinitions::isOperatorOnly() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Check whether a metadata kind may only be set by a superuser.
- MetadataDefinitions::isServerManaged() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Check whether PowerDNS maintains this kind itself.
- MetadataDefinitions::isMultiValue() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Check if a metadata kind accepts multiple values.
- Pagination::isFirstPage() — Method in class Pagination
- Pagination::isLastPage() — Method in class Pagination
- PdnsCapabilities::isKnown() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
- PdnsCapabilities::isAtLeast() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
True when the connected server is at least $minVersion. When the version is unknown, returns $whenUnknown (default false - conservative).
- Permission::isRecordTypeRestrictedForClient() — Method in class Permission
Check whether the given record type is off-limits for a client-level editor.
- Permission::isTemplateRecordTypeRestricted() — Method in class Permission
Check whether a record type is off-limits inside a zone template.
- Permission::isRecordRestrictedForClient() — Method in class Permission
Check whether a specific record is off-limits for a client-level editor.
- Permission::isSubzoneNsRecord() — Method in class Permission
Check whether a record is an NS record below the zone apex.
- User::isLdapUser() — Method in class User
- UserMfa::isEnabled() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserPreference::isValidKey() — Method in class UserPreference
- UserPreference::isValidTimezone() — Method in class UserPreference
Strict check used when storing the per-user timezone preference.
- UserPreference::isAcceptableTimezone() — Method in class UserPreference
Permissive check used by UserTimezoneService when reading the global misc.timezone fallback - it must accept the same aliases (GMT, US/Eastern) that PHP's date_default_timezone_set() accepts so admin-configured values continue to work in MFA emails.
- Zone::isSecured() — Method in class Zone
- ZoneChangeRequest::isPending() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
- ZoneChangeRequest::isDecided() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
- ZoneChangeRequest::isZoneDelete() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
- ZoneType::isReadOnly() — Method in class ZoneType
Secondary (Slave) and Consumer zones replicate their records from a primary, so Poweradmin blocks record edits for them regardless of permissions.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::isApiBackend() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Check if this is the API backend.
- LoginThrottleInterface::isAccountLocked() — Method in class LoginThrottleInterface
- MfaVerificationMailerInterface::isMailConfigurationValid() — Method in class MfaVerificationMailerInterface
- SessionInterface::isActive() — Method in class SessionInterface
- SessionInterface::id() — Method in class SessionInterface
The session id, an empty string when no session is open
- TransactionInterface::inTransaction() — Method in class TransactionInterface
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::importZoneKeyFromPrivateKey() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
Create a key from an existing ISC/BIND private key ("Private-key-format: v1.x") and return it as the server created it. The server derives algorithm and size from the key.
- ZoneSigningInterface::isZoneSecured() — Method in class ZoneSigningInterface
- ZoneSigningInterface::isZonePresigned() — Method in class ZoneSigningInterface
Whether the zone carries the PRESIGNED metadata, meaning it was signed at the primary server and DNSSEC cannot be managed locally.
- ZoneSigningInterface::isDnssecEnabled() — Method in class ZoneSigningInterface
- AuthUserLookupInterface::isActiveUser() — Method in class AuthUserLookupInterface
Whether the account still exists and is active, re-checked on every request for sessions an identity provider established.
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface::insertDnsRecord() — Method in class DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface
- RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface::isReady() — Method in class RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface
Whether the backing table is available. False on upgraded installations where the PHP code has been deployed but the 4.5.0 schema update has not yet been applied.
- UserPermissionReadInterface::isUberuser() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Check if a specific user is an uberuser
- UserPermissionReadInterface::isLastUberuser() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Whether removing or demoting this user would leave no active uberuser.
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::isAvailable() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
False until the 4.6.0 schema update has created the requests table.
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::isUserZoneOwner() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Check if user is already an owner of the zone
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::isSharedZoneId() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Whether two zones share this zone id in API backend mode, so owner rows and group grants keyed by it cannot tell the zones apart and are not honoured.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::isOwner() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Check if the user owns a zone template.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::isSharedWithUser() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Whether the template is shared with a group the user belongs to.
- MfaService::isValidTotpSecret() — Method in class MfaService
Check if a secret key is valid for TOTP authentication
- MfaService::invalidatePendingEmailCode() — Method in class MfaService
Burn the pending email code so it cannot be guessed any further.
- MfaService::isMfaEnforced() — Method in class MfaService
Check if MFA is enforced for a user
- MfaService::isMfaSetupRequired() — Method in class MfaService
Check if MFA setup is required for a user
- MfaService::isMfaEnabled() — Method in class MfaService
Check if MFA is enabled for a user
- PermissionService::isAdmin() — Method in class PermissionService
Check if a user is an admin (has the "überuser" permission)
- UserContextService::isAuthenticated() — Method in class UserContextService
- ZoneAccessPolicy::isNsRecordLocked() — Method in class ZoneAccessPolicy
NS records at the zone apex stay locked for own_as_client users; the zone_content_edit_ns_subzone permission unlocks only subzone NS records.
- ZoneAccessPolicy::isRecordLocked() — Method in class ZoneAccessPolicy
A locked record renders read-only in the zone edit table: replicated (slave/consumer) zones entirely, SOA for non-"all" editors, and NS records caught by the own_as_client apex rule.
- ZoneListPermissionService::index() — Method in class ZoneListPermissionService
- DnsCommonValidator::isValidPriority() — Method in class DnsCommonValidator
Check if the priority value is valid
- DnsValidatorRegistry::isKnownType() — Method in class DnsValidatorRegistry
Whether a record of this type may be stored: a type with a dedicated validator, or one the admin listed in dns.domain_record_types / dns.reverse_record_types.
- DnsValidatorRegistry::isTypeSupportedByServer() — Method in class DnsValidatorRegistry
False only when the connected PowerDNS version is known and predates the type.
- HostnameValidator::isValid() — Method in class HostnameValidator
Simple validator for hostname validity
- IPAddressValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
IP address validation service
- IPAddressValidator::isValidIPv4() — Method in class IPAddressValidator
Check if a string is a valid IPv4 address
- IPAddressValidator::isValidIPv6() — Method in class IPAddressValidator
Check if a string is a valid IPv6 address
- IPSECKEYRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
IPSECKEY record validator
- SVCBRecordValidator::isGenericKey() — Method in class SVCBRecordValidator
keyNNNNN form of a SvcParam key; the number is 16 bits. key0 to key6 have names in every supported PowerDNS, which reads those numbers in wire format, so they must be written by name.
- SVCBRecordValidator::isUint16List() — Method in class SVCBRecordValidator
Comma-separated 16-bit numbers, the form PowerDNS reads tls-supported-groups in.
- SVCBRecordValidator::isBase64() — Method in class SVCBRecordValidator
PowerDNS cannot load a record whose ech value does not decode as base64.
- StringValidator::isValidDomain() — Method in class StringValidator
Test if string is a valid domain name
- RecordDisplayService::isHostnameOnlyEnabled() — Method in class RecordDisplayService
Check if hostname-only display is enabled
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::isUserOwnerOfTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Check if the user is the owner of the zone template
- ZoneTemplateService::isUserOwnerOfTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- UserAgreementService::isAgreementRequired() — Method in class UserAgreementService
Check if user agreement is required for the given user
- UserAgreementService::isEnabled() — Method in class UserAgreementService
Check if agreement system is enabled
- ValidationResult::isValid() — Method in class ValidationResult
Check if validation succeeded
- Validator::isValidEmail() — Method in class Validator
Validate email address string
- Validator::isNumber() — Method in class Validator
Validate numeric string
- DnssecKeyService::isIscPrivateKey() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
Check that a private key looks like the ISC/BIND format PowerDNS imports ("Private-key-format: v1.x" and an "Algorithm:" line), without asking PowerDNS. PEM keys are refused: the PowerDNS HTTP API does not take them.
- DnssecKeyService::importKey() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
Import a key from an existing ISC/BIND private key. PowerDNS derives the algorithm and size from the key; the created key carries them. The key's algorithm must be one offered for new keys.
- ZoneAccountSyncService::isEnabled() — Method in class ZoneAccountSyncService
Whether owner-to-account sync is active (opt-in via dns.sync_zone_owner_to_account)
- ZoneMetadataResult::isOk() — Method in class ZoneMetadataResult
- ZoneOwnershipModeService::isUserOwnerAllowed() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipModeService
- ZoneOwnershipModeService::isGroupOwnerAllowed() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipModeService
- DnsHelper::isReverseZone() — Method in class DnsHelper
Tell whether a network can be derived from a reverse zone name.
- DnsHelper::isReverseZoneName() — Method in class DnsHelper
Tell whether a name belongs to the reverse-DNS namespace.
- DnsHelper::isWithinZone() — Method in class DnsHelper
Tell whether a record name falls within a zone: the zone apex itself or any name under it. Comparison is case-insensitive and anchored on a label boundary, so "testexample.com" is not treated as inside "example.com".
- DnsHelper::isZoneApex() — Method in class DnsHelper
Check whether a record name is the zone apex.
- DnsHelper::isViewVariant() — Method in class DnsHelper
A PowerDNS 5 view variant ("example.com..internal"). Two dots in a row never occur in a DNS name, so the form is unambiguous.
- DnsIdnService::isIdn() — Method in class DnsIdnService
Check if a domain name is an IDN
- IpHelper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
IPv4/IPv6 arithmetic for reverse DNS: CIDR sizes, PTR names, reverse zone names and address display forms.
- IpHelper::isSubnetAligned() — Method in class IpHelper
Check if a subnet number is properly aligned for a given prefix
- TopLevelDomain::init() — Method in class TopLevelDomain
- TopLevelDomain::isValidTopLevelDomain() — Method in class TopLevelDomain
- DynamicDnsRequest::isDualstackUpdate() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- IpAddressList — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
Validated, de-duplicated IPv4 and IPv6 address lists parsed from a DDNS request's comma-separated fields.
- IpAddressList::isEmpty() — Method in class IpAddressList
- LdapUserInfo::isValid() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::isValid() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- RecordIdentifier::isEncoded() — Method in class RecordIdentifier
- RemoteUserInfo::isValid() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::isValid() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- UserInfoInterface::isValid() — Method in class UserInfoInterface
- PowerdnsApiClient::isZoneSecured() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Check if a zone is secured with DNSSEC
- ConfigurationManager::initialize() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Initialize the configuration
- ConfigurationManager::isDefaultsFileLoaded() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Whether the defaults file (config/settings.defaults.php) was successfully loaded.
- DeadlockRetry::isRetryable() — Method in class DeadlockRetry
- PdoTransaction::inTransaction() — Method in class PdoTransaction
PDO cannot see a transaction opened with a raw statement, so both are reported. Everything that decides whether to open its own transaction must ask this rather than PDO directly.
- SharedZoneIds::isShared() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
Whether more than one named zone has this canonical id.
- SharedZoneIds::isOpenedZone() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
Whether a zone from the backend's zone list is the one its id opens.
- Logger::interpolatePlaceholders() — Method in class Logger
Substitute PSR-3
{key}placeholders in a log message with values from the context array.- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::insertDnsRecord() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiZoneRepository::isSharedZoneId() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Whether two zones share this zone id in API backend mode, so owner rows and group grants keyed by it cannot tell the zones apart and are not honoured.
- ApiZoneRepository::isUserZoneOwner() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Check if user is already an owner of the zone
- $ BaseSearch#ipValidator — Property in class BaseSearch
- BaseSearch::idnNamesMatching() — Method in class BaseSearch
Punycode names whose decoded form contains the query.
- BaseSearch::idnNameCondition() — Method in class BaseSearch
Extend a name predicate so partial IDN queries match. Returns the SQL to append, binding one placeholder per matching name into $params.
- DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository::isReady() — Method in class DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository
Whether the backing table is available. False on upgraded installations where the PHP code has been deployed but the 4.5.0 schema update has not yet been applied.
- DbUserRepository::isActiveUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Whether the account still exists and is active, re-checked on every request for sessions an identity provider established.
- DbUserRepository::isLastUberuser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Check if a specific user is an uberuser
- DbUserRepository::isUberuser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Check if a specific user is an uberuser
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::isAvailable() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
False until the 4.6.0 schema update has created the requests table.
- DbZoneMetadataStore::isPresigned() — Method in class DbZoneMetadataStore
Whether the PowerDNS zone of that name carries PRESIGNED metadata with content "1", the value PowerDNS itself checks.
- DbZoneRepository::isSharedZoneId() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Whether two zones share this zone id in API backend mode, so owner rows and group grants keyed by it cannot tell the zones apart and are not honoured.
- DbZoneRepository::isUserZoneOwner() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Check if user is already an owner of the zone
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::isSharedWithUser() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Whether the template is shared with a group the user belongs to.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::isOwner() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Check if user is the owner of a zone template
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::insertDnsRecord() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::isApiBackend() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Check if this is the API backend.
- DnsSecApiProvider::isZoneSecured() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- DnsSecApiProvider::isZonePresigned() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
Whether the zone carries the PRESIGNED metadata, meaning it was signed at the primary server and DNSSEC cannot be managed locally.
- DnsSecApiProvider::isDnssecEnabled() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- DnsSecApiProvider::importZoneKeyFromPrivateKey() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
Create a key from an existing ISC/BIND private key ("Private-key-format: v1.x") and return it as the server created it. The server derives algorithm and size from the key.
- NullDnssecProvider::isZoneSecured() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::isZonePresigned() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
Whether the zone carries the PRESIGNED metadata, meaning it was signed at the primary server and DNSSEC cannot be managed locally.
- NullDnssecProvider::isDnssecEnabled() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::importZoneKeyFromPrivateKey() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
Create a key from an existing ISC/BIND private key ("Private-key-format: v1.x") and return it as the server created it. The server derives algorithm and size from the key.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::isApiBackend() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Check if this is the API backend.
- ArraySession::isActive() — Method in class ArraySession
- ArraySession::id() — Method in class ArraySession
The session id, an empty string when no session is open
- MfaSessionManager::isMfaRequired() — Method in class MfaSessionManager
Check if MFA is required for the current user
- PhpSession::isActive() — Method in class PhpSession
- PhpSession::id() — Method in class PhpSession
The session id, an empty string when no session is open
- IpAddressRetriever — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
Resolves the client IP from REMOTE_ADDR, honoring forwarded headers only from private or trusted proxy peers.
- LanguageCode::isRtl() — Method in class LanguageCode
- ProtocolDetector::isSecure() — Method in class ProtocolDetector
Check if the connection is secure (HTTPS).
- SortHelper::isIpv4ReverseZone() — Method in class SortHelper
Tell whether a zone is an IPv4 reverse zone, whose records sort by IP address.
- UserAgentService::isBot() — Method in class UserAgentService
Check if the request is from a bot/crawler
- BadgeTwigExtension::isZoneReadOnly() — Method in class BadgeTwigExtension
Secondary and Consumer zones replicate records from a primary, so their records are read-only - templates hide edit controls for them.
- AbstractDnsWizard::isValidDomain() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Validate domain name format
- AbstractDnsWizard::isValidEmail() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Validate email address format (DNS style)
- WizardRegistry::isEnabled() — Method in class WizardRegistry
Check if wizards are enabled in configuration
- WizardRegistry::isWizardAvailable() — Method in class WizardRegistry
Check if a specific wizard type is available
- ImportSessionKeys — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\ZoneImportExport
Session keys the zone import module keeps between its preview and confirm steps.
- BindZoneFileParser::inferOrigin() — Method in class BindZoneFileParser
Infer zone origin from record names when no $ORIGIN directive is present.
- ParsedRecord::isSignerGenerated() — Method in class ParsedRecord
J
- JsonController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\Docs
Serves the OpenAPI JSON specification at /api/docs/json, generated from the V2 controller attributes.
- ApiKey::jsonSerialize() — Method in class ApiKey
Specifies data which should be serialized to JSON
- RecordRow::jsonSerialize() — Method in class RecordRow
- ZoneSummary::jsonSerialize() — Method in class ZoneSummary
K
- Kernel — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Boot
The one place a process is booted: index.php, dynamic_update.php, install/index.php and bin/poweradmin all call boot() and work from the BootContext it returns. Nothing below the entry points reaches for the configuration singleton.
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::keyService() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- ZoneMetadataStoreInterface::kindSupport() — Method in class ZoneMetadataStoreInterface
Whether the store is known to take a version-gated kind: a SUPPORT_* value.
- KEYRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
KEY record validator
- KXRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
KX Record Validator
- ZoneMetadataService::kindSupport() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
Whether the active store is known to take a version-gated kind: SUPPORT_* constants.
- ApiSearchBase::keepOpenedZones() — Method in class ApiSearchBase
Drop the results of a zone whose canonical id another zone shares and opens (see SharedZoneIds).
- ApiZoneMetadataStore::kindSupport() — Method in class ApiZoneMetadataStore
Whether the store is known to take a version-gated kind: a SUPPORT_* value.
- DbZoneMetadataStore::kindSupport() — Method in class DbZoneMetadataStore
Whether the store is known to take a version-gated kind: a SUPPORT_* value.
L
- LocaleManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Boot
Sets the gettext locale and text domain for a supported locale from the locale directory.
- HealthController::logger() — Method in class HealthController
The kernel's logger, built from configuration alone so it works while the database is down. Honours logging.type, which is 'null' by default: an operator who turned diagnostic logging off does not get a line per scrape.
- RecordResource::listItem() — Method in class RecordResource
A record as the listing emits it: fully qualified name, no zone id.
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::listKeys() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- LoginController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Renders the login page with its CSRF token and the enabled OIDC and SAML providers.
- LogoutController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Logs the user out, clearing the session and redirecting to the OIDC or SAML provider's logout when used.
- $ BaseController#logger — Property in class BaseController
- ListLogApiController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Log
Renders the API request log page for admins with filters and CSV/JSON export.
- ListLogGroupsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Log
Renders the group log page with filters and CSV/JSON export.
- ListLogUsersController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Log
Renders the user log page with filters and CSV/JSON export.
- ListLogZonesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Log
Renders the zone log page, limited to owned zones for users without the view-others permission.
- ListRecordChangesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Renders the record change log page for admins with filters, pagination and CSV/JSON export.
- ListSupermastersController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Renders the supermasters list at /supermasters.
- ListTemplateZonesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Renders the list of zones linked to one zone template.
- ListZoneTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Renders the zone templates list at /zones/templates.
- ListGroupsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Renders the groups list page at /groups.
- ListPermTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Renders the permission templates list at /permissions/templates.
- ListChangeRequestsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Lists change requests: reviewers see the zones their approve level covers, everyone else sees the requests they filed.
- ListForwardZonesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Renders the forward zone list with pagination, letter filter and sorting; also handles the API sync action.
- ListNetworksController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Lists network -> view mappings (PowerDNS 5.0+) and exposes inline add/edit/remove actions. Admin-only; hidden behind the supportsViews() capability gate, which covers the version, the backend and views=yes.
- ListReverseZonesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Renders the reverse zone list with pagination and sorting.
- ListViewsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Lists PowerDNS views (5.0+) and the zones they contain. Also exposes inline add/remove actions. The whole feature is admin-only and hidden when the connected server cannot serve views, whether through its version, its backend or its views setting (capability gate).
- ListPaging — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
Opt-in paging and substring filtering for API list endpoints. paginate() and filterContains() serve lists that are already loaded, e.g. records, which come from the PowerDNS API in API backend mode; isPastEnd() and extra() also serve lists paged in SQL, such as change requests.
- ListSort — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
Sort order requested through the
sortquery parameter of an API list endpoint.- ModuleRegistry::loadModules() — Method in class ModuleRegistry
Load and initialize all registered modules.
- AuthenticationService::logout() — Method in class AuthenticationService
- LdapAuthenticator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Session login against an LDAP directory, with lockout tracking, a cached bind result and MFA hand-off.
- LdapBindPassword — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Decides whether a user-supplied password may be sent to an LDAP simple bind.
- LoginAttemptService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Records attempts in login_attempts and enforces the password- and MFA-stage lockouts per user and IP.
- LoginCredentials — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
What the login form posted: the fields SessionAuthenticator reads before handing the attempt to an authenticator.
- ControllerServiceFactory::lastSuperAdminGuard() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::loginAttemptService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::loginAttemptService() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::loginAttemptRepository() — Method in class AuthServices
- UserServices::lastSuperAdminGuard() — Method in class UserServices
The last-super-admin rule for template, group and membership writes, on the request's transaction
- GroupMembershipService::listGroupMembers() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
List all members of a group
- GroupMembershipService::listUserGroups() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
List all groups a user belongs to
- GroupService::listGroups() — Method in class GroupService
List groups with visibility filtering
- AuditService::logPermTemplateChange() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logSessionExpired() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logAccessDenied() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logUserAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logUserEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logUserDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logPasswordChange() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logLogout() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logPasswordResetRequest() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logPasswordReset() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logUsernameRecovery() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logLoginSuccess() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logLoginFailed() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logLoginLocked() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logLoginError() — Method in class AuditService
A backend failure (LDAP connect, bind or search). Logged as login_error, not login_failed, so an outage does not feed fail2ban brute-force counters.
- AuditService::logMfaEnable() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logMfaDisable() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logMfaRecoveryCodesRegenerate() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logMfaVerify() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logMfaFailed() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logSsoLoginError() — Method in class AuditService
An identity-provider handshake error. Logged as login_error, not login_failed, so it does not feed fail2ban brute-force counters.
- AuditService::logSsoLoginSuccess() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logSamlLogout() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiKeyCreate() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiKeyEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiKeyDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiKeyRegenerate() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiKeyToggle() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiRequest() — Method in class AuditService
One public API response. The operation-first layout and the '-' placeholders are the row format earlier releases stored, kept so external log scrapers keep matching.
- AuditService::logDynamicDnsUpdate() — Method in class AuditService
Written twice: logNotice() carries no zone id and only reaches the user log, so the line is repeated against the zone to show in that zone's history.
- AuditService::logPermTemplateAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logPermTemplateEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logPermTemplateDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logChangeRequest() — Method in class AuditService
A change request event: filed, approved, rejected, cancelled or failed.
- AuditService::logZoneDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneImport() — Method in class AuditService
A zone file import: a new zone or records added to an existing one.
- AuditService::logSecondaryZoneImport() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logRecordEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logRecordDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logBatchPtrRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logRecordTypeDefaultSave() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logRecordTypeDefaultDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiRecordEdit() — Method in class AuditService
Same fields as edit_record, so an API edit also shows what it replaced.
- AuditService::logApiRecordDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiRrsetReplace() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiRrsetDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiBulkRecords() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneCatalogAssign() — Method in class AuditService
Logged against the member zone: that is the zone whose stored catalog changed.
- AuditService::logZoneCatalogClear() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneOwnerAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneOwnerRemove() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneGroupAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneGroupRemove() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logDnssecAddKey() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logDnssecDeleteKey() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logDnssecToggleKey() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneMetadataEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logDnssecSignZone() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logDnssecUnsignZone() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logGroupCreate() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logGroupEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logGroupDelete() — Method in class AuditService
Written to the general log: the group row is gone, so there is nothing to attach it to.
- AuditService::logGroupMembersAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logGroupMembersRemove() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiGroupMemberAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logGroupZonesAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logGroupZonesRemove() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logGroupMemberRemove() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneTemplateAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneTemplateEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneTemplateDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneTemplateUnlink() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneTemplateRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneTemplateRecordEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneTemplateRecordDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneTemplateAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneTemplateEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneTemplateDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneTemplateRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneTemplateRecordEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logApiZoneTemplateRecordDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logZoneCommentEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logSupermasterAdd() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logSupermasterEdit() — Method in class AuditService
- AuditService::logSupermasterDelete() — Method in class AuditService
- LocaleResolver — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Resolves the interface language for the current request.
- ZoneGroupService::listZoneOwners() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
List all groups that own a zone
- ZoneGroupService::listGroupZones() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
List all zones owned by a group
- PageRenderer::languageVars() — Method in class PageRenderer
Language selector variables for the current request, built once and shared by the header dropdown, the page body (login form's hidden userlang field), and any later render call in the same request.
- LastZoneOwnerException — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Error
Thrown when a write would leave zones without an owner, carrying the zones it would strand so the caller can name them.
- AuditLoggerInterface::logRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logRecordEdit() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logRecordDelete() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logApiRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logApiRecordEdit() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logBatchPtrRecordAdd() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logDynamicDnsUpdate() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
Written twice: logNotice() carries no zone id and only reaches the user log, so the line is repeated against the zone to show in that zone's history.
- AuditLoggerInterface::logZoneCatalogAssign() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
Logged against the member zone: that is the zone whose stored catalog changed.
- AuditLoggerInterface::logZoneCatalogClear() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logZoneMetadataEdit() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logDnssecSignZone() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logDnssecUnsignZone() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logDnssecAddKey() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logDnssecToggleKey() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logDnssecDeleteKey() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- AuditLoggerInterface::logApiRrsetReplace() — Method in class AuditLoggerInterface
- LoginThrottleInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Records login attempts and reports lockouts; the Application layer owns the storage and thresholds.
- RecordChangeWriterInterface::logRecordCreate() — Method in class RecordChangeWriterInterface
- RecordChangeWriterInterface::logRecordEdit() — Method in class RecordChangeWriterInterface
- RecordChangeWriterInterface::logRecordDelete() — Method in class RecordChangeWriterInterface
- RecordChangeWriterInterface::logZoneCreate() — Method in class RecordChangeWriterInterface
- RecordChangeWriterInterface::logZoneDelete() — Method in class RecordChangeWriterInterface
- RecordChangeWriterInterface::logZoneMetadataEdit() — Method in class RecordChangeWriterInterface
- ReportsWriteRejection::lastWriteRejection() — Method in class ReportsWriteRejection
The reason the service gave for refusing the last record write, or null when the write succeeded or failed without a verdict from the service.
- ReportsWriteRejection::lastWriteRejectionStatus() — Method in class ReportsWriteRejection
The HTTP status of the service answer behind lastWriteRejection(), or null without one.
- DomainRepositoryInterface::listZoneNames() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Every zone as a picker entry, sorted by name, regardless of who owns it.
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::linkOidc() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
Create the OIDC link for a user at a provider, or refresh it when one exists.
- ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface::linkSaml() — Method in class ExternalIdentityRepositoryInterface
Create the SAML link for a user at a provider, or refresh it when one exists.
- LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for the login_attempts counters the authentication throttle reads and writes.
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::listPermissionTemplates() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
Every permission template, optionally filtered by type.
- RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface::linkRecordToComment() — Method in class RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface
Link a record to a comment.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface::linkRecord() — Method in class TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface
Link a record the template just wrote to the template.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface::listEncodedLinks() — Method in class TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface
Links a template application wrote on the API backend.
- UserAdminInterface::lockForZoneLimit() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Lock the user's row until the open transaction ends, so zone limit checks for this user run one at a time
- UserGroupWriterInterface::lockForZoneLimit() — Method in class UserGroupWriterInterface
Lock the group's row until the open transaction ends, so zone limit checks for this group run one at a time
- UserNotificationRecipientInterface::listNotifiableUsers() — Method in class UserNotificationRecipientInterface
Every active account with a usable email address, ordered by id. The caller filters further by permission.
- UserNotificationRecipientInterface::listActiveUsers() — Method in class UserNotificationRecipientInterface
Every active account, with or without an email address, ordered by id.
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::list() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::listPending() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::listPendingForZone() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::lockZoneGroups() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Lock the zone's group rows for the rest of the open transaction, so a concurrent removal waits instead of deciding on stale group counts.
- ZoneMetadataStoreInterface::load() — Method in class ZoneMetadataStoreInterface
The zone's metadata rows sorted by kind.
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::lockZoneOwners() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Lock the zone's owner rows for the rest of the open transaction, so a concurrent removal waits instead of deciding on stale owner counts.
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::listZones() — Method in class ZoneReadRepositoryInterface
List zones with optional user/permission filtering
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::listZoneTemplates() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
List zone templates visible to the given user, with owner/creator names and the number of zones linked to each template.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::listGroupsForTemplates() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Groups each template is shared with, sorted by name. With a viewer, a template the viewer does not own lists only the groups the viewer belongs to.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::listSharedTemplatesOwnedBy() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
The user's templates that are shared with at least one group, sorted by name.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::listZoneRowIds() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
The zones.id rows of a zone. A zone shared by several owners has one row per owner, and the template sync state keys on that id.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::listLinkedZoneIds() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Zone IDs of the zones linked to a template. On SQL backends a link whose PowerDNS domain no longer exists is left out.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::listLinkedZoneIdPairs() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Both ids of every zone linked to a template, so callers can address the PowerDNS side (domain_id) and Poweradmin-native tracking (zone_id) correctly.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::listLinkedZones() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
The zones linked to a template with name, type, record count and owner details, ordered by zone name.
- ZoneAccessPolicy::levelAppliesToZone() — Method in class ZoneAccessPolicy
Whether an "all" / "own" / "none" permission level applies to a zone the user does or does not own. Every *_own permission shares this algebra.
- L32RecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
L32 record validator
- L64RecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
L64 record validator
- LOCRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
LOC record validator
- LPRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
LP record validator
- LUARecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
LUA record validator
- RecordLog::logPrior() — Method in class RecordLog
- RecordLog::logAfter() — Method in class RecordLog
- ZoneWriteResult::limitReached() — Method in class ZoneWriteResult
Refused because an owner would go past their zone limit.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::linkedZoneOwnerFilter() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Owner the zone listings are narrowed to: null when the user may edit every zone, otherwise the user themselves.
- LastSuperAdminGuard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
The last-super-admin rule for writes that take super admin away from users without touching their account: template contents, group membership, group deletion and a group's template. Each one decides and writes in one transaction holding the super admin rows, so two concurrent changes cannot both pass.
- DnssecKeyService::listKeys() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
- ZoneLimitBreach::localizedMessage() — Method in class ZoneLimitBreach
The web wording, for results that carry a translated message.
- ZoneMetadataService::load() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
The zone's metadata rows, sorted by kind. In API mode the zone-object properties that stand in for metadata kinds are folded in.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::lockedNewZoneBreach() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
The breach a new zone would cause, decided under a lock on the owners' rows.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::lockUsers() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Locks these users' rows in the open transaction, in the order every grant takes them.
- LdapUserInfo — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
Value object representing user information read from an LDAP entry
- PowerdnsApiClient::listViews() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
List all views configured on the server.
- PowerdnsApiClient::listViewZones() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
List zones assigned to a specific view. Zone strings are returned in the upstream "zone..variant" form (e.g. "example.com..trusted").
- PowerdnsApiClient::listNetworks() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
List all network -> view mappings. Each entry is of the form ['network' => '192.168.0.0/16', 'view' => 'trusted'].
- DatabaseSchemaService::listTables() — Method in class DatabaseSchemaService
List all tables in the current database
- AuditLogWriter::logError() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- AuditLogWriter::logWarn() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- AuditLogWriter::logNotice() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- AuditLogWriter::logInfo() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- AuditLogWriter::logGroupInfo() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- AuditLogWriter::logGroupWarning() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- AuditLogWriter::logApiInfo() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- ClassContextLogger::log() — Method in class ClassContextLogger
- LogEventColumn — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Fits an audit message into the log_*.event columns, which are varchar(2048) on every database.
- LogHandlerInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Output sink for the PSR-3 Logger.
- Logger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
PSR-3 logger that applies the logging.level threshold, fills {placeholders} and passes lines to a log handler.
- Logger::levelNames() — Method in class Logger
Level names accepted by the logging.level setting, most severe first.
- Logger::log() — Method in class Logger
- RecordChangeLogger::logRecordCreate() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::logRecordEdit() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::logRecordDelete() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::logZoneCreate() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::logZoneDelete() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- RecordChangeLogger::logZoneMetadataEdit() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- SyslogLogger::levelFor() — Method in class SyslogLogger
The PSR-3 level for a LOG_* priority, for sinks that still speak syslog priorities.
- SyslogLogger::log() — Method in class SyslogLogger
- AccountOwnerLookup::limitedAdopters() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
The users these accounts name who have a zone limit, for lockAdopters() once the caller's transaction is open. Resets the per-run counts. Read before the transaction, so on MySQL the lock is taken before the snapshot the counts read from.
- AccountOwnerLookup::lockAdopters() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
Locks the adopting users' rows in the open transaction, so a grant to the same user waits for the adoption and counts what it added.
- ApiDomainRepository::listZoneNames() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Every zone as a picker entry, sorted by name, regardless of who owns it.
- ApiZoneMetadataStore::load() — Method in class ApiZoneMetadataStore
The zone's metadata rows sorted by kind.
- ApiZoneRepository::listZones() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
List zones with optional user/permission filtering
- ApiZoneRepository::lockZoneOwners() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Lock the zone's owner rows for the rest of the open transaction, so a concurrent removal waits instead of deciding on stale owner counts.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::linkOidc() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
Create the OIDC link for a user at a provider, or refresh it when one exists.
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::linkSaml() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
Create the SAML link for a user at a provider, or refresh it when one exists.
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::listPermissionTemplates() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Get a list of all available permission templates
- DbRecordCommentRepository::linkRecordToComment() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Link a record to a comment.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::linkRecord() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
Link a record the template just wrote to the template.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::listEncodedLinks() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
Links a template application wrote on the API backend.
- DbUserGroupRepository::lockForZoneLimit() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Lock the group's row until the open transaction ends, so zone limit checks for this group run one at a time
- DbUserRepository::listNotifiableUsers() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Every active account with a usable email address, ordered by id. The caller filters further by permission.
- DbUserRepository::listActiveUsers() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Every active account, with or without an email address, ordered by id.
- DbUserRepository::lockForZoneLimit() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Lock the user's row until the open transaction ends, so zone limit checks for this user run one at a time
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::list() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::listPending() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::listPendingForZone() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneGroupRepository::lockZoneGroups() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Lock the zone's group rows for the rest of the open transaction, so a concurrent removal waits instead of deciding on stale group counts.
- DbZoneMetadataStore::load() — Method in class DbZoneMetadataStore
The zone's metadata rows sorted by kind.
- DbZoneRepository::listZones() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Get a complete list of zones accessible by the current user
- DbZoneRepository::lockZoneOwners() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Lock the zone's owner rows for the rest of the open transaction, so a concurrent removal waits instead of deciding on stale owner counts.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::listZoneTemplates() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
List zone templates visible to the given user
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::listGroupsForTemplates() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Groups each template is shared with, sorted by name. With a viewer, a template the viewer does not own lists only the groups the viewer belongs to.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::listSharedTemplatesOwnedBy() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
The user's templates that are shared with at least one group, sorted by name.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::listZoneRowIds() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
The zones.id rows of a zone. A zone shared by several owners has one row per owner, and the template sync state keys on that id.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::listLinkedZoneIds() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Zone IDs of the zones linked to a template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::listLinkedZoneIdPairs() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Both ids of every zone linked to a template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::listLinkedZones() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
The zones linked to a template with name, type, record count and owner details
- SqlDomainRepository::listZoneNames() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Every zone as a picker entry, sorted by name, regardless of who owns it.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::lastWriteRejection() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
The reason the service gave for refusing the last record write, or null when the write succeeded or failed without a verdict from the service.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::lastWriteRejectionStatus() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
The HTTP status of the service answer behind lastWriteRejection(), or null without one.
- LanguageCode — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
LanguageCode class is used for retrieving language names based on their codes.
M
- AbstractApiController::methodNotAllowed() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Return a 405 Method Not Allowed error with the RFC 9110 Allow header listing the methods the endpoint supports.
- MetricsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
- MfaSetupController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the MFA setup page: app or email enrolment, verification, disabling and recovery code regeneration.
- MfaVerifyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the MFA verification step after login, with throttling of failed attempts.
- $ BaseController#messageService — Property in class BaseController
- BaseController::moduleServices() — Method in class BaseController
The same factory narrowed to the module SDK contract; module controllers use this instead of services() so their core dependencies stay declared.
- BaseController::moduleRegistry() — Method in class BaseController
The request's loaded module registry.
- BaseController::moduleCapabilityData() — Method in class BaseController
What the enabled modules offer for a capability (wizard actions, lookup links, export formats), honouring each module's admin restriction.
- BaseController::moduleProvides() — Method in class BaseController
- ManageGroupMembersController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the group members page: adds and removes users in a group.
- ManageGroupZonesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the group zones page: assigns zones to a group and removes them.
- ModuleManifest — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Module
The bundled modules, keyed by the name used under modules.
in the configuration. - ModuleRegistry — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Module
Loads the modules listed in the manifest and answers which are enabled for the current user.
- ModuleServices — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Module
The module-facing service surface: the collaborators a module controller may obtain from the core through BaseController::moduleServices().
- SymfonyRouter::match() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
Match the current request to a route and return controller information.
- AuthOutcome::mfaRequired() — Method in class AuthOutcome
The first factor was accepted and the second is still owed. $redirectPath is set when the credentials were just posted.
- MfaVerificationMailer — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Renders the MFA verification email through Twig and sends it with MailService.
- ControllerServiceFactory::mfaService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::mailService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::mfaService() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::mailService() — Method in class AuthServices
One mail transport per request, shared by MFA, password reset, username recovery and the zone-access notifications.
- MailService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Mail
Sends application email over the configured transport: PHP mail(), sendmail, SMTP or the log.
- ChangeApprovalContext::modeForZone() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
How the user's changes to the zone are handled: written directly, filed as a change request, or refused (one of ChangeApprovalPolicy::MODE_*). With approval.enabled off this is today's edit check.
- ZoneCreateFormMessages::memberCountLabels() — Method in class ZoneCreateFormMessages
"1 member" / "3 members" per group, for the owner pickers of the add-zone forms.
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver::mayNameAccount() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipFormResolver
Whether the caller may store this autoprimary account. PowerDNS copies it into the zones it creates, so it names their owner: a caller who cannot see other users may only pick from the accounts the form offered, or keep the stored one.
- ApiKeyScope::methodToOperation() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
Map an HTTP method to the operation it represents.
- MetadataDefinitions — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Built-in PowerDNS domain metadata kind definitions.
- UberuserChange::memberRemoved() — Method in class UberuserChange
The user leaves the group.
- ZoneStartingLetter::matches() — Method in class ZoneStartingLetter
Whether a zone name falls under the filter. A punycode name is listed only under 'idn', not under 'x'.
- ModuleInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Module
A feature module: its routes, navigation items, capabilities and templates, enabled through configuration.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::managesSoaRecord() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether the backend writes and maintains the apex SOA of the zones it creates.
- MfaVerificationMailerInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Delivers MFA email verification codes; the Application layer owns the template and transport.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::markAsUsed() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Mark a token as used. Returns false when the token was already used.
- RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface::migrateLegacyComments() — Method in class RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface
Copy a legacy RRset comment to per-record links for every record of the RRset that has none yet, except the given one.
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::markReviewed() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::markApplied() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::markFailed() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::markTemplateAsModified() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Mark all zones using a template as needing sync
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::markZoneAsSynced() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Mark a specific zone as synced with its template
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::markZonesAsSynced() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Mark multiple zones as synced
- MfaService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
TOTP, email-code and recovery-code verification, MFA enrolment, QR code rendering and enforcement checks.
- MINFORecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
MINFO Record Validator
- MRRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
MR (Mail Rename) record validator
- MXRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
MX Record Validator
- ValidationResult::mergeErrors() — Method in class ValidationResult
Prepend earlier errors to a failed sub-result. The sub-result's field survives only while its error is still the first one, since the form highlights one input.
- ChangeApprovalPolicy::mode() — Method in class ChangeApprovalPolicy
How the user's changes to a zone are handled.
- ZoneLimitBreach::message() — Method in class ZoneLimitBreach
The API wording, plain English as every API error string is.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::maySetLimits() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Whether the acting user may change limits at all.
- HttpClient::makeRequest() — Method in class HttpClient
- BackendModeMarker::markApi() — Method in class BackendModeMarker
Run first in the zone id allocator's transaction. The marker row stays locked until it ends, so concurrent writers queue on this one row instead of on the gaps between zones rows.
- DatabaseCredentialMapper::mapCredentials() — Method in class DatabaseCredentialMapper
Maps database configuration to PDO connection credentials
- PDODatabaseConnection::mysqlAttribute() — Method in class PDODatabaseConnection
A MySQL driver attribute by name. PHP 8.4 moved these to Pdo\Mysql::ATTR_ and 8.5 deprecates the PDO::MYSQLATTR spelling; both carry the same value.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::markAsUsed() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Mark a token as used. Only an unused token can be claimed, so of two requests redeeming the same token only the first gets true.
- DbRecordCommentRepository::migrateLegacyComments() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Migrate legacy RRset comments to per-record links for all records in the RRset that don't have linked comments yet.
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::markReviewed() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::markApplied() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::markFailed() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::markTemplateAsModified() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Mark all zones using a template as needing sync
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::markZoneAsSynced() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Mark a specific zone as synced with its template
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::markZonesAsSynced() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Mark multiple zones as synced
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::managesSoaRecord() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether the backend writes and maintains the apex SOA of the zones it creates.
- MessageService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
Queues per-page flash messages in the session and renders the bare-HTML fatal error page.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::managesSoaRecord() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether the backend writes and maintains the apex SOA of the zones it creates.
- MfaSessionManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
Sets, reads and resets the MFA pending/verified state in the session.
- TrustedProxyList::matches() — Method in class TrustedProxyList
Whether the address matches an entry: an exact IP, a CIDR range (IPv4 or IPv6), or an IPv4 wildcard (e.g. 203.0.113.*).
N
- Bootstrap::notFoundRenderer() — Method in class Bootstrap
The HTML 404 body BootstrapErrorResponder renders; deferred so the controller is only built on a miss.
- CommandInterface::name() — Method in class CommandInterface
- CommandRegistry::names() — Method in class CommandRegistry
- ApiKeyCreateCommand::name() — Method in class ApiKeyCreateCommand
- ZoneListCommand::name() — Method in class ZoneListCommand
- ZoneShowCommand::name() — Method in class ZoneShowCommand
- PublicApiController::normalizeV2RecordName() — Method in class PublicApiController
Record names are stored as punycode and always carry the zone suffix.
- NotFoundController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Answers unmatched routes with a 404 page, or a JSON error for API callers.
- DeleteUserController::newOwnerCandidates() — Method in class DeleteUserController
The users a zone of the user being deleted can be handed to: everyone but that user.
- OwnerGroupColumnPresenter::namesById() — Method in class OwnerGroupColumnPresenter
Group names keyed by id, so the group column can label the ids the ownership index carries.
- ChangeRequestNotificationService::notifyRequestFiled() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotificationService
Mail every reviewer of the zone about a newly filed request.
- ChangeRequestNotificationService::notifyRequestDecided() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotificationService
Mail the requester about the outcome of their request.
- ZoneAccessNotificationService::notifyAccessGranted() — Method in class ZoneAccessNotificationService
Send notification when zone access is granted to a user
- ZoneAccessNotificationService::notifyAccessRevoked() — Method in class ZoneAccessNotificationService
Send notification when zone access is revoked from a user
- NavigationVisibility — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Web
Decides once per request which navigation entries the current user gets, so the two theme headers and the dashboard share one rule per entry.
- DbCompat::now() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate current timestamp function for the given database type.
- UberuserChange::none() — Method in class UberuserChange
No change: counts the super admins there are now.
- ZoneStartingLetter::normalize() — Method in class ZoneStartingLetter
Any other value (a stale non-ASCII letter kept in the session, for example) shows all zones.
- ZoneType::notifies() — Method in class ZoneType
Primary (Master) and Producer zones send DNS NOTIFY to their secondaries, so a pending-notify state is meaningful only for these; Secondary, Native, and Consumer zones never notify.
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface::notifyZone() — Method in class ZoneWriteBackendInterface
Queue a NOTIFY to the secondaries of a primary zone.
- HostnameValidator::normalizeRecordName() — Method in class HostnameValidator
Normalize a DNS record name by ensuring it is fully qualified with the zone name
- NAPTRRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
NAPTR (Naming Authority Pointer) Record Validator
- NIDRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
NID (Node Identifier) Record Validator
- NSEC3PARAMRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
NSEC3PARAM record validator
- NSEC3RecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
NSEC3 record validator
- NSECRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
NSEC record validator
- NSRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
NS Record Validator
- DomainManager::notifyZone() — Method in class DomainManager
Ask PowerDNS to send NOTIFY for a primary zone now.
- DomainManagerInterface::notifyZone() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Ask the backend to send NOTIFY for a primary zone now
- RecordDeletionOutcome::notFound() — Method in class RecordDeletionOutcome
- RecordWriteResult::notFound() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
- CatalogZoneService::normalizeName() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
The form PowerDNS stores in domains.catalog and matches members against.
- ZoneMetadataService::normalizeKind() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
- ZoneMetadataService::normalizeRows() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
Trim the submitted rows and drop the ones with no kind or no content, so an add/remove-row editor never produces an empty write.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::newZoneBreach() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
The first owner a new zone would take past its limit: the user owner, then each group.
- IpHelper::networkToReverseZone() — Method in class IpHelper
Convert a network in CIDR notation to its reverse DNS zone name.
- RecordIdHelper::normalizeId() — Method in class RecordIdHelper
- PowerdnsApiClient::notifyZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Queue a NOTIFY to the secondaries of a primary zone.
- NativeLogHandler — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Log handler that formats a line with DEFAULT_LOG_FORMAT and sends it to PHP's error_log (the SAPI log).
- RecordChangeLogger::normalizeMetadataRows() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::notifyZone() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Queue a NOTIFY to the secondaries of a primary zone.
- NullDnssecProvider — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
Null Object implementation of DnssecProviderInterface Used when PowerDNS API is not configured or DNSSEC is disabled
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::notifyZone() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Queue a NOTIFY to the secondaries of a primary zone.
- SortHelper::naturalSortOrder() — Method in class SortHelper
ORDER BY clause that sorts any name column naturally, for tables whose name column is not called name (e.g. zones.zone_name in API mode).
- $ ParsedRecord#name — Property in class ParsedRecord
O
- CommandInterface::options() — Method in class CommandInterface
The command-level option names accepted next to the global ones.
- CommandRegistry::options() — Method in class CommandRegistry
- ApiKeyCreateCommand::options() — Method in class ApiKeyCreateCommand
The command-level option names accepted next to the global ones.
- ZoneListCommand::options() — Method in class ZoneListCommand
The command-level option names accepted next to the global ones.
- ZoneShowCommand::options() — Method in class ZoneShowCommand
The command-level option names accepted next to the global ones.
- OpenApiSpec — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
Carries the OpenAPI spec-level attributes (info, servers, security schemes) for the v2 API. Annotation-only: the class holds no runtime code and exists so the spec root does not live on an arbitrary endpoint controller. The docs generator scans this directory and picks the attributes up from here.
- OidcCallbackController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the OIDC provider callback at /oidc/callback: completes the login or reports the provider error.
- OidcLoginController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Starts the OIDC login flow by redirecting to the chosen or first configured provider.
- RefusalStatus::of() — Method in class RefusalStatus
- RefusalStatus::ofResult() — Method in class RefusalStatus
Status for a ['success' => false, ...] array: a Domain result carries a refusal, an Application-built one may still carry a status number.
- OwnerGroupColumnPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Prepares the zone-list owner and group cells: the first entries stay visible, the rest collapse into a "+N more" tooltip label.
- OwnerOptionsPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Which users a zone-owner picker offers, and which one it shows again after a refused submit. Whether the caller may pick other users is decided by the permission layer and passed in.
- OwnerOptionsPresenter::offered() — Method in class OwnerOptionsPresenter
- OidcConfigurationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Reads the oidc provider settings, discovers endpoints and validates the permission template mapping.
- OidcService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Runs the OIDC login flow: builds the authorization redirect and turns the callback into a session.
- ControllerServiceFactory::oidcConfigurationService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::oidcConfigurationService() — Method in class AuthServices
- RecordAddService::open() — Method in class RecordAddService
Whether the user may add records to the zone directly: the user must have some edit or request access to it, the zone must exist, the user's changes must not be routed through review (those go through the zone editor), and the zone must be writable by them.
- ZoneCreateFormMessages::ownershipError() — Method in class ZoneCreateFormMessages
The refusal of a resolved ownership in the user's language; the resolution's own text is the API wording.
- RecordRow::offsetExists() — Method in class RecordRow
- RecordRow::offsetGet() — Method in class RecordRow
- RecordRow::offsetSet() — Method in class RecordRow
- RecordRow::offsetUnset() — Method in class RecordRow
- ZoneDetail::offsetExists() — Method in class ZoneDetail
- ZoneDetail::offsetGet() — Method in class ZoneDetail
- ZoneDetail::offsetSet() — Method in class ZoneDetail
- ZoneDetail::offsetUnset() — Method in class ZoneDetail
- ZoneSummary::offsetExists() — Method in class ZoneSummary
- ZoneSummary::offsetGet() — Method in class ZoneSummary
- ZoneSummary::offsetSet() — Method in class ZoneSummary
- ZoneSummary::offsetUnset() — Method in class ZoneSummary
- ZoneAccountOwnerLookupInterface::oldestOwnerUsername() — Method in class ZoneAccountOwnerLookupInterface
Username of the oldest direct owner of the zone, or null when the zone has none.
- ApiKeyWriteResult::ok() — Method in class ApiKeyWriteResult
- OPENPGPKEYRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
OPENPGPKEY record validator
- RecordWriteResult::ok() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
- SupermasterWriteResult::ok() — Method in class SupermasterWriteResult
- ZoneWriteResult::ok() — Method in class ZoneWriteResult
- ZoneTemplateWriteResult::ok() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteResult
- ZoneChangeRequestResult::ok() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestResult
- ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver::ownerOptionsBlocker() — Method in class ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver
Why a user cannot pick any owner for a new zone in groups_only mode: no group exists at all, or the user belongs to none. Null when they can.
- ZoneMetadataResult::ok() — Method in class ZoneMetadataResult
- ZoneOwnershipIndex::owns() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipIndex
- ZoneOwnershipInput::ownerOmitted() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipInput
- ZoneOwnershipInput::owner() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipInput
- TokenFingerprint::of() — Method in class TokenFingerprint
- OidcUserInfo — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
Value object representing OIDC user information
- SharedZoneIds::ownsResolvedZone() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
Whether the user is the direct owner of the zone a shared id resolves to.
- SharedZoneIds::openedNames() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
The name of the zone each shared id opens, keyed by that id. A list built from the backend's zone list keeps only these zones for a shared id.
- ApiSearchBase::ownedZoneIds() — Method in class ApiSearchBase
- DbZoneAccountOwnerRepository::oldestOwnerUsername() — Method in class DbZoneAccountOwnerRepository
Username of the oldest direct owner of the zone, or null when the zone has none.
- SortHelper::orderBy() — Method in class SortHelper
ORDER BY for an API list sorted in SQL, from the keys ListSort::fields() returns.
P
- Arguments::parse() — Method in class Arguments
- Arguments::positiveInt() — Method in class Arguments
A positive integer option, null when absent.
- Arguments::positionals() — Method in class Arguments
- PublicApiController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
Base for /api/v2 endpoints: API key or Basic auth, key scope enforcement, request logging and wrapped responses.
- $ PublicApiController#pathParameters — Property in class PublicApiController
- PublicApiController::pagingParameters() — Method in class PublicApiController
The opt-in paging parameters of a list request, see ListPaging.
- PermissionTemplatesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/permission-templates: lists, creates, updates and deletes permission templates.
- PermissionsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/permissions: read-only listing of the permission catalogue and single permissions.
- BaseController::presentPagination() — Method in class BaseController
Renders a pagination widget for a paginated listing.
- BaseController::paginationVariables() — Method in class BaseController
The
pagination(pre-rendered string, kept for theme forks) andpagination_items(for _partials/pagination.html) template variables for a paginated listing.- BaseController::preservedOwnerChoice() — Method in class BaseController
The owner an add-zone form shows again after a failed submit: the posted id when the picker can offer it, '' for an explicit "no user owner", otherwise the current user.
- AbstractListLogController::prepareListing() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Hook between filter parsing and the export/listing branches; may adjust the filters and prime subclass state (e.g. ownership scoping).
- AbstractListLogController::parseLogEvents() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Flattens log rows for export: key:value pairs from structured events, the raw event text otherwise.
- ListLogZonesController::prepareListing() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Hook between filter parsing and the export/listing branches; may adjust the filters and prime subclass state (e.g. ownership scoping).
- ListLogZonesController::parseLogEvents() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Flattens log rows for export: key:value pairs from structured events, the raw event text otherwise.
- PdnsStatusController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Renders the PowerDNS server status page from the API's server info and statistics.
- PingController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Unauthenticated liveness probe. Answers if the process can serve a request and checks nothing else, so it still reports ok while the database is down.
- DeleteUserController::parseZoneDecisions() — Method in class DeleteUserController
Parses the JSON zone-decision field into the per-zone array shape used by UserManagementService::deleteUserWithZoneDecisions(). Returns null when the payload is malformed.
- ListPaging::parameters() — Method in class ListPaging
- ListPaging::paginate() — Method in class ListPaging
Page a list that is already filtered and sorted. The total counts every item passed in, so pass only what the caller may see.
- $ Request#postParams — Property in class Request
- ModuleServices::permissionService() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::proxyContext() — Method in class ModuleServices
- OwnerGroupColumnPresenter::presentOwners() — Method in class OwnerGroupColumnPresenter
- OwnerGroupColumnPresenter::presentGroups() — Method in class OwnerGroupColumnPresenter
- OwnerOptionsPresenter::preservedChoice() — Method in class OwnerOptionsPresenter
The owner an add-zone form shows again after a failed submit: the posted id when the picker can offer it, '' for an explicit "no user owner", otherwise the current user.
- PaginationPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Describes the page-number list for a Pagination object, with ellipses around the current page.
- PaginationPresenter::present() — Method in class PaginationPresenter
- ZoneStartingLettersPresenter::present() — Method in class ZoneStartingLettersPresenter
- SymfonyRouter::process() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
Process the matched route by instantiating and running the controller.
- ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware::process() — Method in class ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware
Process the request
- UserProvisioningService::provisionUser() — Method in class UserProvisioningService
The account id for an external identity, creating or linking it as configured.
- PdnsVersionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Backend
Detects and caches the connected PowerDNS server version so admins can see it in the UI and so error reports include it without a manual lookup.
- PowerdnsStatusService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Backend
Reads server info and metrics from the PowerDNS API and probes secondary servers for the status page.
- PowerdnsStatusService::probeHost() — Method in class PowerdnsStatusService
An autoprimary has to serve AXFR, which is TCP-only, so a TCP connect is a fair liveness proxy here even though it would not be for a resolver.
- ControllerServiceFactory::powerdnsStatusService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::permissionService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::permissionTemplateRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::permissionTemplateWriteService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::paginationService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::passwordPolicyService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::passwordGenerationService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::proxyContext() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::passwordResetTokenRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::passwordResetTokenRepository() — Method in class AuthServices
- BackendServices::pdnsCapabilities() — Method in class BackendServices
The connected PowerDNS version, from the session cache or one fetch when the cache is empty or expired; unknown when no PowerDNS API is configured.
- BackendServices::powerdnsStatusService() — Method in class BackendServices
- UserServices::permissionService() — Method in class UserServices
Shared instance so the per-user permission cache spans the whole request
- UserServices::passwordPolicyService() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::passwordGenerationService() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::permissionTemplateRepository() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::permissionTemplateWriteService() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::paginationService() — Method in class UserServices
- RecordEditResult::ptrFailed() — Method in class RecordEditResult
- PasswordChangeService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Changes the logged-in user's own password after verifying the current one; LDAP users are refused.
- PasswordGenerationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Generates random passwords that satisfy the configured password policy.
- PasswordPolicyService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Checks a password against the security.password_policy rules and reports the ones it fails.
- PasswordResetService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Password reset by email: issues and rate-limits tokens, validates them and stores the new password.
- PermissionTemplateMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Words a permission template delete outcome for the web flash messages.
- PermissionTemplateWriteService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
The single guarded entry point for permission template writes.
- UserCommandFactory::passwordGiven() — Method in class UserCommandFactory
Whether the request sets a password; "0" is a password, an empty string is not.
- PaginationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Builds Pagination objects and resolves the rows-per-page value within the allowed bounds.
- PaginationService::pagerWindow() — Method in class PaginationService
Sliding window of up to nine page links centred on the current page, with break indicators when the window does not touch the first or last page.
- ChangeApprovalContext::pendingByZone() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
Pending change requests per zone for a zone list, empty when the feature is off or the user neither files nor reviews requests.
- ChangeApprovalContext::pendingReviewCount() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
Pending requests awaiting the user's review, for the navigation badge; null while the requests table does not exist yet, so the entry can be hidden.
- PageOutputInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Web
Where a controller's pages go: the themed chrome and body in production (PageRenderer), a recorder in tests. A controller hands over the template and the parameters exactly as it built them.
- PageRenderer — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Web
Renders the shared page chrome (header, footer, Twig globals) around controller-rendered templates.
- Pagination — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Page arithmetic for a list: current page, page count, page-link window, and the SQL offset and limit.
- PaginationLimits — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Bounds and default for a usable page size; shared by the pagination and user preference services.
- PdnsCapabilities — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Maps a PowerDNS Authoritative Server version string to feature capability flags used by the UI to show, hide, or default behaviour appropriately.
- PdnsCapabilities::prefersPrimarySecondaryTerminology() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Primary/Secondary aliases were added in 4.5; older servers only know Master/Slave.
- Permission — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
Permission names and the record-type restrictions for client-level editors.
- PermissionCatalogue — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
The seed data every fresh installation starts from: the perm_items table, the default permission templates, and the default user groups. The installer and the sql/poweradmin-*-db-structure.sql files (via composer sql:seed) both read it, so a new permission or template is added here only.
- PermissionCatalogue::permissions() — Method in class PermissionCatalogue
perm_items rows as [id, name, descr]. Ids are part of the schema (66 was retired and is never reused).
- PermissionCatalogue::permissionId() — Method in class PermissionCatalogue
- ZoneDetail::primaryOwner() — Method in class ZoneDetail
- ZoneSummary::primaryOwner() — Method in class ZoneSummary
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::providesSignedSerial() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether the zone list can carry the serial PowerDNS serves for signed zones.
- PasswordHasherInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Hashes and verifies user passwords; the Application layer owns the algorithm and cost settings.
- PasswordPolicyInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Checks a password against the configured policy rules; the Application layer owns the configuration.
- ProxyContextInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Merges the outbound HTTP proxy, when one applies to the URL, into a set of PHP stream context options.
- PublicSuffixInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Splits a hostname on the public suffix boundary, so that names under a multi-label suffix such as co.uk or com.pl are divided where registration actually happens rather than on the last dot.
- TotpInterface::provisioningUri() — Method in class TotpInterface
The otpauth:// URI an authenticator app scans.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for password reset tokens and their rate-limit counters.
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for permission templates and the permission items they bundle.
- UserAdminInterface::permissionTemplateExists() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Check if a permission template exists
- ApiPermissionService::permissions() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
The underlying oracle, for callers that take a PermissionService.
- PasswordEncryptionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
AES-256-CBC encryption for the password held in the session, keyed from the configured session_key.
- PermissionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Answers permission questions for a user from their template and group grants, cached per request.
- PermissionService::primeAdminFlags() — Method in class PermissionService
Answers isAdmin() for many users with one query, so a listing page does not check every row separately.
- PermissionTemplateAssignmentGuard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Gates
perm_templassignment on user create/update API paths.- PermissionTemplateContentGuard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Gates what a permission template may contain.
- SessionPromotionService::promotePendingSession() — Method in class SessionPromotionService
Promote pending session variables to actual ones now that MFA is verified.
- CharacterStringParser::parse() — Method in class CharacterStringParser
Split content into individual character-strings.
- HostnameValidator::policy() — Method in class HostnameValidator
- PTRRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
Validator for PTR (Pointer) DNS records
- BulkRecordParser::parseLine() — Method in class BulkRecordParser
Parse a CSV line into a record array.
- DomainParsingService::parseDomain() — Method in class DomainParsingService
Parse a domain into its components (domain name and TLD)
- DynamicDnsUpdateService::processUpdate() — Method in class DynamicDnsUpdateService
- RecordManager::previewEdit() — Method in class RecordManager
Runs an edit's permission checks and validation, but not the duplicate check, and writes nothing. A save that moves several records first previews each one: only a record that passes and really moves goes into the vacated set of the real writes.
- RecordManagerInterface::previewEdit() — Method in class RecordManagerInterface
Runs an edit's permission checks and validation, but not the duplicate check, and writes nothing. A save that moves several records first previews each one: only a record that passes and really moves goes into the vacated set of the real writes.
- RecordWriteResult::previewed() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
An edit that passed validation and the permission checks in a preview, nothing written.
- ZoneTemplatePlaceholders::parseTemplateValue() — Method in class ZoneTemplatePlaceholders
Parse string and substitute domain and serial
- CreateUserCommand::passwordGiven() — Method in class CreateUserCommand
Whether the request carries a password; "0" is a password, an empty string is not.
- UpdateUserCommand::passwordGiven() — Method in class UpdateUserCommand
Whether the request sets a password; "0" is a password, an empty string is not.
- ZoneAccountSyncService::pushZoneAccount() — Method in class ZoneAccountSyncService
Push a resolved owner username to the backend, for callers with their own ownership lookup. Zones without a direct owner get an empty account so removed users don't linger.
- DnsHelper::powerdnsZoneId() — Method in class DnsHelper
The id PowerDNS gives a zone in API paths: every byte other than a letter, digit, dot or hyphen becomes "=XX". Unlike %2F, it survives a proxy that decodes the path.
- SoaContent::parse() — Method in class SoaContent
- PowerdnsApiClient — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Api
Typed wrapper over the PowerDNS /api/v1 server endpoints: zones, RRsets, DNSSEC keys, metadata, TSIG, views.
- PowerdnsApiClient::patchZoneRRsets() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Patch zone RRsets (add, modify, or delete records)
- Google2FaTotp::provisioningUri() — Method in class Google2FaTotp
The otpauth:// URI an authenticator app scans.
- DebugPDO::prepare() — Method in class DebugPDO
- PDODatabaseConnection — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Opens the PDO connection from the database credentials, building the DSN and SSL options per driver.
- PdoTransaction — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Transaction control over the request's PDO handle, the one the repositories write through.
- SharedZoneIds::pointApiKeyScopesAtNoZone() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
Point the API key scopes on $zoneId at zone 0, which matches no zone, and return the keys that had one. Deleting the rows instead would leave a key with none, which means unrestricted.
- DbApiLogger::pruneOlderThan() — Method in class DbApiLogger
Delete API log rows older than the given number of days. The cutoff is computed in PHP (UTC) so the comparison is portable across MySQL/PostgreSQL/SQLite; created_at is written by the DB in UTC (SQLite always, and the common UTC-configured MySQL/PostgreSQL deployment).
- PoweradminMetricsCollector — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Metrics
Collects the gauges behind the /api/metrics endpoint: counts about Poweradmin itself, never keyed by zone or user name, so every metric has a handful of series at most.
- PrometheusTextFormat — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Metrics
Renders metrics in the Prometheus text exposition format 0.0.4.
- PdpPublicSuffixList — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Network
Public suffix lookups backed by the IANA list in data/public_suffix_list.dat.
- ProxyContext — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Network
Resolves HTTP(S)_PROXY / NO_PROXY environment variables into stream-context options usable by PHP's HTTP wrapper. PHP's stream wrapper does not pick up these variables on its own, so each call site needs to opt in explicitly.
- ApiSearchBase::preprocessSearchQuery() — Method in class ApiSearchBase
Punycode normalization and reverse IP expansion, matching what BaseSearch::buildSearchString() does for the SQL search.
- DbUserRepository::permissionTemplateExists() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Check if a permission template exists
- ZoneSearch::prepareFoundZones() — Method in class ZoneSearch
Prepares the list of found zones by aggregating owner details and converting domain names to UTF-8.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::providesSignedSerial() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether the zone list can carry the serial PowerDNS serves for signed zones.
- PdnsApiZoneCacheFlusher — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
SQL backend with a PowerDNS API configured: flushes through the API, which also adds a new zone to the PowerDNS zone cache (PowerDNS 4.6 and later).
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::providesSignedSerial() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether the zone list can carry the serial PowerDNS serves for signed zones.
- PhpSession — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
PHP's own session: $SESSION plus the session*() lifecycle functions.
- ProtocolDetector — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
Detects the HTTP protocol (http/https) from server environment.
- ResultPaginator::paginate() — Method in class ResultPaginator
Apply offset and limit to a dataset.
- PermissionTwigExtension — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Web
Twig function can() that asks the injected permission checker whether the current user holds a permission.
- AbstractDnsWizard::parseExistingRecord() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- CAAWizard::parseExistingRecord() — Method in class CAAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DKIMWizard::parseExistingRecord() — Method in class DKIMWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DMARCWizard::parseExistingRecord() — Method in class DMARCWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SPFWizard::parseExistingRecord() — Method in class SPFWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SRVWizard::parseExistingRecord() — Method in class SRVWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- TLSAWizard::parseExistingRecord() — Method in class TLSAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- BindZoneFileParser::parse() — Method in class BindZoneFileParser
- BindZoneFileParser::parseTtl() — Method in class BindZoneFileParser
Parse TTL value with optional time suffix.
- ParsedRecord — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\ZoneImportExport\Service
One resource record parsed from an uploaded zone file.
- $ ParsedRecord#priority — Property in class ParsedRecord
- ParsedZoneFile — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\ZoneImportExport\Service
Result of parsing a BIND zone file: origin, default TTL, records and parser warnings.
Q
- PublicApiController::queryNeedles() — Method in class PublicApiController
The non-empty query parameters among these, for a repository pre-filter.
- QuickRemoveGroupMemberController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the POST that removes one user from a group from the edit-group page.
- QuickRemoveGroupZoneController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the POST that removes one zone from a group from the edit-group page.
- $ Request#queryParams — Property in class Request
- QrCodeRendererInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Renders a string as a QR code for display in a page.
- DnsFormatter::quoteEch() — Method in class DnsFormatter
Writes an SVCB or HTTPS ech value in quotes, the form PowerDNS stores and serves.
- DebugPDO::query() — Method in class DebugPDO
- RdapService::query() — Method in class RdapService
- WhoisService::query() — Method in class WhoisService
R
- AppManager::render() — Method in class AppManager
Renders a template with the given parameters.
- CommandInterface::run() — Method in class CommandInterface
- ApiKeyCreateCommand::run() — Method in class ApiKeyCreateCommand
- ZoneListCommand::run() — Method in class ZoneListCommand
- ZoneShowCommand::run() — Method in class ZoneShowCommand
- ConsoleApplication::run() — Method in class ConsoleApplication
- $ AbstractApiController#request — Property in class AbstractApiController
- AbstractApiController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class AbstractApiController
API requests authenticate per call with an API key or HTTP Basic credentials, so there is no session-bound form token to check.
- AbstractApiController::returnJsonResponse() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Return a JSON response
- AbstractApiController::returnApiResponse() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Wrapped API response: {success, data, message?} plus any additional top-level fields.
- AbstractApiController::returnApiError() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Wrapped API error: {success: false, data, message} plus any additional top-level fields.
- AbstractApiController::returnErrorResponse() — Method in class AbstractApiController
Return an error response
- DocsController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class DocsController
The docs page is read-only and is reachable without a session.
- DocsController::run() — Method in class DocsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- JsonController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class JsonController
The spec is read-only and is reachable without a session.
- JsonController::run() — Method in class JsonController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- HeadlessNotFoundController::run() — Method in class HeadlessNotFoundController
- HealthController::run() — Method in class HealthController
- InternalApiController::refuseArrayQueryParameters() — Method in class InternalApiController
Answer 400 when a query parameter arrives as an array; see arrayQueryParameter().
- UserPreferencesController::run() — Method in class UserPreferencesController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- UserPreferencesController::respond() — Method in class UserPreferencesController
The response for the current request; the verb picks the handler.
- ValidationController::run() — Method in class ValidationController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneController::run() — Method in class ZoneController
Run the controller based on the action parameter
- MetricsController::run() — Method in class MetricsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- MetricsController::requiresAuthentication() — Method in class MetricsController
With metrics.require_auth off the endpoint is public, like /api/health.
- PublicApiController::refuseArrayQueryParameters() — Method in class PublicApiController
Answer 400 when a query parameter arrives as an array; see arrayQueryParameter().
- PublicApiController::requiresAuthentication() — Method in class PublicApiController
Check if the current API endpoint requires authentication Can be overridden in child classes for public endpoints
- PublicApiController::refuseWhenChangeRequestRequired() — Method in class PublicApiController
The 403 a direct write gets when the caller's changes to the zone are routed through change requests, or null when the write may proceed.
- PublicApiController::requiredApiKeyOperations() — Method in class PublicApiController
Operations the current request performs, all of which the API key must permit. Defaults to the single operation implied by the HTTP method.
- PublicApiController::returnJsonResponse() — Method in class PublicApiController
Override to record every public API response in the audit log
- PublicApiController::recordWriteErrorMessage() — Method in class PublicApiController
The API wording for a refused record write: a duplicate and a backend fault keep the contract strings, a backend verdict appends its reason to them, every other refusal carries the manager's reason.
- PublicApiController::recordBelongsToZone() — Method in class PublicApiController
Whether a record fetched by id belongs to the zone addressed in the path.
- V1GoneController::run() — Method in class V1GoneController
- ChangeRequestsController::run() — Method in class ChangeRequestsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ChangeRequestsController::requiredApiKeyOperations() — Method in class ChangeRequestsController
A decision changes the request and, on approval, the zone: neither is a create.
- DynamicDnsController::run() — Method in class DynamicDnsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DynamicDnsController::requiredApiKeyOperations() — Method in class DynamicDnsController
Operations the current request performs, all of which the API key must permit. Defaults to the single operation implied by the HTTP method.
- GroupMembersController::run() — Method in class GroupMembersController
Handle group member-related requests
- GroupZonesController::run() — Method in class GroupZonesController
Handle group zone-related requests
- GroupsController::run() — Method in class GroupsController
Handle group-related requests
- PermissionTemplatesController::run() — Method in class PermissionTemplatesController
Handle permission template requests
- PermissionsController::run() — Method in class PermissionsController
Handle permission requests
- RecordResource — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2\Resource
The JSON shape of a record on /api/v2. The list endpoints report the fully qualified name, the single-record endpoints the name relative to the zone; both are contract and neither may drift without the other being reviewed.
- RecordResource::rrsetMember() — Method in class RecordResource
A member of an RRSet: the per-record values without name, type or ttl.
- ServerStatusController::run() — Method in class ServerStatusController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- UsersController::run() — Method in class UsersController
Handle user-related requests
- ZoneDnssecController::run() — Method in class ZoneDnssecController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneDnssecController::requiredApiKeyOperations() — Method in class ZoneDnssecController
Operations the current request performs, all of which the API key must permit. Defaults to the single operation implied by the HTTP method.
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::run() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneDnssecRectifyController::run() — Method in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneDnssecRectifyController::requiredApiKeyOperations() — Method in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
Operations the current request performs, all of which the API key must permit. Defaults to the single operation implied by the HTTP method.
- ZoneDnssecRectifyController::rectify() — Method in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
- ZoneMetadataController::run() — Method in class ZoneMetadataController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneOwnersController::run() — Method in class ZoneOwnersController
Handle zone owner-related requests
- ZoneTemplateRecordsController::run() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordsController
Handle zone template record requests
- ZoneTemplatesController::run() — Method in class ZoneTemplatesController
Handle zone template requests
- ZonesChangeRequestsController::run() — Method in class ZonesChangeRequestsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZonesController::run() — Method in class ZonesController
Handle zone-related requests
- ZonesRRSetsController::run() — Method in class ZonesRRSetsController
Handle zone RRSet requests
- ZonesRRSetsController::requiredApiKeyOperations() — Method in class ZonesRRSetsController
Operations the current request performs, all of which the API key must permit. Defaults to the single operation implied by the HTTP method.
- ZonesRecordsBulkController::run() — Method in class ZonesRecordsBulkController
Handle bulk record requests
- ZonesRecordsBulkController::requiredApiKeyOperations() — Method in class ZonesRecordsBulkController
Operations the current request performs, all of which the API key must permit. Defaults to the single operation implied by the HTTP method.
- ZonesRecordsController::run() — Method in class ZonesRecordsController
Handle zone records requests
- ChangePasswordController::run() — Method in class ChangePasswordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ForgotPasswordController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class ForgotPasswordController
This flow validates its own one-shot
password_reset_tokeninstead of the session-wide form token.- ForgotPasswordController::run() — Method in class ForgotPasswordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ForgotUsernameController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class ForgotUsernameController
This flow validates its own one-shot
username_recovery_tokeninstead of the session-wide form token.- ForgotUsernameController::run() — Method in class ForgotUsernameController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- LoginController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class LoginController
The login form sends
_tokencarrying the login token, which SessionAuthenticator validates against its own session key.- LoginController::run() — Method in class LoginController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- LogoutController::run() — Method in class LogoutController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- MfaSetupController::run() — Method in class MfaSetupController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- MfaVerifyController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class MfaVerifyController
This flow validates its own one-shot
mfa_tokeninstead of the session-wide form token.- MfaVerifyController::run() — Method in class MfaVerifyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- OidcCallbackController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class OidcCallbackController
The identity provider posts here directly; the OIDC state parameter, not a form token, is what ties the response to this session.
- OidcCallbackController::run() — Method in class OidcCallbackController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- OidcLoginController::run() — Method in class OidcLoginController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- RemoteUserLoginController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
"Continue as" on the login page: lifts the signed-out mark set at logout so the next page signs the web server's user in again.
- RemoteUserLoginController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class RemoteUserLoginController
The form posts the login page's token, as the session holds no other after a logout.
- RemoteUserLoginController::run() — Method in class RemoteUserLoginController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ResetPasswordController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the password reset form reached from the emailed token link and sets the new password.
- ResetPasswordController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class ResetPasswordController
This flow validates its own one-shot
reset_password_tokeninstead of the session-wide form token.- ResetPasswordController::run() — Method in class ResetPasswordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- SamlCallbackController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class SamlCallbackController
The identity provider posts here directly; the signed SAML response, not a form token, is what authenticates the request.
- SamlCallbackController::run() — Method in class SamlCallbackController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- SamlLoginController::run() — Method in class SamlLoginController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- SamlMetadataController::run() — Method in class SamlMetadataController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- UserAgreementController::run() — Method in class UserAgreementController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- $ BaseController#requestData — Property in class BaseController
- BaseController::run() — Method in class BaseController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- BaseController::requestContext() — Method in class BaseController
- BaseController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class BaseController
Whether a POST to this controller must carry a valid
_token.- BaseController::render() — Method in class BaseController
Renders a template with the given parameters.
- BaseController::refreshPdnsCapabilities() — Method in class BaseController
Trigger a session-cached refresh of PowerDNS version + capabilities.
- BaseController::redirect() — Method in class BaseController
Redirects to a specified URL with optional arguments.
- BaseController::resolveRowsPerPage() — Method in class BaseController
Resolves the page size for a listing: the request value wins, then the user's stored preference, then interface.rows_per_page with $fallback when unset.
- BaseController::requireZoneView() — Method in class BaseController
Stops the request unless the current user may open the zone (showError exits).
- BaseController::reportZoneWrite() — Method in class BaseController
Flash the outcome of a zone write to a page: the given text on success, the result's reason on failure.
- BaseController::requireNumericParam() — Method in class BaseController
Reads a positive integer request parameter (an id) or ends the request with an error page.
- BaseController::renderNotFound() — Method in class BaseController
Answers with the standard 404 page, for routes whose feature is switched off.
- DnssecAddKeyController::run() — Method in class DnssecAddKeyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnssecController::run() — Method in class DnssecController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnssecDeleteKeyController::run() — Method in class DnssecDeleteKeyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnssecDsDnskeyController::run() — Method in class DnssecDsDnskeyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnssecEditKeyController::run() — Method in class DnssecEditKeyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnssecKeyController::requireManagedDnssecZone() — Method in class DnssecKeyController
Gates a key-management page: the zone must be visible to the user, exist, and grant dnssec_manage; presigned zones are sent back to the DNSSEC page because their keys live at the primary. Every failure ends the request, so callers only see success.
- DnssecKeyExportController::run() — Method in class DnssecKeyExportController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnssecKeyImportController::run() — Method in class DnssecKeyImportController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnssecToggleKeyController::run() — Method in class DnssecToggleKeyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AbstractListLogController::run() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AddRecordController::run() — Method in class AddRecordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- BatchPtrRecordController::run() — Method in class BatchPtrRecordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- BulkRecordAddController::run() — Method in class BulkRecordAddController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteRecordController::run() — Method in class DeleteRecordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteRecordsController::run() — Method in class DeleteRecordsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditCommentController::run() — Method in class EditCommentController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditRecordController::run() — Method in class EditRecordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListRecordChangesController::run() — Method in class ListRecordChangesController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- RecordTypeDefaultsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Record
Admin UI for managing per-record-type default TTLs. The repository drives ReverseTtlResolver::resolveTtlForType(), so values entered here take effect for every record-creation path (UI + API).
- RecordTypeDefaultsController::run() — Method in class RecordTypeDefaultsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- RequestHalted — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller
Ends a controller run whose response is already written: the error page, the redirect header or the JSON body went out, and nothing may follow it.
- AddSupermasterController::run() — Method in class AddSupermasterController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DatabaseConsistencyController::run() — Method in class DatabaseConsistencyController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteSupermasterController::run() — Method in class DeleteSupermasterController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditSupermasterController::run() — Method in class EditSupermasterController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- IndexController::run() — Method in class IndexController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListSupermastersController::run() — Method in class ListSupermastersController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- NotFoundController::requiresCsrfValidation() — Method in class NotFoundController
Serving a 404 changes nothing, and the response must stay a 404 for any verb rather than becoming a token error page.
- NotFoundController::run() — Method in class NotFoundController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- PdnsStatusController::run() — Method in class PdnsStatusController
Run the controller
- PingController::run() — Method in class PingController
- StaticAssetController::run() — Method in class StaticAssetController
- AddZoneTemplController::run() — Method in class AddZoneTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AddZoneTemplRecordController::run() — Method in class AddZoneTemplRecordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteZoneTemplController::run() — Method in class DeleteZoneTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteZoneTemplRecordController::run() — Method in class DeleteZoneTemplRecordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditZoneTemplController::run() — Method in class EditZoneTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditZoneTemplRecordController::run() — Method in class EditZoneTemplRecordController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListTemplateZonesController::run() — Method in class ListTemplateZonesController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListZoneTemplController::run() — Method in class ListZoneTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- SaveZoneAsTemplateController::run() — Method in class SaveZoneAsTemplateController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- SetDefaultZoneTemplController::run() — Method in class SetDefaultZoneTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- UnlinkZonesTemplController::run() — Method in class UnlinkZonesTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AddGroupController::run() — Method in class AddGroupController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AddPermTemplController::run() — Method in class AddPermTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AddUserController::run() — Method in class AddUserController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ApiKeysController::run() — Method in class ApiKeysController
Run the controller
- DeleteGroupController::run() — Method in class DeleteGroupController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeletePermTemplController::run() — Method in class DeletePermTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteUserController::run() — Method in class DeleteUserController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditGroupController::run() — Method in class EditGroupController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditPermTemplController::run() — Method in class EditPermTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditUserController::run() — Method in class EditUserController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditUserController::resolveIdentityFields() — Method in class EditUserController
Resolve the fullname/email to persist for a user edit.
- ListGroupsController::run() — Method in class ListGroupsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListPermTemplController::run() — Method in class ListPermTemplController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ManageGroupMembersController::run() — Method in class ManageGroupMembersController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ManageGroupZonesController::run() — Method in class ManageGroupZonesController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- QuickRemoveGroupMemberController::run() — Method in class QuickRemoveGroupMemberController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- QuickRemoveGroupZoneController::run() — Method in class QuickRemoveGroupZoneController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- RemoveUserGroupController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the POST that removes a user from one group from the edit-user page.
- RemoveUserGroupController::run() — Method in class RemoveUserGroupController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- UserPreferencesController::run() — Method in class UserPreferencesController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- UsersController::run() — Method in class UsersController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AddZoneMasterController::run() — Method in class AddZoneMasterController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- AddZoneSlaveController::run() — Method in class AddZoneSlaveController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- BulkRegistrationController::run() — Method in class BulkRegistrationController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ChangeRequestController::run() — Method in class ChangeRequestController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteDomainController::run() — Method in class DeleteDomainController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DeleteDomainsController::run() — Method in class DeleteDomainsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditController::run() — Method in class EditController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- EditZoneMetadataController::run() — Method in class EditZoneMetadataController
Render the editor on GET and replace zone metadata on POST.
- ListChangeRequestsController::run() — Method in class ListChangeRequestsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListForwardZonesController::run() — Method in class ListForwardZonesController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListNetworksController::run() — Method in class ListNetworksController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListReverseZonesController::run() — Method in class ListReverseZonesController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ListViewsController::run() — Method in class ListViewsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- SearchController::run() — Method in class SearchController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneCatalogController::run() — Method in class ZoneCatalogController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneOwnershipController::run() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- RefusalStatus — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
The one place a Domain refusal becomes an HTTP status. API controllers call this where they used to read a status number off the result.
- Request — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
Snapshot of the $_GET, $_POST and $_SERVER superglobals with typed accessors for controllers.
- Request::refresh() — Method in class Request
Refreshes the request data from the global variables
- RequestContext — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
Static helpers classifying the current request from server globals: API route detection and JSON response negotiation.
- ResponseHeaders — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Http
Framing, content-type sniffing and referrer headers sent on every response; Kernel::boot() calls send() once per process.
- ResponseHeaders::resetForTests() — Method in class ResponseHeaders
- ModuleServices::recordAddService() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::recordManager() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::recordManagerService() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::recordRepository() — Method in class ModuleServices
- EditZonePresenter::recordTypes() — Method in class EditZonePresenter
The record types the add form offers for this zone.
- RecordFormFieldPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Maps a refused record write to the record form input it should highlight.
- RecordLockPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Decorates the zone editor's record rows with the display fields the template expects, and with whether each row may be edited.
- RejectedZoneEditPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Puts a zone-editor submission that was refused as stale back into the freshly read record listing, so the warning does not also cost the operator their edits.
- RejectedZoneEditPresenter::restore() — Method in class RejectedZoneEditPresenter
Put a rejected submission back into the rendered rows, so warning the operator that their form was stale does not also cost them their edits.
- SearchResultPresenter::records() — Method in class SearchResultPresenter
- AuthenticationService::redirectToIndex() — Method in class AuthenticationService
- CsrfTokenService::regenerateToken() — Method in class CsrfTokenService
Replace the session token. Called on login so a token planted before authentication cannot be used after it.
- LoginAttemptService::recordAttempt() — Method in class LoginAttemptService
- RecaptchaService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Verifies reCAPTCHA v2/v3 responses with Google for the login form.
- RemoteUserIdentitySource — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Reads the user the web server or an authenticating proxy signed in, from the remote_user settings. A server variable is set by the web server itself; a header is believed only from an address in remote_user.trusted_proxies.
- RemoteUserSessionHandler — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Keeps the session in step with the user the web server signed in: starts a session for them, ends one whose web server user changed or went away, and leaves sessions started by any other sign-in method alone.
- RequestActor — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
The actor every service of one request shares. It starts as whatever the bootstrap knows (the session user); an API controller rebinds it to the key owner once authentication succeeds, so services built before and after that point agree on who is acting.
- SamlService::relayStateFor() — Method in class SamlService
The RelayState sent with login and logout requests: the provider id, which handleAssertion() reads back when the session no longer holds it.
- UserAuthenticationService::requiresRehash() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Check if the hashed password requires rehashing.
- PdnsVersionService::refreshFromConfig() — Method in class PdnsVersionService
Refresh the cache from the configured PowerDNS API, at most once a minute per cache. A no-op when no API is configured; failures leave the previous entry in place, so callers never see an error from here.
- RepositoryFactory — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Backend
Centralized factory for creating repository instances.
- ControllerServiceFactory::records() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::repositoryFactory() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::redirectService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recaptchaService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordManager() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordChangeLogger() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordChangeLog() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::rrsetReplaceService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordCommentService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordCommentSyncService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordManagerService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordAddService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordEditService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::reverseRecordCreator() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordDeletionService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::reverseTtlResolver() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::recordTypeDefaultRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::redirectService() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::recaptchaService() — Method in class AuthServices
- BackendServices::repositoryFactory() — Method in class BackendServices
- BackendServices::recordRepository() — Method in class BackendServices
- RecordServices — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Factory
Record writes and the change-approval flow around them: managers, reverse record creation, comments, and the change request pipeline.
- RecordServices::recordManager() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordChangeLogger() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordChangeLog() — Method in class RecordServices
The same change log as recordChangeLogger(), for the log views that read it back rather than write to it.
- RecordServices::rrsetReplaceService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordCommentService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordCommentSyncService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordManagerService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordAddService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordEditService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::reverseRecordCreator() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordDeletionService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::reverseTtlResolver() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::recordTypeDefaultRepository() — Method in class RecordServices
- EmailTemplateService::render() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render an email template
- EmailTemplateService::renderNewAccountEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render new account email templates
- EmailTemplateService::renderPasswordResetEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render password reset email templates
- EmailTemplateService::renderMfaVerificationEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render MFA verification email templates
- EmailTemplateService::renderUsernameRecoveryEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render username recovery email templates
- EmailTemplateService::renderZoneAccessGrantedEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render zone access granted email templates
- EmailTemplateService::renderZoneAccessRevokedEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render zone access revoked email templates
- EmailTemplateService::renderChangeRequestFiledEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render the "change request filed" email sent to each reviewer of a zone
- EmailTemplateService::renderChangeRequestDecidedEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
Render the "change request decided" email sent to the requester
- RecordAddAccess — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Whether a user may add records to a zone directly, as RecordAddService::open() answers it. Each add-record entry point words the refusal codes itself.
- RecordAddAccess::refused() — Method in class RecordAddAccess
- RecordAddMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Words a successful RecordAddResult for the add-record page and the zone editor.
- RecordAddResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Outcome of adding one record from a form, with the companion PTR or A record the operator asked for alongside it.
- RecordAddResult::refused() — Method in class RecordAddResult
- RecordAddService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
The add-record flow shared by the add-record page, the inline form on the zone editor and the record wizards: open() applies the same gates in the same order, and add() normalises name, content and TTL the same way and follows the same rules for the companion PTR or A record.
- RecordCommentService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Reads and writes the comment attached to a record.
- RecordCommentSyncService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Keeps the comment on an A/AAAA record and its PTR counterpart in sync when either is created or edited.
- RecordEditRequest — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
One record edit as the edit-record form or an API PUT submits it. The caller has already found and authorised the stored row; the service normalises the submitted values and writes.
- RecordEditResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Outcome of editing one record: the write itself, the row as it is stored afterwards, and how the PTR sync went when one was asked for.
- RecordEditResult::refused() — Method in class RecordEditResult
- RecordEditService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
The single-record edit flow shared by the edit-record page and the API PUT: name and content are stored as punycode with the zone suffix, the write goes through the record manager, an SOA edit is bumped by the same rule, the PTR follows when asked, the edit is audited and the record comment is stored or carried along with a rename.
- RecordManagerService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Record
Creates a record through RecordManager, then logs it, stores its comment and syncs the PTR comment.
- GroupMembershipService::removeUserFromGroup() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
Remove a user from a group
- PasswordResetService::resetPassword() — Method in class PasswordResetService
Reset password using a valid token
- LocaleResolver::resolve() — Method in class LocaleResolver
Resolves the active locale. Precedence: GET lang override (login page language switcher) > session user language > interface.language config.
- RedirectService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Sends a Location header for the given URL, or a prepared response, and ends the request. The halt unwinds to the router the way the former exit ended the process, which keeps the redirect out of the way of anything that follows and leaves it observable to a test.
- RedirectService::redirectTo() — Method in class RedirectService
- RequestValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Validates controller request data against Symfony constraints.
- SearchCriteria::returnArgs() — Method in class SearchCriteria
Whitelists the search arguments a page carries to return to the search results: known keys with scalar values only, shaped like a submitted search form (unticked boxes absent). Empty when there is no usable search.
- ChangeApprovalContext::reviewScope() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
The zones whose change requests the user reviews, in the shape the request repository filters take: null for every zone, [] for none, otherwise the owned zone ids.
- ChangeRequestMessages::requiresApproval() — Method in class ChangeRequestMessages
- ChangeRequestNotificationService::requestFiled() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotificationService
- ChangeRequestNotificationService::requestDecided() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotificationService
The request was approved (applied or failed to apply) or rejected.
- ChangeRequestNotificationService::requestCancelled() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotificationService
- ZoneBatchCreateOutcome::refused() — Method in class ZoneBatchCreateOutcome
- ZoneCreateOutcome::refused() — Method in class ZoneCreateOutcome
- ZoneGroupService::removeGroupFromZone() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
Remove a group from zone owners. The guard answers before the group lookup so a refusal outranks a missing group, as the API contract orders them.
- ZoneLimitMessages::remaining() — Method in class ZoneLimitMessages
The note on the add-zone pages, or null when the acting user is not limited.
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver::resolve() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipFormResolver
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver::resolveInputs() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipFormResolver
- PageOutputInterface::renderPage() — Method in class PageOutputInterface
A full page: the chrome, then $template rendered with $params.
- PageOutputInterface::renderChrome() — Method in class PageOutputInterface
The chrome alone, which is how an error page shows its system messages.
- PageRenderer::renderPage() — Method in class PageRenderer
A full page: the chrome, then $template rendered with $params.
- PageRenderer::renderChrome() — Method in class PageRenderer
The chrome alone, which is how an error page shows its system messages.
- PageRenderer::renderHeader() — Method in class PageRenderer
Renders the header of the page.
- PageRenderer::renderFooter() — Method in class PageRenderer
Renders the footer of the page.
- PageRenderer::resolveActiveLocale() — Method in class PageRenderer
Returns the locale the translator was built with, so rendered strings and the page's lang metadata always agree.
- DbCompat::rowLock() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the clause that locks the selected rows until the transaction ends.
- DbCompat::regexp() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate regular expression function for the given database type.
- DbCompat::restoreSqlMode() — Method in class DbCompat
Restores the original SQL mode for the MySQL database connection if needed.
- ApiKey::regenerateSecretKey() — Method in class ApiKey
Regenerate the secret key
- MetadataDefinitions::requiredCompanionKind() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Check whether a submitted value needs a companion kind to have any effect. PowerDNS ignores NSEC3NARROW unless the zone also has NSEC3PARAM.
- MetadataDefinitions::rowsFromApiPayload() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Build metadata rows from a PowerDNS /metadata listing plus the zone object. Zone-property kinds appear in both, and the zone object wins.
- PdnsCapabilities::recordTypeMinVersion() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
The first PowerDNS version that understands the record type, or null when every supported version does.
- Permission::restrictedRecordTypeMessage() — Method in class Permission
Localized error message for a restricted-record-type denial.
- RecordComment — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A comment on a record set (zone, name, type) with its author account, text and modification timestamp.
- RecordRow — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
One record of a zone listing, as the export, template-save and console paths read it.
- RecordType — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
DNS record type names and the groups the UI and validators select from.
- ReverseNetwork — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A parsed network for batch PTR creation: the address range to walk and the reverse name used to probe for its zone.
- ZoneChangeRequestRowCodec::rowFromAfter() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRowCodec
A stored "after" state as the editor row to replay against the record it names.
- ZoneType::replicatesFromPrimary() — Method in class ZoneType
Secondary (Slave) and Consumer zones get their records by transfer from a configured primary, so they need masters set and must never be seeded locally.
- ApiStatusRecorderInterface::recordError() — Method in class ApiStatusRecorderInterface
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::recordIdsAreNumeric() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether record ids are the integer records.id values.
- ChangeRequestNotifierInterface::requestFiled() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotifierInterface
- ChangeRequestNotifierInterface::requestDecided() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotifierInterface
The request was approved (applied or failed to apply) or rejected.
- ChangeRequestNotifierInterface::requestCancelled() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotifierInterface
- EmailTemplateRendererInterface::renderNewAccountEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateRendererInterface
- EmailTemplateRendererInterface::renderPasswordResetEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateRendererInterface
- EmailTemplateRendererInterface::renderMfaVerificationEmail() — Method in class EmailTemplateRendererInterface
- LoginThrottleInterface::recordAttempt() — Method in class LoginThrottleInterface
- QrCodeRendererInterface::renderSvg() — Method in class QrCodeRendererInterface
- RecordChangeWriterInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Records before/after snapshots of record and zone changes for the change log.
- RecordCommentEditorInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
The per-record comment reads and writes the zone editor needs; the Application layer owns the storage.
- RecordCommentSyncInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Carries an edited record's comment over to its A/AAAA or PTR counterpart.
- RecordReadBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Record lookups by id, name or zone read from the DNS backend.
- RecordReadBackendInterface::recordExists() — Method in class RecordReadBackendInterface
Check if a record with given attributes exists.
- RecordSearchInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
The search page's record half: matching records with their zone owner, paged and sorted, and the unpaged match count. Rows carry
disabledas a bool.- RecordWriteBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Record add, edit and delete writes against the DNS backend.
- RecordWriteBackendInterface::replaceSoaContent() — Method in class RecordWriteBackendInterface
Replace the content of a zone's SOA record. The SQL backend keeps the stored TTL; the API backend rewrites the whole RRset with the configured dns.ttl.
- RecordWriteBackendInterface::rewriteSoaContent() — Method in class RecordWriteBackendInterface
Rewrites the zone's SOA content from its current value as one step, so concurrent writers to the zone cannot both bump from the same serial. The SQL backend locks the SOA row for it; the API backend reads and rewrites the RRset.
- ReportsWriteRejection — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
A record write backend that sits behind a separate service which can refuse a write and say why (the PowerDNS API). Backends without one do not implement it.
- ReverseZoneSorterInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Orders reverse zone names in PHP by the configured sort type.
- SessionInterface::remove() — Method in class SessionInterface
- SessionInterface::regenerateId() — Method in class SessionInterface
- TransactionInterface::rollBack() — Method in class TransactionInterface
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface::removeZoneKey() — Method in class ZoneKeyManagementInterface
- ZoneRectifierInterface::rectifyZone() — Method in class ZoneRectifierInterface
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface::retrieveZone() — Method in class ZoneWriteBackendInterface
Request an immediate AXFR transfer of a secondary (slave) zone from its master.
- LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface::record() — Method in class LoginAttemptRepositoryInterface
Record one attempt. A null $attemptType omits the stage column entirely.
- PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface::releaseClaim() — Method in class PasswordResetTokenRepositoryInterface
Undo markAsUsed() after the password change it guarded failed, so the link works again.
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for RRset-level record comments; both backends implement it.
- RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Comments linked to individual records through record_comment_links.
- RecordListingInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Zone-wide record listing, filtering, counting and RRset reads.
- RecordLookupInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Single-record reads and existence checks within a zone.
- RecordLookupInterface::recidToDomid() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Record ID to Domain ID
- RecordLookupInterface::recordExists() — Method in class RecordLookupInterface
Check if a record with the given parameters already exists
- RecordRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Reads on the records table; implemented for SQL and for the API backend mode.
- RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for admin-configured default TTLs per record type.
- RepositoryFactoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Builds the repositories a domain service needs on demand; the Application layer picks the SQL or API implementation for the configured backend.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface::removeLinkedRecords() — Method in class TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface
Delete the records a template application wrote to a zone, and their links.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface::removeSoaRecords() — Method in class TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface
Delete the apex SOA records of a zone so the template's SOA can replace them.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface::removeEncodedLinks() — Method in class TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface
Drop API backend links by their row ids.
- UserAgreementRepositoryInterface::recordAcceptance() — Method in class UserAgreementRepositoryInterface
Stores the acceptance, or refreshes it when the user already accepted this version.
- UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface::remove() — Method in class UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface
Remove a user from a group
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::remove() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Remove a group from zone owners
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface::removeAllForDomain() — Method in class ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface
Drop every group owner of a zone, when the zone is deleted.
- ZoneMetadataStoreInterface::replaceAll() — Method in class ZoneMetadataStoreInterface
Replace the zone's whole metadata set.
- ZoneMetadataStoreInterface::replaceKind() — Method in class ZoneMetadataStoreInterface
Set every value of one kind, leaving the other kinds alone.
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::removeOwnerFromZone() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface
Remove owner from zone
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::replaceTemplateGroups() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Replace the groups a template is shared with.
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface::removeStaleSyncRecords() — Method in class ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface
Drop sync rows for prior templates so the table reflects the zone's current template.
- ApiKeyService::regenerateSecretKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Regenerate the secret key for an API key
- ApiKeyWriteResult::refused() — Method in class ApiKeyWriteResult
- MfaService::refreshEmailVerificationCodeIfNeeded() — Method in class MfaService
Generates a new verification code if the existing one has expired
- MfaService::regenerateRecoveryCodes() — Method in class MfaService
Generate new recovery codes for a user
- ConsistencyCheckerInterface::runAllChecks() — Method in class ConsistencyCheckerInterface
Run every check, keyed by check name. Null means the backend could not be read and no result can be trusted.
- ConsistencyReport::repairEach() — Method in class ConsistencyReport
Apply $repair to every id, counting the outcomes as [$successKey => n, 'failed' => n].
- RESINFORecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
RESINFO (Resolver Information) record validator
- RKEYRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
RKEY (Resource KEY) record validator
- RPRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
RP (Responsible Person) record validator
- RRSIGRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
RRSIG (Resource Record Signature) record validator for DNSSEC
- DomainManager::retrieveZone() — Method in class DomainManager
Request an immediate AXFR transfer of a secondary zone from its master.
- DomainManagerInterface::retrieveZone() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Ask the backend to retrieve a slave zone from its master now
- RRSetReplaceService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Replaces every record of one name and type with a new set: validate all, delete the old set, insert the new one.
- RRSetReplaceService::replace() — Method in class RRSetReplaceService
Validation runs before the old set is touched so a refused record never costs the caller its RRSet.
- RecordBatchDeletionOutcome — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Outcome of deleting a selection of records: how many went, and the reason for each one the backend refused. Rows that no longer exist are skipped silently and count for neither.
- RecordDeletionOutcome — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Outcome of deleting a record together with its reverse counterpart.
- RecordDeletionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Deletes a record and, when asked and when reverse handling is on, the PTR of an A/AAAA record or the A/AAAA of a PTR record. A selection of records is deleted the same way, with each affected zone finalized once.
- RecordDisplayService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Service responsible for transforming DNS records for display purposes Implements the Single Responsibility Principle by focusing only on display transformations
- RecordDisplayService::restoreFqdn() — Method in class RecordDisplayService
Restore the full FQDN from a hostname Used when processing form submissions
- RecordLog — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Captures a record before and after an edit and writes the change to the zone audit log.
- RecordManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Creates, updates and deletes records for the web UI, with validation, logging and serial updates.
- RecordManager::recordFieldsDiffer() — Method in class RecordManager
Whether two stored copies of a record differ in any field that PowerDNS serves.
- RecordManagerInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Record creation, update and deletion.
- RecordMatchingService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Finds the A or AAAA records of a forward zone whose addresses fall inside a given IPv4 range or IPv6 /64.
- RecordTypeService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Record-type lists for the forward and reverse zone editors, filtered by config, DNSSEC and server support.
- RecordWriteResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Outcome of a record write. Replaces the bool return plus MessageService side channel: callers read the reason, the refusal and the offending record part from here instead of the session.
- ReverseRecordCreator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Keeps PTR records in step with A/AAAA records: adds, updates and deletes the counterpart in the paired zone.
- ReverseTtlResolver — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Resolves the default TTL for new records.
- ReverseTtlResolver::resolvePtrTtl() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
TTL for a PTR that is auto-created alongside a forward record.
- ReverseTtlResolver::resolveTtlForType() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
TTL for a record about to be persisted. Checks the admin-managed record_type_defaults table first, then the legacy PTR/reverse-zone config fallback, then dns.ttl. The zone-type gate prevents PTRs that legitimately live in forward zones (RFC 2317, custom dns.domain_record_types) from picking up the reverse-zone-only legacy default.
- ReverseTtlResolver::resolveTtlsForTypes() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
The TTL each offered record type starts with, resolved with the same precedence as resolveTtlForType() so the form's type swap matches what the server would apply.
- SupermasterWriteResult::refused() — Method in class SupermasterWriteResult
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::resolveTemplateOwner() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Resolve the owner column for a template. A global template (owner 0) is reserved for ueberusers; anyone else owns the template personally.
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::resolveEditedTemplateOwner() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
Owner column to write when a template is edited, or null to keep the stored one.
- ZoneTemplateGroupShares::refusal() — Method in class ZoneTemplateGroupShares
Refusal for a share list update(), or null when it would be accepted. Lets a caller check the list before saving the rest of the form.
- ZoneTemplatePlaceholders::replaceWithTemplatePlaceholders() — Method in class ZoneTemplatePlaceholders
Replace the zone name and site-specific values in a zone's records with template placeholders, for saving a zone as a template.
- GroupReferenceResolver::resolve() — Method in class GroupReferenceResolver
- LastSuperAdminGuard::refusal() — Method in class LastSuperAdminGuard
The refusal when $change would leave no active super admin; meant to run under underLock().
- UserAgreementService::recordAgreementAcceptance() — Method in class UserAgreementService
Record user agreement acceptance
- UserPreferenceService::resetPreference() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::resetAllPreferences() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- $ DnssecKeyResult#refusal — Property in class DnssecKeyResult
Null when the request went through
- DnssecKeyService::removeKey() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
- ZoneChangeRequestService::reject() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
- ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver::resolve() — Method in class ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver
Applies the ownership mode to what the request asked for, then the shared ownership rules of {resolveOwnership()}.
- ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver::resolveOwnership() — Method in class ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver
The rules shared by the API and the web forms: the groups must exist, a zone needs at least one owner, giving it to another user needs zone_content_edit_others and that user must exist, and non-admins may only pick their own groups.
- ZoneEditService::releaseAudit() — Method in class ZoneEditService
Writes the held audit lines when the transaction committed, drops them otherwise, and stops holding.
- ZoneManagementService::resolveZoneTemplate() — Method in class ZoneManagementService
Resolves a template given by name or numeric id and checks the acting user may apply it (own, global, or ueberuser - the same rule the web UI enforces).
- ZoneMetadataService::replaceAll() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
Replace the zone's whole metadata set, as the editor does. Every row is checked first, then only the kinds that actually change are gated, so a value set out of band does not lock the editor out of the rest.
- ZoneMetadataService::replaceKind() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
Set every value of one kind, as the API does.
- ZoneMetadataService::replaceKindIn() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
The set with every row of one kind replaced by the given values.
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::removeUserOwner() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
Removes a user owner, deciding and deleting inside one transaction.
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::removeGroup() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
Removes a group owner, deciding and deleting inside one transaction.
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::refusesNewGrants() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
Whether new owners or groups would be granted nothing on this zone id, because two zones share it (see ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface::isSharedZoneId()).
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::refuseUserOwnerRemoval() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
Null when the user may be removed; a refusal otherwise. A user who is not an owner is never refused, so the caller's own not-found path still runs.
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::refuseGroupRemoval() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
Null when the group may be removed; a refusal otherwise. A group that does not own the zone is never refused.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::reassignZones() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Gives each user the listed zones through $write, all or nothing: every limited user's row is locked, each one's total re-checked, and $write returning false rolls back.
- DnsHelper::resolveReverseZoneName() — Method in class DnsHelper
Resolve user input on a reverse-zone form to a reverse zone name.
- DnsHelper::restoreZoneSuffix() — Method in class DnsHelper
Restore full record name from hostname and zone name
- DomainUtility::resolveAddressAsRecordName() — Method in class DomainUtility
Read an IP address typed as a record name in a reverse zone as the PTR name it stands for
- RecordIdHelper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Casts an all-digit record id to int while leaving the API backend's encoded string ids untouched.
- TopLevelDomain::resetCache() — Method in class TopLevelDomain
Reset the cache (useful for testing)
- RecordIdentifier — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
Encoded composite record identifier for API-mode records.
- RemoteUserInfo — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
The user the web server or an authenticating proxy has already signed in.
- PowerdnsApiClient::rectifyZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Rectify a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::removeZoneKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Remove a DNSSEC key
- PowerdnsApiClient::retrieveZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Trigger an immediate AXFR transfer of a secondary zone from its master.
- PowerdnsApiClient::removeZoneFromView() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
- BaconQrCodeRenderer::renderSvg() — Method in class BaconQrCodeRenderer
- DeadlockRetry::run() — Method in class DeadlockRetry
- PdoTransaction::rollBack() — Method in class PdoTransaction
- SharedZoneIds::resolvedOwner() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
The direct owner of the zone a shared id resolves to, or null when it has none.
- SharedZoneIds::releaseIdsOpenedByRows() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
Before the named zones rows $rowIds are removed by a path that keeps the grants on their ids: an id one of them opens that another named row still matches opens that row afterwards, so its API key scopes move to zone 0 and its grants and extra owners go.
- RecordChangeLogger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
Writes before/after record and zone snapshots to log_record_changes, grouped into log_changesets rows.
- RecordChangeLogger::resetChangesetScope() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
Drops any open scope. Tests only - the static state would otherwise leak between them.
- PrometheusTextFormat::render() — Method in class PrometheusTextFormat
- ApiRecordRepository::recidToDomid() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Record ID to Domain ID
- ApiRecordRepository::recordExists() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
Check if a record with the given parameters already exists
- ApiZoneMetadataStore::replaceAll() — Method in class ApiZoneMetadataStore
Replace the zone's whole metadata set.
- ApiZoneMetadataStore::replaceKind() — Method in class ApiZoneMetadataStore
Set every value of one kind, leaving the other kinds alone.
- ApiZoneRepository::removeOwnerFromZone() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Remove owner from zone
- BaseSearch::restoreSqlMode() — Method in class BaseSearch
Restores the original SQL mode for the MySQL database connection if needed.
- DbLoginAttemptRepository::record() — Method in class DbLoginAttemptRepository
Record one attempt. A null $attemptType omits the stage column entirely.
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::releaseClaim() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
Undo markAsUsed() after the password change it guarded failed, so the link works again.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::removeLinkedRecords() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
Delete the records a template application wrote to a zone, and their links.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::removeSoaRecords() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
Delete the apex SOA records of a zone so the template's SOA can replace them.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::removeEncodedLinks() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
Drop API backend links by their row ids.
- DbUserAgreementRepository::recordAcceptance() — Method in class DbUserAgreementRepository
Stores the acceptance, or refreshes it when the user already accepted this version.
- DbUserGroupMemberRepository::remove() — Method in class DbUserGroupMemberRepository
Remove a user from a group
- DbZoneGroupRepository::remove() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Remove a group from zone owners
- DbZoneGroupRepository::removeAllForDomain() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
Drop every group owner of a zone, when the zone is deleted.
- DbZoneMetadataStore::replaceAll() — Method in class DbZoneMetadataStore
Replace the zone's whole metadata set.
- DbZoneMetadataStore::replaceKind() — Method in class DbZoneMetadataStore
Set every value of one kind, leaving the other kinds alone.
- DbZoneRepository::removeOwnerFromZone() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Remove owner from zone
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::replaceTemplateGroups() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Replace the groups a template is shared with.
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::removeStaleSyncRecords() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
Drop sync rows for prior templates so the table reflects the zone's current template.
- RecordSearch — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Runs the record search page query with grouping, comments, sorting and pagination.
- SqlRecordRepository::recidToDomid() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Record ID to Domain ID
- SqlRecordRepository::recordExists() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
Check if a record with the given parameters already exists
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::retrieveZone() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Request an immediate AXFR transfer of a secondary (slave) zone from its master.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::rewriteSoaContent() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Rewrites the zone's SOA content from its current value as one step, so concurrent writers to the zone cannot both bump from the same serial. The SQL backend locks the SOA row for it; the API backend reads and rewrites the RRset.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::replaceSoaContent() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Replace the content of a zone's SOA record. The SQL backend keeps the stored TTL; the API backend rewrites the whole RRset with the configured dns.ttl.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::recordExists() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Check if a record with given attributes exists.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::recordIdsAreNumeric() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether record ids are the integer records.id values.
- ApiKeyZoneScopeMigration::runOnce() — Method in class ApiKeyZoneScopeMigration
Run the rewrite unless it already ran. Returns whether stored scopes are canonical: always in SQL mode, and in API mode once the rewrite has committed.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::runAllChecks() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
The zone list is fetched once and shared by every check, so one transient failure cannot make one check pass while another fails. The provider swallows transport errors into an empty list; an empty list paired with a recorded API error means an outage, and so does a failed per-zone record read.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::runAllChecks() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
Run every check, keyed by check name. Null means the backend could not be read and no result can be trusted.
- DnsSecApiProvider::rectifyZone() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- DnsSecApiProvider::removeZoneKey() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::rectifyZone() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::removeZoneKey() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::retrieveZone() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Request an immediate AXFR transfer of a secondary (slave) zone from its master.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::replaceSoaContent() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Replace the content of a zone's SOA record. The SQL backend keeps the stored TTL; the API backend rewrites the whole RRset with the configured dns.ttl.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::rewriteSoaContent() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Rewrites the zone's SOA content from its current value as one step, so concurrent writers to the zone cannot both bump from the same serial. The SQL backend locks the SOA row for it; the API backend reads and rewrites the RRset.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::recordExists() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Check if a record with given attributes exists.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::recordIdsAreNumeric() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether record ids are the integer records.id values.
- TemplateCacheResolver::resolve() — Method in class TemplateCacheResolver
Resolves the compiled-template cache directory, creating it if needed.
- ApiStatusService::recordError() — Method in class ApiStatusService
- ArraySession::remove() — Method in class ArraySession
- ArraySession::regenerateId() — Method in class ArraySession
- FormStateService::rememberAddRecordForm() — Method in class FormStateService
Stash the zone editor's inline add-record form before processing, so a failed validation can re-display the submitted values.
- FormStateService::rememberAddRecordError() — Method in class FormStateService
Record why the stashed add-record submission was refused.
- MfaSessionManager::reset() — Method in class MfaSessionManager
Reset all MFA-related session variables
- PhpSession::remove() — Method in class PhpSession
- PhpSession::regenerateId() — Method in class PhpSession
- ResultPaginator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
In-memory sorting, filtering, and pagination for datasets.
- ReverseDomainHierarchySorting — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
ORDER BY clauses and a PHP comparator that sort reverse zones by network hierarchy (10., 172., 192.168.).
- ReverseZoneSorting — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
Picks natural or hierarchical reverse zone sorting per the configured sort type, in SQL or in PHP.
- SortHelper::reverseZoneIpPositions() — Method in class SortHelper
How many address labels a record name can still carry below the zone: 3 under 192.in-addr.arpa, 1 under 2.168.192.in-addr.arpa. Always at least one, so a classless zone such as 0/25.2.0.192.in-addr.arpa still sorts its host labels.
- SortHelper::reverseRecordNameKey() — Method in class SortHelper
The PHP twin of the reverse record order, for API mode where records are sorted in PHP.
- CsvExportController::run() — Method in class CsvExportController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnsWizardApiController::run() — Method in class DnsWizardApiController
Run the controller
- DnsWizardFormController::run() — Method in class DnsWizardFormController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- DnsWizardSelectController::run() — Method in class DnsWizardSelectController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- $ AbstractDnsWizard#recordType — Property in class AbstractDnsWizard
- EmailPreviewsController::run() — Method in class EmailPreviewsController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- RdapController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\Rdap\Controller
/rdap and /zones/{id}/rdap - looks up a domain's RDAP record and shows the result.
- RdapController::run() — Method in class RdapController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- RdapModule — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\Rdap
Module registration for the RDAP lookup page and its zone-page action.
- RdapService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\Rdap\Service
RDAP lookups: picks the server for a TLD from data/rdap_servers.php, queries it and formats the reply.
- RdapService::refresh() — Method in class RdapService
- SecondaryZoneImportController::run() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- WhoisController::run() — Method in class WhoisController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- WhoisService::refresh() — Method in class WhoisService
- ZoneFileExportController::run() — Method in class ZoneFileExportController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
- ZoneFileImportController::run() — Method in class ZoneFileImportController
Abstract method to be implemented by subclasses to run the controller logic.
S
- $ AppManager#statsDisplayService — Property in class AppManager
- BootContext::services() — Method in class BootContext
The per-request service graph over this context, acting as the given actor.
- LocaleManager::setLocale() — Method in class LocaleManager
Sets the locale for the application.
- CommandLineActor::system() — Method in class CommandLineActor
- HealthController::submittedToken() — Method in class HealthController
- PublicApiController::sendApiKeyOperationForbidden() — Method in class PublicApiController
Send a 403 for an operation the API key may not perform, and stop.
- PublicApiController::stripTxtQuotes() — Method in class PublicApiController
Strip quotes from single-string TXT records for V2 API responses
- ChangeRequestsController::serialize() — Method in class ChangeRequestsController
- RecordResource::stripTxtQuotes() — Method in class RecordResource
V2 quotes single-string TXT content on the way in and unquotes it on the way out; a multi-string value keeps its quoting so the parts stay distinct.
- ZoneResource::summary() — Method in class ZoneResource
A zone as GET /zones lists it.
- ZoneResource::shadowedRecords() — Method in class ZoneResource
The parent-zone records a newly created zone hides, as POST /zones reports them.
- ServerStatusController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
- $ ServerStatusController#statusService — Property in class ServerStatusController
- $ ServerStatusController#supermasterManager — Property in class ServerStatusController
- ServerStatusController::supermasterManager() — Method in class ServerStatusController
- ZoneDnssecController::setStatus() — Method in class ZoneDnssecController
- SamlCallbackController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the SAML assertion (/saml/acs) and single logout (/saml/sls) endpoints.
- SamlLoginController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Starts the SAML login flow by redirecting to the chosen or first configured identity provider.
- SamlMetadataController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Serves the SAML service provider metadata XML at /saml/metadata.
- BaseController::setMessage() — Method in class BaseController
Sets a message to be displayed for a specific script.
- BaseController::sendAndHalt() — Method in class BaseController
Sends a prepared response and ends the request; the API controllers answer every request this way.
- BaseController::services() — Method in class BaseController
Lazily builds the shared service factory so per-request memoized instances (backend provider, permission cache) span all accessors.
- BaseController::session() — Method in class BaseController
The request's session, shared by every collaborator this controller builds.
- BaseController::setCurrentPage() — Method in class BaseController
Sets the current page identifier used for navigation highlighting.
- BaseController::setPageTitle() — Method in class BaseController
Sets the page title displayed in the header.
- BaseController::showError() — Method in class BaseController
Displays an error message.
- BaseController::setValidationConstraints() — Method in class BaseController
Sets validation constraints for the request data.
- BaseController::showFirstValidationError() — Method in class BaseController
Displays the first validation error.
- DnssecController::showDnsSecKeys() — Method in class DnssecController
- DnssecDsDnskeyController::showKeys() — Method in class DnssecDsDnskeyController
- AbstractListLogController::splitEventFields() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Splits a structured event into its key:value fields. A content value runs on, spaces included, until the next field written after it; inside an open quote (TXT) a field-like token is still part of the value.
- DeleteRecordController::showQuestion() — Method in class DeleteRecordController
- DeleteRecordsController::showRecords() — Method in class DeleteRecordsController
- EditCommentController::showCommentForm() — Method in class EditCommentController
- EditRecordController::showRecordEditForm() — Method in class EditRecordController
- EditRecordController::saveRecord() — Method in class EditRecordController
- StaticAssetController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\System
Serves static assets like CSS, JS, images and fonts.
- EditZoneTemplRecordController::showZoneTemplateRecordForm() — Method in class EditZoneTemplRecordController
- SaveZoneAsTemplateController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles the save-zone-as-template form: creates a zone template from the zone's records.
- SetDefaultZoneTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles the POST that marks a zone template as the default or clears the default flag.
- DeleteUserController::showQuestion() — Method in class DeleteUserController
- EditUserController::showUserEditForm() — Method in class EditUserController
- DeleteDomainsController::showDomains() — Method in class DeleteDomainsController
- EditController::saveRecords() — Method in class EditController
- SearchController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles the search page: finds zones and records by name or content with paging and sorting.
- ListSort::sortRows() — Method in class ListSort
Sort already-loaded rows (for endpoints that filter in PHP rather than SQL).
- $ Request#serverParams — Property in class Request
- ResponseHeaders::send() — Method in class ResponseHeaders
- ResponseHeaders::sendDefaults() — Method in class ResponseHeaders
The default deny set, for a failure before send() ran; afterwards it must not override the configured set.
- ChangeRequestPresenter::summary() — Method in class ChangeRequestPresenter
One row of a request listing.
- ChangeRequestPresenter::summaries() — Method in class ChangeRequestPresenter
- SearchResultPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Labels the record search rows for the search page. The gateways return
disabledas a bool; the translated Yes/No goes intodisabled_label.- SoaFieldsPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Attaches the labelled SOA breakdown to record rows so the templates can show it.
- SymfonyRouter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Routing
Matches the request against routes.yaml and enabled module routes, then runs the matched controller.
- AuthOutcome::success() — Method in class AuthOutcome
The session is authenticated. $redirectPath is set when a login just completed.
- MfaVerificationMailer::sendVerificationCode() — Method in class MfaVerificationMailer
- SamlConfigurationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Reads the saml provider and SP settings and builds the OneLogin toolkit settings array.
- SamlService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Runs the SAML login flow: builds the IdP redirect, consumes the assertion and handles single logout.
- SessionAuthenticator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Per-request login pipeline: CSRF and reCAPTCHA on the form, session expiry, then the SQL or LDAP authenticator.
- SqlAuthenticator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Session login against the users table with lockout checks, hash upgrades and MFA hand-off.
- UserProvisioningService::syncExistingUser() — Method in class UserProvisioningService
Sync an already-matched user from external auth data. Identity fields, template mapping and group membership are driven by the auth method's config section; nothing is written when the data is unchanged.
- DnsDataService::searchZones() — Method in class DnsDataService
Search zones through the backend's search; an 'own' view is limited to the logged-in user's zones.
- DnsDataService::searchZonesTotalCount() — Method in class DnsDataService
Get total count of matching zones for search.
- DnsDataService::searchRecords() — Method in class DnsDataService
Search records through the backend's search. Rows carry
disabledas a bool in both modes; an 'own' view is limited to the logged-in user's zones.- DnsDataService::searchRecordsTotalCount() — Method in class DnsDataService
Get total count of matching records for search.
- DnsDataService::searchRecordsCommentsTruncated() — Method in class DnsDataService
Whether the last record search listed only part of the comment matches (API backend zone cap).
- DnssecProviderFactory::supportsDefaultCsk() — Method in class DnssecProviderFactory
Check if PowerDNS version supports CSK by default
- ControllerServiceFactory::session() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
The request's session, shared by every service built here.
- ControllerServiceFactory::soaRecordManager() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::sessionService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::samlConfigurationService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::supermasterManager() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::sessionService() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::samlConfigurationService() — Method in class AuthServices
- BackendServices::soaRecordManager() — Method in class BackendServices
- ZoneServices::supermasterManager() — Method in class ZoneServices
- MailService::sendMail() — Method in class MailService
Send an email using the configured mail transport
- MailService::sendNewAccountEmail() — Method in class MailService
Send a new account email with login credentials
- RecordCommentService::supportsPerRecordComments() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Whether this backend can attach a comment to one record rather than its whole RRset
- RecordCommentSyncService::syncCommentsForPtrRecord() — Method in class RecordCommentSyncService
- RecordCommentSyncService::syncCommentsForDomainRecord() — Method in class RecordCommentSyncService
- RecordManagerService::syncCompanionComment() — Method in class RecordManagerService
Copy a new record's comment to the companion A or PTR record created right after it.
- DashboardStatsService::stats() — Method in class DashboardStatsService
- RedirectService::send() — Method in class RedirectService
- RequestValidator::setConstraints() — Method in class RequestValidator
Sets validation constraints for the request data.
- SearchCriteria — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Value object holding the search parameters the search page works with.
- StatsDisplayService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Renders the memory usage and elapsed time footer shown when misc.display_stats is on.
- ChangeRequestMessages::submitted() — Method in class ChangeRequestMessages
- ZoneBatchCreateOutcome::shadowedWarnings() — Method in class ZoneBatchCreateOutcome
- ZoneCreateFormMessages::shadowedRecords() — Method in class ZoneCreateFormMessages
Names the first few hidden records and says how many more there are.
- ZoneCreateOutcome::shadowedWarning() — Method in class ZoneCreateOutcome
The warning about hidden parent-zone records, null when there are none.
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver::selectableOwners() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipFormResolver
The users an owner picker may offer: everyone with user_view_others, otherwise only the caller.
- CanonicalZoneSql::selectByZoneId() — Method in class CanonicalZoneSql
SELECT that resolves a zone ID to exactly one zones row.
- DbCompat::substr() — Method in class DbCompat
Returns the appropriate substring function for the given database type.
- ZoneHealthSql::soaHealthColumns() — Method in class ZoneHealthSql
SELECT-list fragment yielding
is_disabledandis_missing_soacolumns.- ApiKey::setId() — Method in class ApiKey
Sets the ID of this API key
- ApiKey::setName() — Method in class ApiKey
Sets the name of this API key
- ApiKey::setDisabled() — Method in class ApiKey
Sets whether this API key is disabled
- ApiKey::setExpiresAt() — Method in class ApiKey
Sets the expiration date of this API key
- ApiKey::status() — Method in class ApiKey
Lifecycle state, derived from the disabled flag and the expiry date.
- ApiKey::setCreatorUsername() — Method in class ApiKey
Sets the creator username
- ApiKey::setCreatorFullname() — Method in class ApiKey
Sets the creator fullname
- ApiKey::setIsReadonly() — Method in class ApiKey
Set whether this API key is restricted to read-only requests
- ApiKey::setAllowedOperations() — Method in class ApiKey
Set the operations the key may perform; null/empty means all
- ApiKey::setZoneIds() — Method in class ApiKey
Set the zones the key is restricted to; null/empty means no restriction
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsCatalogZones() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Catalog zones (Producer/Consumer kinds) introduced in 4.7.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsViews() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Per-zone/network Views introduced in 5.0, and only on LMDB with views=yes.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsRecordType() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Whether the connected server understands the given DNS record type.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsSvcParam() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Whether the connected server can load an SVCB/HTTPS parameter written by this name. Older servers cannot load the record at all. An unknown version allows the name, since SQL-only setups never learn the version.
- PdnsCapabilities::svcParamMinVersion() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
The first PowerDNS version that knows the SVCB/HTTPS parameter name, or null when every supported version does.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsIndividualRrsetFetch() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Filtering a zone read down to one RRset (rrset_name/rrset_type) added in 4.7.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsAutoprimariesApi() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Autoprimary management via API added in 4.6.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsRecordTimestamps() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Per-record last-modified timestamps in API responses added in 4.9.8; of the stock backends only LMDB fills them.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsDefaultCsk() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
PowerDNS 4.0+ uses CSK (Combined Signing Key) by default. Older servers default to KSK+ZSK and the UI should reflect that.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsPrivateKeyImport() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Creating a DNSSEC key from a private key (POST /cryptokeys with privatekey) added in 4.1.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsRfc9615Bootstrap() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
RFC 9615 authenticated DNSSEC bootstrapping added in 5.0.
- PdnsCapabilities::supportsMetadataKind() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Whether a metadata kind whose minimum version is $minVersion should be shown for the connected server. A null/empty minimum means the kind has always been supported. When the connected version is unknown the kind is hidden (strict mode) so admins don't get options the server may reject.
- UserMfa::setSecret() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserMfa::setVerificationData() — Method in class UserMfa
Set verification data
- UserMfa::setVerificationDataRaw() — Method in class UserMfa
Set raw verification data (JSON string)
- UserMfa::setType() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserPreference::setPreferenceValue() — Method in class UserPreference
- ZoneChangeRequestRowCodec::snapshot() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRowCodec
The "before" state of an edit or delete action, in the change log's snapshot shape.
- ZoneStartingLetter::startsWithPunycode() — Method in class ZoneStartingLetter
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::supportsLocalWriteTransaction() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether backend writes can be wrapped in a transaction on the Poweradmin database.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::supportsRecordCountSort() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether zone lists can be ordered by record count across every page.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::supportsGroupSort() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether zone lists can be ordered by owning group.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::supportsZoneRetrieve() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether a secondary zone can be pulled from its primary on request.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::supportsZoneNotify() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether a primary zone can be told to send NOTIFY on request.
- BackendCapabilitiesInterface::syncsZoneListFromServer() — Method in class BackendCapabilitiesInterface
Whether the local zone list is a mirror that can be refreshed from the server.
- MfaVerificationMailerInterface::sendVerificationCode() — Method in class MfaVerificationMailerInterface
- PublicSuffixInterface::split() — Method in class PublicSuffixInterface
- RecordSearchInterface::searchRecords() — Method in class RecordSearchInterface
- ReverseZoneSorterInterface::sortDomains() — Method in class ReverseZoneSorterInterface
- SearchBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Wildcard search over zones and records in the DNS backend.
- SearchBackendInterface::searchDnsData() — Method in class SearchBackendInterface
Search for zones and records matching a query.
- SerialBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
SOA serial handling: whether PowerDNS bumps the serial itself and the zone serial policy metadata.
- SerialBackendInterface::setZoneSerialPolicy() — Method in class SerialBackendInterface
Set the zone's SOA serial policy metadata.
- SessionInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
The request's session store. One implementation wraps PHP's own session, the other keeps the values in memory for tests and for request-scoped caches.
- SessionInterface::set() — Method in class SessionInterface
- SessionInterface::start() — Method in class SessionInterface
Opens the session when it is not open yet
- SupermasterBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Supermaster (autoprimary) reads and writes against the DNS backend.
- ZoneSearchInterface::searchZones() — Method in class ZoneSearchInterface
- ZoneSigningInterface::secureZone() — Method in class ZoneSigningInterface
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::save() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Save an API key
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::saveZoneIds() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Replace the set of zone IDs an API key is restricted to
- RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface::save() — Method in class RecordTypeDefaultRepositoryInterface
Insert or update the TTL for the given record type.
- UserAdminInterface::setZoneLimit() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Set the user's own zone limit; null removes it so the configured default applies
- UserGroupWriterInterface::save() — Method in class UserGroupWriterInterface
Save (create or update) a group
- UserGroupWriterInterface::setZoneLimit() — Method in class UserGroupWriterInterface
Set the group's own zone limit; null removes it so the configured default applies
- UserMfaRepositoryInterface::save() — Method in class UserMfaRepositoryInterface
Save MFA settings (create or update)
- UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface::save() — Method in class UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface::storeSnapshot() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface
Keeps a copy of the zone (a BIND zone file) taken before an approved deletion.
- ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface::saveZoneComment() — Method in class ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface
Set the zone comment, creating the zones row for a zone that has none.
- MfaService::saveUserMfa() — Method in class MfaService
Save a UserMfa object
- MfaService::sendEmailVerificationCode() — Method in class MfaService
Send verification code via email for email-based MFA
- SelfEditFieldGuard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Gates auth-critical fields on user self-edit API paths (#1327).
- SessionGatePolicy — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Pure rules for which requests a session gate (required MFA setup, user agreement) holds back while the user still has to complete it.
- SessionKeys — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Catalogue of the login and user identity $_SESSION keys.
- SessionPromotionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Promotes the half-authenticated pending session into a fully authenticated one.
- UserContextService::setUserLanguage() — Method in class UserContextService
- UserContextService::setSessionData() — Method in class UserContextService
- SMIMEARecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
SMIMEA (S/MIME Certificate Association) record validator
- SOARecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
SOA record validator
- SPFRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
SPF record validator
- SRVRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
SRV record validator
- SSHFPRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
SSHFP (SSH Fingerprint) record validator
- SVCBRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
SVCB record validator
- StringValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
String validation for DNS records
- DynamicDnsHelper::statusMessage() — Method in class DynamicDnsHelper
Build the response line for a dynamic DNS update.
- RecordManager::sameContent() — Method in class RecordManager
Content equality as the duplicate checks see it: exact, domain names compared without case as DNS does, the unquoted ech form, or the same AAAA address written another way.
- RecordWriteResult::saved() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
An edit that was written.
- SOARecordManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Reads and rewrites SOA records and bumps their serial.
- SOARecordManager::setSOASerial() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Set SOA serial in SOA content
- SOARecordManagerInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
SOA record and serial handling.
- SOARecordManagerInterface::setSOASerial() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Set SOA serial in SOA content
- SupermasterManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Creates, updates and deletes PowerDNS supermasters.
- SupermasterManager::supermasterExists() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Check if Supermaster IP address exists
- SupermasterManager::supermasterIpNameExists() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Check if Supermaster IP Address and NS Name combo exists
- SupermasterWriteResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Outcome of a supermaster write. Callers read the reason, its code and the refusal from here instead of a message side channel.
- ZoneTemplateApplier::shouldApplyTemplateRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateApplier
Whether a template record belongs in the target zone.
- ZoneTemplateGroupShares::shareableGroups() — Method in class ZoneTemplateGroupShares
Groups the user may add to or remove from a template's share list.
- ZoneTemplateGroupShares::sharedGroups() — Method in class ZoneTemplateGroupShares
Groups the template is shared with, as the user may see them.
- ZoneTemplateService::setDefaultTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::setDefaultTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
Mark a template as the system-wide default. Clears
is_defaultfrom all other templates so only one is flagged at a time. Personal templates (owner != 0) cannot be marked default.- UserPreferenceService::setPreference() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserPreferenceService::setRowsPerPage() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- ValidationResult::success() — Method in class ValidationResult
Create a successful validation result
- DnssecKeyService::setKeyActive() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
- ShadowedRecordFinder — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Finds the records a new zone would hide in its closest existing parent zone.
- ShadowedRecords — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Records in the closest parent zone that a new zone hides, because PowerDNS answers from the most specific zone.
- ZoneAccountSyncService::syncZoneAccount() — Method in class ZoneAccountSyncService
Update the zone's PowerDNS account field with the oldest owner's username
- ZoneChangeRequestService::staleActions() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
Indexes of the actions the zone has moved away from: an edited or deleted record whose stored row no longer matches the filed "before" state (or is gone), and an addition the zone already holds.
- ZoneEditService::save() — Method in class ZoneEditService
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::setUserLimit() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Set or clear (null) a user's own limit. Only a superuser may, so a delegated administrator cannot lift the limits of the users they manage.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::setGroupLimit() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Set or clear (null) a group's own limit; superusers only, as for users.
- ZoneOwnershipResolution::success() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipResolution
- ZoneSigningService::sign() — Method in class ZoneSigningService
- DnsHelper::stripZoneSuffix() — Method in class DnsHelper
Strip zone name from record name for display purposes
- IpHelper::shortenIPv6ReverseZone() — Method in class IpHelper
Convert IPv6 reverse zone (ip6.arpa) to shortened IPv6 notation
- IpHelper::shortenIPv6Address() — Method in class IpHelper
Shorten an IPv6 address to its compressed form
- IpHelper::socketHost() — Method in class IpHelper
Brackets a bare IPv6 literal for fsockopen(), which otherwise reads everything after its first colon as the port. A scheme prefix and a %zone suffix are kept.
- SoaContent — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Splits stored SOA content into its seven named fields for display.
- SamlUserInfo — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
Value object representing SAML user information
- PowerdnsApiClient::secureZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Enable DNSSEC for a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::searchData() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Search across zones, records, and comments
- PowerdnsApiClient::setNetworkView() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Assign a CIDR block to a view. PowerDNS expects the CIDR in path form, e.g. PUT /networks/192.168.0.0/16.
- ConfigurationManager::setLogger() — Method in class ConfigurationManager
Set the logger instance
- BackendModeMarker::sqlModeRefusal() — Method in class BackendModeMarker
For the SQL backend: the refusal message when the database has been used in API mode.
- CanonicalZoneIdAllocator::settle() — Method in class CanonicalZoneIdAllocator
Give the row just inserted under $rowId its canonical id and return it; the row's id changes to that value too when its own id was taken.
- SeedRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Writes the PermissionCatalogue seed data into freshly created Poweradmin tables.
- SeedRepository::seedPermissions() — Method in class SeedRepository
- SeedRepository::seedDefaultTemplates() — Method in class SeedRepository
Creates the default user and group permission templates with their permissions, and the default user groups backed by the group templates.
- SharedZoneIds — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Ownership under a zone id collision in API backend mode.
- SharedZoneIds::sharedIdsSql() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
SQL selecting every shared canonical id, for queries that filter in SQL.
- SharedZoneIds::sharedAmong() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
The ids among $zoneIds that more than one named zone shares.
- SqlZoneNames — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Database
Keeps one zones row per zone named after its PowerDNS domain under the SQL backend.
- SyslogLogger — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Logger
PSR-3 logger that writes every message to syslog under the configured identity and facility.
- PdpPublicSuffixList::split() — Method in class PdpPublicSuffixList
- ProxyContext::shouldProxy() — Method in class ProxyContext
Decide whether a target URL should be sent through the proxy. Honors the same env vars and NO_PROXY rules (including CIDR and host:port entries) as httpOptionsFor(), so callers that build a Guzzle/curl proxy config can skip configuring it when the target is bypassed.
- ApiRecordSearch::searchRecords() — Method in class ApiRecordSearch
- ApiZoneRepository::saveZoneComment() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Set the zone comment, creating the zones row for a zone that has none.
- ApiZoneSearch::searchZones() — Method in class ApiZoneSearch
- DbApiKeyRepository::save() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbApiKeyRepository::saveZoneIds() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository::save() — Method in class DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository
Insert or update the TTL for the given record type.
- DbUserGroupRepository::save() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Save (create or update) a group
- DbUserGroupRepository::setZoneLimit() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
Set the group's own zone limit; null removes it so the configured default applies
- DbUserMfaRepository::save() — Method in class DbUserMfaRepository
Save MFA settings (create or update)
- DbUserPreferenceRepository::save() — Method in class DbUserPreferenceRepository
- DbUserRepository::setZoneLimit() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Set the user's own zone limit; null removes it so the configured default applies
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::storeSnapshot() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
Keeps a copy of the zone (a BIND zone file) taken before an approved deletion.
- DbZoneRepository::saveZoneComment() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Set the zone comment, creating the zones row for a zone that has none.
- RecordSearch::searchRecords() — Method in class RecordSearch
Search for records based on specified parameters.
- SqlDomainRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Domain lookups on the domains table.
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Dynamic DNS persistence on the records table.
- SqlRecordRepository — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Record reads on the records table.
- ZoneSearch::searchZones() — Method in class ZoneSearch
Search for zones based on specified parameters.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::searchDnsData() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Search for zones and records matching a query.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::supportsLocalWriteTransaction() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether backend writes can be wrapped in a transaction on the Poweradmin database.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::supportsRecordCountSort() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether zone lists can be ordered by record count across every page.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::supportsGroupSort() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether zone lists can be ordered by owning group.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::supportsZoneRetrieve() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether a secondary zone can be pulled from its primary on request.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::supportsZoneNotify() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether a primary zone can be told to send NOTIFY on request.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::syncsZoneListFromServer() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Whether the local zone list is a mirror that can be refreshed from the server.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::setZoneSerialPolicy() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Set the zone's SOA serial policy metadata.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::stripTrailingDotFromContent() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
The form the API backend reads hostname content in, which is also what the duplicate check compares.
- SqlConsistencyChecks — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service\Consistency
Consistency checks against the PowerDNS tables in the local database.
- DnsSecApiProvider::secureZone() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::secureZone() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- SqlDnsBackendProvider — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
DnsBackendProviderInterface over direct SQL on the PowerDNS tables.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::searchDnsData() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Search for zones and records matching a query.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::supportsLocalWriteTransaction() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether backend writes can be wrapped in a transaction on the Poweradmin database.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::supportsRecordCountSort() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether zone lists can be ordered by record count across every page.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::supportsGroupSort() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether zone lists can be ordered by owning group.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::supportsZoneRetrieve() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether a secondary zone can be pulled from its primary on request.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::supportsZoneNotify() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether a primary zone can be told to send NOTIFY on request.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::syncsZoneListFromServer() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Whether the local zone list is a mirror that can be refreshed from the server.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::setZoneSerialPolicy() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Set the zone's SOA serial policy metadata.
- StyleManager — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
Picks the light/dark stylesheet from the style cookie or config, limited to what the theme's style directory ships.
- ZoneSyncService::syncIfStale() — Method in class ZoneSyncService
Run sync only if enough time has passed since the last sync.
- ZoneSyncService::sync() — Method in class ZoneSyncService
Synchronize zones from PowerDNS API with local zones table.
- ArraySession::set() — Method in class ArraySession
- ArraySession::start() — Method in class ArraySession
Opens the session when it is not open yet
- FormStateService::saveFormData() — Method in class FormStateService
Save form data to the session with an expiry time
- MfaSessionManager::setMfaRequired() — Method in class MfaSessionManager
Flags a user as requiring MFA verification
- MfaSessionManager::setMfaVerified() — Method in class MfaSessionManager
Marks MFA as completed and sets the user as fully authenticated
- MfaSessionManager::setMfaNotRequired() — Method in class MfaSessionManager
Record that no second factor applies, so the four slots cannot disagree.
- PhpSession::set() — Method in class PhpSession
- PhpSession::start() — Method in class PhpSession
Opens the session when it is not open yet
- SessionActor — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
The actor of a web request: whoever the session says is logged in.
- SessionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Session
Stores the login message in the session and clears auth and MFA keys on logout.
- SessionService::startSession() — Method in class SessionService
- SessionService::setSessionData() — Method in class SessionService
- ResultPaginator::sort() — Method in class ResultPaginator
Sort an array of associative arrays by a given key.
- ResultPaginator::sortRecords() — Method in class ResultPaginator
Sort records while keeping zone-level metadata grouped at the top.
- ReverseDomainHierarchySorting::sortDomainsHierarchically() — Method in class ReverseDomainHierarchySorting
PHP-based hierarchical sorting for reverse DNS zones.
- ReverseZoneSorting::sortDomains() — Method in class ReverseZoneSorting
Sort reverse zone domain names using the specified algorithm.
- SortHelper — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
Per-database ORDER BY clauses that sort zone and record names naturally instead of lexically, and the ORDER BY of API lists sorted in SQL.
- SortHelper::sortsByAddress() — Method in class SortHelper
Tell whether a zone's records sort by IP address: an IPv4 reverse zone whose name holds only plain DNS characters, since the name goes into the SQL text. SQL and API mode both gate on this, so they fall back to the natural order together.
- AbstractDnsWizard::sanitizeInput() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Sanitize user input
- SPFWizard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Builds an SPF TXT record and warns when it exceeds the RFC 7208 lookup limit.
- SRVWizard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Builds SRV records giving the host and port of a service.
- RdapService::setCustomServers() — Method in class RdapService
- RdapService::setRequestTimeout() — Method in class RdapService
- SecondaryZoneImportController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\SecondaryZoneImport\Controller
Imports a zone from a live primary by creating a secondary, triggering an AXFR pull, and offering a one-click conversion to a primary zone once the records have transferred. API-backend only (see the module class).
- SecondaryZoneImportController::status() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportController
JSON endpoint polled by the import status view to report whether the AXFR transfer has populated the zone yet, so the convert step can tell the user when the records have arrived.
- SecondaryZoneImportModule — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\SecondaryZoneImport
Imports a zone from a live primary server by creating a secondary zone, pulling it over AXFR, and converting it to a primary once the data lands.
- WhoisService::setCustomServers() — Method in class WhoisService
- WhoisService::setSocketTimeout() — Method in class WhoisService
T
- $ AppManager#templateRenderer — Property in class AppManager
- TableWriter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console
Writes the tabular output of a command as tab-separated lines (a header row, then one line per row) or as a JSON list of objects keyed by the lower-cased column names.
- AbstractListLogController::transformNameFilter() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Transforms the name filter value before use (identity by default).
- ListLogZonesController::transformNameFilter() — Method in class ListLogZonesController
Transforms the name filter value before use (identity by default).
- EditZonePresenter::toTemplateVariables() — Method in class EditZonePresenter
- ControllerServiceFactory::transaction() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::templateRecordLinkRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- BackendServices::transaction() — Method in class BackendServices
The request's unit of work over the same connection the repositories write through.
- ZoneServices::templateRecordLinkRepository() — Method in class ZoneServices
- UserFormMessages::templateAssignmentError() — Method in class UserFormMessages
Words a refused permission template assignment from PermissionTemplateAssignmentGuard.
- SearchCriteria::toArray() — Method in class SearchCriteria
The resolved parameters in the exact shape the search services and templates consume; 'displayed_query' is present only for submissions.
- SearchCriteria::toReturnArgs() — Method in class SearchCriteria
This search, plus the result pages and page sizes being shown, as the arguments that repeat it with a GET to /search (see returnArgs()).
- ZoneBatchCreateOutcome::tried() — Method in class ZoneBatchCreateOutcome
- ZoneSaveMessages::truncated() — Method in class ZoneSaveMessages
- TableNameService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Database
Applies the pdns_db_name prefix to PowerDNS table names and validates ORDER BY, LIMIT and OFFSET inputs.
- MetadataDefinitions::toZonePropertyValue() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Convert a stored metadata value to the type the zone object expects.
- PermissionCatalogue::templates() — Method in class PermissionCatalogue
Default perm_templ rows: five user templates, then their group twins with the same permissions. Keys: id, name, descr, template_type, permissions.
- PermissionCatalogue::templatesOfType() — Method in class PermissionCatalogue
- PermissionCatalogue::templateItems() — Method in class PermissionCatalogue
perm_templ_items rows as [id, templ_id, perm_id], numbered in the order the schema files accumulated them: the original set template by template, then each later permission across all templates.
- PermissionCatalogue::templateId() — Method in class PermissionCatalogue
- RecordRow::toArray() — Method in class RecordRow
The column-keyed shape. Backend-specific columns appear only when the row carried them, the way the repositories behaved before.
- UberuserChange::templateDropsUberuser() — Method in class UberuserChange
The template stops granting user_is_ueberuser.
- ZoneDetail::toArray() — Method in class ZoneDetail
The column-keyed array getZone() returned before this model existed.
- ZoneSummary::toArray() — Method in class ZoneSummary
The column-keyed array the zone lists returned before this model existed.
- TotpInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Time-based one-time passwords, as used by authenticator apps.
- TransactionInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
The request's unit of work: one transaction shared with every repository that writes through the same connection.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Tracks which zone records a template application wrote, so a later application of the same template can remove exactly those records.
- UserAdminInterface::transferUserZones() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Transfer zone ownership from one user to another
- UserPermissionReadInterface::templateGrantsUberuser() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Check whether a permission template grants the uberuser permission
- ApiKeyService::toggleApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Toggle the disabled status of an API key
- ApiPermissionService::templateGrantsSuperuser() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- PermissionService::templateGrantsUberuser() — Method in class PermissionService
- ConsistencyReport::tally() — Method in class ConsistencyReport
The message for a fix-all outcome from repairEach(): $nothing when there was nothing to repair, $allFormat with the count when every repair succeeded, and $partialFormat with both counts (a warning) otherwise.
- TKEYRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
TKEY (Transaction KEY) record validator
- TLSARecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
TLSA (TLS Authentication) record validator
- TSIGRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
TSIG (Transaction SIGnature) record validator
- TTLValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
DNS TTL validation service
- TXTRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
TXT record validator
- DefaultSoaBuilder::timers() — Method in class DefaultSoaBuilder
- DefaultSoaBuilder::ttl() — Method in class DefaultSoaBuilder
- RecordDisplayService::transformRecord() — Method in class RecordDisplayService
Transform a single record for display
- RecordDisplayService::transformRecords() — Method in class RecordDisplayService
Transform multiple records for display
- ReverseTtlResolver::ttlsForTypes() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
The same map as resolveTtlsForTypes(), computed from already-read values so a presenter can build it without the repository.
- DnssecKeyService::toggleKey() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
Activate an inactive key or deactivate an active one; the result's key tells which.
- DnssecPrivateKeyConverter::toIsc() — Method in class DnssecPrivateKeyConverter
Returns the key as ISC text for the given algorithm (a DnssecAlgorithmName value), or why it cannot be used. Accepts ISC text or an unencrypted RSA, ECDSA, Ed25519 or Ed448 PEM key; nothing derived from the key is returned on refusal.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::transferZones() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Moves every zone of one user to another through $write unless that takes the receiver past their limit. The receiver is counted again after the move and the move rolled back if it went over, since a zone granted to the sender meanwhile moves too.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::transferBreach() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Whether moving every zone of one user to another would exceed the receiver's limit.
- DnsIdnService::toDisplay() — Method in class DnsIdnService
Human-readable form of a zone name: punycode decoded, anything else unchanged.
- DnsIdnService::toIdnAlias() — Method in class DnsIdnService
UTF-8 alias to show alongside a punycode zone name. Returns an empty string when the name is not punycode, or when the zone name is unknown.
- DnsIdnService::toUtf8() — Method in class DnsIdnService
- DnsIdnService::toPunycode() — Method in class DnsIdnService
Convert a domain name to its Punycode representation
- DnssecDataTransformer::transformKey() — Method in class DnssecDataTransformer
- TokenFingerprint — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
A short, non-reversible label for a secret token, so log lines about the same token can be matched without the logs holding a usable token.
- TopLevelDomain — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Utility
Top-level domain validation against the bundled TLD list.
- ThemePathResolver — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Configuration
Resolves the configured theme base path for on-disk checks.
- ThemePathResolver::toFilesystemPath() — Method in class ThemePathResolver
- DbUserRepository::transferUserZones() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Transfer zone ownership from one user to another
- DbUserRepository::templateGrantsUberuser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Check whether a permission template grants the uberuser permission
- TemplateCacheResolver — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
Resolves the Twig compiled-template cache directory, creating it or falling back to uncached rendering.
- FormStateService::trackAddRecordZone() — Method in class FormStateService
Remember which zone the add-record stash belongs to, clearing it when the operator moves to a different zone so values never leak across zones.
- LanguageCode::templateVars() — Method in class LanguageCode
Returns template vars (is_rtl, html_dir, html_lang, bootstrap_css) for a locale.
- TrustedProxyList — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
An explicit list of proxy addresses. Unlike IpAddressRetriever's peer check, it trusts nothing implicitly: private and loopback addresses match only when listed.
- TLSAWizard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Builds TLSA records at _port._protocol.hostname for DANE; the zone must be DNSSEC-signed.
- $ ParsedRecord#ttl — Property in class ParsedRecord
- $ ParsedRecord#type — Property in class ParsedRecord
U
- Arguments::unknownOptions() — Method in class Arguments
Option names that are set but not in the allowed list.
- CommandLineActor::userId() — Method in class CommandLineActor
The acting user's id, null when nobody is authenticated
- CommandLineActor::username() — Method in class CommandLineActor
The acting user's login name, null when nobody is authenticated
- ConsoleApplication::usage() — Method in class ConsoleApplication
- UserPreferencesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\Internal
Internal endpoint /api/internal/user-preferences: reads, updates and resets the logged-in user's preferences.
- UsersController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/users: lists, creates, updates and deletes users and assigns their permission template.
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::updateKey() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
- UserAgreementController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Auth
Handles the user agreement page: shows the text and records the user's acceptance.
- EditZoneTemplController::updateZoneTemplateDetails() — Method in class EditZoneTemplController
- EditZoneTemplController::updateZoneRecords() — Method in class EditZoneTemplController
- EditZoneTemplRecordController::updateZoneTemplateRecord() — Method in class EditZoneTemplRecordController
- UnlinkZonesTemplController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Template
Handles unlinking selected zones from a zone template, with a confirmation step.
- UserPreferencesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Handles the user preferences page: rows per page, form positions, display toggles and timezone.
- UsersController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\User
Renders the users list and saves the inline edits submitted from it.
- ModuleServices::userGroupRepository() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::userRepository() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ApiKeyActor::userId() — Method in class ApiKeyActor
The acting user's id, null when nobody is authenticated
- ApiKeyActor::username() — Method in class ApiKeyActor
The acting user's login name, null when nobody is authenticated
- RequestActor::userId() — Method in class RequestActor
The acting user's id, null when nobody is authenticated
- RequestActor::username() — Method in class RequestActor
The acting user's login name, null when nobody is authenticated
- UserAuthenticationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Hashes and verifies user passwords across bcrypt, argon2 and the legacy md5 formats.
- UserProvisioningService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Auth
Creates or updates the local user for an LDAP, OIDC or SAML login and maps their groups to a permission template.
- ControllerServiceFactory::users() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userManagementService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userGroupRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userGroupMemberRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userPreferenceService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userTimezoneService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userProvisioningService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userAgreementRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userLogger() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::urlService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::userMfaRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::usernameRecoveryRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::urlService() — Method in class AuthServices
Absolute URLs for emails and redirects; the protocol comes from the request environment when no application_url is configured.
- AuthServices::userMfaRepository() — Method in class AuthServices
- AuthServices::usernameRecoveryRepository() — Method in class AuthServices
- UserServices — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Factory
Users, groups, permissions and preferences. The permission service is memoized so its per-user cache spans the whole request.
- UserServices::userRepository() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::userManagementService() — Method in class UserServices
The user service the API uses, over the request's shared permission cache
- UserServices::userGroupRepository() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::userGroupMemberRepository() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::userPreferenceService() — Method in class UserServices
Shared instance so its per-request preference cache survives across consumers (pagination, timezone, and direct preference reads).
- UserServices::userTimezoneService() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::userProvisioningService() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::userAgreementRepository() — Method in class UserServices
- UserServices::userLogger() — Method in class UserServices
- RecordCommentService::updateCommentForRecord() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Update a comment for a specific record.
- RecordCommentService::updateComment() — Method in class RecordCommentService
Update a comment for an RRset when name/type changes (legacy method).
- RecordCommentSyncService::updatePtrRecordComment() — Method in class RecordCommentSyncService
- RecordCommentSyncService::updateARecordComment() — Method in class RecordCommentSyncService
- RecordCommentSyncService::updateRelatedRecordComments() — Method in class RecordCommentSyncService
- GroupService::updateGroup() — Method in class GroupService
Update an existing group
- PermissionTemplateWriteService::update() — Method in class PermissionTemplateWriteService
- UserCommandFactory — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Turns a user create or update request, keyed by the API field names, into the typed command UserManagementService takes. A value of the wrong shape is refused here with the same wording and refusal the service used to give.
- UserCommandFactory::update() — Method in class UserCommandFactory
- UserFormMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Words a refused UserManagementService write for the user forms. The service's own message is the API wording; password policy, field length and external-auth password messages are the same on both sides and pass through.
- UsernameRecoveryService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\User
Username recovery by email: rate-limits requests and mails the usernames registered to an address.
- UrlService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Web
Builds absolute URLs for emails and redirects from the configured base URL.
- ZoneOwnershipMessages::userOwnerRefusal() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipMessages
- ApiKey::updateLastUsed() — Method in class ApiKey
Updates the last used timestamp to now
- ApiKeyScope::unrestricted() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
A scope that permits everything (the implicit scope of a key with no restrictions).
- RecordComment::update() — Method in class RecordComment
- UberuserChange — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A pending change that can take super admin away from users, described so the repository can count who would still hold it once the change is written.
- User — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A user as seen by authentication: id, stored password hash and whether the account is LDAP-backed.
- UserGroup — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A user group as stored in user_groups.
- UserGroup::update() — Method in class UserGroup
Update group properties
- UserGroupMember — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
One user's membership in a group, with the user columns the member list shows.
- UserMfa — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A user's MFA settings row: type (app or email), secret, recovery codes, verification data and timestamps.
- UserMfa::updateLastUsed() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserPreference — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
One user_preferences row plus the list of allowed keys and the timezone validity rules.
- ActorInterface::userId() — Method in class ActorInterface
The acting user's id, null when nobody is authenticated
- ActorInterface::username() — Method in class ActorInterface
The acting user's login name, null when nobody is authenticated
- CatalogBackendInterface::updateZoneCatalog() — Method in class CatalogBackendInterface
Join $catalogName, or leave the current catalog when it is ''.
- RecordCommentEditorInterface::updateCommentForRecord() — Method in class RecordCommentEditorInterface
Update a comment for a specific record.
- RecordCommentSyncInterface::updateRelatedRecordComments() — Method in class RecordCommentSyncInterface
- SupermasterBackendInterface::updateSupermaster() — Method in class SupermasterBackendInterface
Update a supermaster.
- ZoneSigningInterface::unsecureZone() — Method in class ZoneSigningInterface
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface::updateZoneType() — Method in class ZoneWriteBackendInterface
Change zone type (NATIVE, MASTER, SLAVE, PRODUCER, CONSUMER).
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface::updateZoneMaster() — Method in class ZoneWriteBackendInterface
Update slave zone's master IP address.
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface::updateZoneAccount() — Method in class ZoneWriteBackendInterface
Update zone account field.
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::updateLastUsed() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Update the last used timestamp of an API key
- DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface::updateSOASerial() — Method in class DynamicDnsRepositoryInterface
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::updatePermissionTemplateDetails() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
Update permission template details. Write through PermissionTemplateWriteService; it carries the content guard.
- RecordCommentRepositoryInterface::update() — Method in class RecordCommentRepositoryInterface
Update an existing comment or create a new one.
- RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface::unlinkRecord() — Method in class RecordLinkedCommentRepositoryInterface
Unlink a record from its comment.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface::unlinkRecord() — Method in class TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface
Drop the link of one record, when the record itself is deleted.
- TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface::unlinkZone() — Method in class TemplateRecordLinkRepositoryInterface
Drop every link of a zone, on both id spaces, when the zone is deleted.
- UserAdminInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Account administration: listing, creating, updating and deleting users and moving their zones.
- UserAdminInterface::updateUser() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Update a user's information
- UserAdminInterface::updateProvisionedUser() — Method in class UserAdminInterface
Update the identity and template columns that external provisioning owns.
- UserAgreementRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for the user agreement versions each user has accepted.
- UserCredentialWriterInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Write access to a user's stored password.
- UserCredentialWriterInterface::updatePassword() — Method in class UserCredentialWriterInterface
Update a user's password
- UserGroupLookupInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Read access to user groups and their membership by user.
- UserGroupMemberRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for user group membership.
- UserGroupRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for user groups.
- UserGroupWriterInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Creating, updating and deleting groups, plus the counts that guard a delete.
- UserLookupInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Read access to individual user accounts by id, name or email.
- UserMfaRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for per-user MFA settings.
- UserNotificationRecipientInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
The account rows the notification mailers address their messages to.
- UserPermissionReadInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Read access to what a user may do: permissions, uberuser status, template grants and zone ownership.
- UserPermissionReadInterface::userOwnsZone() — Method in class UserPermissionReadInterface
Check if a user owns a zone directly or via group membership
- UserPreferenceRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for per-user interface preferences.
- UserRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for user accounts and the zones they own.
- UsernameRecoveryRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for username recovery attempts and their rate-limit counters.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::updateZoneTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Update a zone template.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::updateRecord() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Update a zone template record.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::unlinkZoneFromTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Unlink a zone from its template.
- ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface::updateZoneComment() — Method in class ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface
Update zone comment
- ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface::updateZone() — Method in class ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface
Update zone metadata
- ApiKeyService::updateApiKey() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Update an existing API key
- ApiPermissionService::userHasPermission() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Grant from the user's own template or any group template; ueberusers hold every permission.
- ApiPermissionService::userOwnsZone() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Direct ownership or through any group the user belongs to.
- DynamicDnsAuthenticationService::userCanUpdateZone() — Method in class DynamicDnsAuthenticationService
- MfaService::updateMfaSecretAfterLogin() — Method in class MfaService
Update MFA secret for a user after successful verification
- PermissionService::userOwnsZone() — Method in class PermissionService
Check if a user owns a zone directly or via group membership
- UserContextService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Session-backed identity of the current user (id, username, auth method) and the session storage controllers use. Domain rules read the actor through ActorInterface instead.
- UserContextService::unsetSessionData() — Method in class UserContextService
- URIRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) Record Validator
- DnsFormatter::unquoteEch() — Method in class DnsFormatter
The form an SVCB or HTTPS row had when saved before ech was quoted, or null when the content carries no quoted ech value. Duplicate checks look for both forms.
- DomainManager::updateZoneRecords() — Method in class DomainManager
Apply a zone template to a zone, or unlink it with template id 0.
- DomainManagerInterface::updateZoneRecords() — Method in class DomainManagerInterface
Apply a zone template to a zone, or unlink it with template id 0.
- RecordWriteResult::unchanged() — Method in class RecordWriteResult
A save that matched the stored record and was skipped, so nothing was written.
- ReverseRecordCreator::updateReverseRecord() — Method in class ReverseRecordCreator
Sync the PTR record after an A/AAAA forward record was edited.
- SOARecordManager::updateSOARecord() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Update SOA record
- SOARecordManager::updateSOASerial() — Method in class SOARecordManager
Update SOA serial
- SOARecordManagerInterface::updateSOARecord() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Update SOA record
- SOARecordManagerInterface::updateSOASerial() — Method in class SOARecordManagerInterface
Update SOA serial
- SupermasterManager::updateSupermaster() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Update a trusted supermaster in the global supermasters table.
- ZoneTemplateGroupShares::update() — Method in class ZoneTemplateGroupShares
Set the template's share list to the submitted groups. Stored groups the user may not share with stay as they are; submitting one that is not stored is refused.
- ZoneTemplateService::unsetDefaultTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateService::unlinkZoneFromTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Unlink a zone from its template
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::unsetDefaultTemplate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
Clear the system-wide default zone template flag.
- LastSuperAdminGuard::underLock() — Method in class LastSuperAdminGuard
Runs a last-admin check and the write it protects in one transaction. A refusal array or false rolls back, anything else commits. Without a transaction port it runs bare.
- UpdateUserCommand — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
What a partial user update asks for: every field is null when the request left it alone. The controllers build it from their own field names; the service hands it on to the repository with the password in its stored form.
- UserAgreementService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
Decides whether a user must accept the current user-agreement version and records acceptances.
- UserManagementService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
Domain service for user management operations
- UserManagementService::userExists() — Method in class UserManagementService
Check if a user exists by ID
- UserManagementService::updateUser() — Method in class UserManagementService
Update an existing user
- UserPreferenceService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
Reads and writes per-user preferences with a request cache and config-derived defaults.
- UserProfileAssembler — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
Shapes raw user rows into the read format the API exposes
- UserTimezoneService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\User
Resolves the timezone to display for a user: their preference, then misc.timezone, then UTC.
- ZoneManagementService::updateZone() — Method in class ZoneManagementService
Update a zone
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::userLimit() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
The user's limit: their own, else dns.default_max_zones_per_user. Null means unlimited.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::userUsage() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Owned count and limit for a page of users, in two queries; for the users list.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::userZoneCount() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::userRemaining() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Zones the user can still take on, or null when unlimited.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::userBreach() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Whether giving the user $adding more zones would exceed their limit.
- ZoneSigningService::unsign() — Method in class ZoneSigningService
- UserInfoInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\ValueObject
User details returned by an external login provider (LDAP, OIDC or SAML).
- PowerdnsApiClient::unsecureZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Disable DNSSEC for a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::updateZone() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Update a zone
- PowerdnsApiClient::updateZoneMetadata() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Update metadata for a zone, replacing existing entries of the given kind
- PowerdnsApiClient::updateZoneProperties() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Update zone properties (kind, masters, account, etc.)
- PowerdnsApiClient::updateTsigKey() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
Update a TSIG key
- SharedZoneIds::unscopeApiKeysFromOpenedRow() — Method in class SharedZoneIds
Before the zones row $rowId is removed: when it is the zone an id opens and another row matches that id, point the API key scopes on the id at zone 0, which matches no zone.
- AccountOwnerLookup::userIdFor() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
The id of the user whose username is exactly $account, or null when none is.
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::updateSOASerial() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::update() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
Update an existing comment or create a new one.
- ApiZoneRepository::updateZoneComment() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Update zone comment
- ApiZoneRepository::updateZone() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
Update zone metadata
- DbApiKeyRepository::updateLastUsed() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::updatePermissionTemplateDetails() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Update permission template details
- DbRecordCommentRepository::update() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Update an existing comment or create a new one.
- DbRecordCommentRepository::unlinkRecord() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
Unlink a record from its comment.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::unlinkRecord() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
Drop the link of one record, when the record itself is deleted.
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::unlinkZone() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
Drop every link of a zone, on both id spaces, when the zone is deleted.
- DbUserRepository::updatePassword() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Update a user's password
- DbUserRepository::userOwnsZone() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Check if a user owns a zone directly or via group membership
- DbUserRepository::updateProvisionedUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Update the identity and template columns that external provisioning owns.
- DbUserRepository::updateUser() — Method in class DbUserRepository
Update a user's information
- DbZoneRepository::updateZoneComment() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Update zone comment
- DbZoneRepository::updateZone() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
Update zone metadata
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::updateZoneTemplate() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Update a zone template
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::updateRecord() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Update a zone template record
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::unlinkZoneFromTemplate() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Unlink a zone from its template
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::updateSOASerial() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneType() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Change zone type (NATIVE, MASTER, SLAVE, PRODUCER, CONSUMER).
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneMaster() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Update slave zone's master IP address.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneAccount() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Update zone account field.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneCatalog() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Join $catalogName, or leave the current catalog when it is ''.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::updateSupermaster() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Update a supermaster.
- DnsSecApiProvider::unsecureZone() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- NullDnssecProvider::unsecureZone() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneType() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Change zone type (NATIVE, MASTER, SLAVE, PRODUCER, CONSUMER).
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneMaster() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Update slave zone's master IP address.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneAccount() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Update zone account field.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::updateZoneCatalog() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Join $catalogName, or leave the current catalog when it is ''.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::updateSupermaster() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Update a supermaster.
- SessionActor::userId() — Method in class SessionActor
The acting user's id, null when nobody is authenticated
- SessionActor::username() — Method in class SessionActor
The acting user's login name, null when nobody is authenticated
- UserAgentService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Utility
Reads and sanitizes the request User-Agent for logging and bot detection.
V
- Arguments::value() — Method in class Arguments
The option's value; null when absent or given without "=value"
- InternalApiController::validateCsrfHeader() — Method in class InternalApiController
Internal API calls ride the browser session, so a state-changing verb needs a token like any other form post. It travels in a header because these endpoints take JSON bodies rather than form fields.
- InternalApiController::validateAuthentication() — Method in class InternalApiController
Validate that the user is authenticated using session
- InternalApiController::validatePermission() — Method in class InternalApiController
Validate that the user has the required permission
- ValidationController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\Internal
Internal endpoint /api/internal/validation: validates a record against a zone before it is submitted.
- V1GoneController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api
Answers every /api/v1 path with 410 Gone and a pointer to v2.
- BaseController::validateCsrfToken() — Method in class BaseController
Validates the CSRF token from the request.
- CsrfTokenService::validateToken() — Method in class CsrfTokenService
- OidcConfigurationService::validatePermissionTemplateMapping() — Method in class OidcConfigurationService
- RecaptchaService::verify() — Method in class RecaptchaService
- SamlConfigurationService::validatePermissionTemplateMapping() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
- UserAuthenticationService::verifyPassword() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
Verify if a password matches the hashed password.
- PasswordPolicyService::validatePassword() — Method in class PasswordPolicyService
- PasswordResetService::validateToken() — Method in class PasswordResetService
Validate a password reset token
- RequestValidator::validate() — Method in class RequestValidator
Validates data and returns constraint violations.
- TableNameService::validateOrderBy() — Method in class TableNameService
Only ever returns a value present in $allowedColumns, so the result is safe to interpolate into ORDER BY.
- TableNameService::validateDirection() — Method in class TableNameService
Only ever returns 'ASC' or 'DESC', so the result is safe to interpolate.
- TableNameService::validateLimit() — Method in class TableNameService
- TableNameService::validateOffset() — Method in class TableNameService
- PdnsCapabilities::version() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
- PdnsCapabilities::viewsUnavailableReason() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
Which Views prerequisite the connected server fails, or null when it meets all of them.
- PdnsCapabilities::viewsUnavailableMessage() — Method in class PdnsCapabilities
The reason from viewsUnavailableReason() as a sentence for the UI.
- UserMfa::validateRecoveryCode() — Method in class UserMfa
Check if a recovery code is valid and remove it from the list if it is
- PasswordHasherInterface::verifyPassword() — Method in class PasswordHasherInterface
Verify if a password matches the hashed password.
- PasswordPolicyInterface::validatePassword() — Method in class PasswordPolicyInterface
- TotpInterface::verify() — Method in class TotpInterface
- PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface::validateTemplateType() — Method in class PermissionTemplateRepositoryInterface
Whether the template exists and has the expected type.
- MfaService::verifyCode() — Method in class MfaService
Verify a TOTP code, email code, or recovery code for a user
- AAAARecordValidator::validate() — Method in class AAAARecordValidator
Validate AAAA record
- AFSDBRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class AFSDBRecordValidator
Validates AFSDB record content
- ALIASRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class ALIASRecordValidator
Validate ALIAS record
- APLRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class APLRecordValidator
Validate APL record
- ARecordValidator::validate() — Method in class ARecordValidator
Validate A record
- BRIDRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class BRIDRecordValidator
Validate a DNS record
- Base64BlobValidator::validate() — Method in class Base64BlobValidator
- CAARecordValidator::validate() — Method in class CAARecordValidator
Validates CAA record content
- CDNSKEYRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class CDNSKEYRecordValidator
Validates CDNSKEY record content
- CDSRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class CDSRecordValidator
Validates CDS record content
- CERTRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class CERTRecordValidator
Validates CERT record content
- CNAMERecordValidator::validate() — Method in class CNAMERecordValidator
Validate CNAME record
- CNAMERecordValidator::validateSyntax() — Method in class CNAMERecordValidator
Validate the parts of a CNAME record that do not depend on the zone it lives in.
- CNAMERecordValidator::validateCnameExistence() — Method in class CNAMERecordValidator
Check if CNAME already exists
- CSYNCRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class CSYNCRecordValidator
Validate CSYNC record
- CSYNCRecordValidator::validateCSYNCContent() — Method in class CSYNCRecordValidator
Check if CSYNC content is valid
- CSYNCRecordValidator::validateCSYNCRecordContent() — Method in class CSYNCRecordValidator
Validate CSYNC content for public use
- DHCIDRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class DHCIDRecordValidator
Validates DHCID record content according to RFC 4701
- DLVRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class DLVRecordValidator
Validate DLV record
- DLVRecordValidator::validateDLVContent() — Method in class DLVRecordValidator
Validate DLV record content format DLV has the same format as DS records:
as defined in RFC 4431 and RFC 5074. - DMARCRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class DMARCRecordValidator
Validates DMARC record content
- DNAMERecordValidator::validate() — Method in class DNAMERecordValidator
Validates DNAME record content
- DNSKEYRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class DNSKEYRecordValidator
Validates DNSKEY record content
- DNSViolationValidator::validate() — Method in class DNSViolationValidator
Validate that the record doesn't create DNS violations
- DSRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class DSRecordValidator
Validate DS record
- DSRecordValidator::validateDSRecordContent() — Method in class DSRecordValidator
Validate DS record content format for public use
- DefaultRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class DefaultRecordValidator
Validate a DNS record
- DnsCommonValidator::validatePriority() — Method in class DnsCommonValidator
Validate priority for DNS records
- DnsCommonValidator::validateNonAliasTarget() — Method in class DnsCommonValidator
Check if target is not a CNAME
- DnsRecordValidatorInterface::validate() — Method in class DnsRecordValidatorInterface
Validate a DNS record
- EUI48RecordValidator::validate() — Method in class EUI48RecordValidator
Validates EUI48 record content
- EUI64RecordValidator::validate() — Method in class EUI64RecordValidator
Validates EUI64 record content
- HHITRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class HHITRecordValidator
Validate a DNS record
- HINFORecordValidator::validate() — Method in class HINFORecordValidator
Validates HINFO record content
- HTTPSRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class HTTPSRecordValidator
Validates HTTPS record content
- HostnameValidator::validate() — Method in class HostnameValidator
Validate hostname as FQDN
- IPAddressValidator::validateIPv4() — Method in class IPAddressValidator
Validate an IPv4 address
- IPAddressValidator::validateIPv6() — Method in class IPAddressValidator
Validate an IPv6 address according to RFC 3596 and RFC 5952
- IPAddressValidator::validateMultipleIPs() — Method in class IPAddressValidator
Validate multiple IP addresses separated by commas
- IPSECKEYRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class IPSECKEYRecordValidator
Validates IPSECKEY record content
- KEYRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class KEYRecordValidator
Validates KEY record content
- KXRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class KXRecordValidator
Validate KX record according to RFC 2230
- L32RecordValidator::validate() — Method in class L32RecordValidator
Validates L32 record content
- L64RecordValidator::validate() — Method in class L64RecordValidator
Validates L64 record content
- LOCRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class LOCRecordValidator
Validates LOC record content
- LPRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class LPRecordValidator
Validates LP record content
- LUARecordValidator::validate() — Method in class LUARecordValidator
Validate a LUA record
- MINFORecordValidator::validate() — Method in class MINFORecordValidator
Validate MINFO record MINFO records contain responsible mailbox and error mailbox information
- MRRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class MRRecordValidator
Validate an MR record
- MXRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class MXRecordValidator
Validate MX record
- NAPTRRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class NAPTRRecordValidator
Validates NAPTR record content
- NIDRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class NIDRecordValidator
Validate an NID record according to RFC 6742
- NSEC3PARAMRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class NSEC3PARAMRecordValidator
Validate an NSEC3PARAM record according to RFC 5155 and RFC 9276
- NSEC3RecordValidator::validate() — Method in class NSEC3RecordValidator
Validate an NSEC3 record according to RFC 5155 and RFC 9276
- NSECRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class NSECRecordValidator
Validate an NSEC record
- NSRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class NSRecordValidator
Validate NS record
- OPENPGPKEYRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class OPENPGPKEYRecordValidator
Validates OPENPGPKEY record content
- PTRRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class PTRRecordValidator
Validate PTR record
- RESINFORecordValidator::validate() — Method in class RESINFORecordValidator
Validate a DNS record
- RKEYRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class RKEYRecordValidator
Validates RKEY record content
- RPRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class RPRecordValidator
Validates RP record content The RP record contains the mailbox of the responsible person and a text record reference
- RRSIGRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class RRSIGRecordValidator
Validates RRSIG record content
- SMIMEARecordValidator::validate() — Method in class SMIMEARecordValidator
Validates SMIMEA record content
- SOARecordValidator::validate() — Method in class SOARecordValidator
Validates SOA record through the generic validator interface
- SOARecordValidator::validateSoa() — Method in class SOARecordValidator
Validates an SOA record against the zone it belongs to
- SPFRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class SPFRecordValidator
Validates SPF record content
- SRVRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class SRVRecordValidator
Validates SRV record content
- SSHFPRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class SSHFPRecordValidator
Validates SSHFP record content according to RFCs 4255, 6594, 7479, and 8709
- SVCBRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class SVCBRecordValidator
Validates SVCB record content
- StringValidator::validatePrintable() — Method in class StringValidator
Test if string is printable
- StringValidator::validateNoHtmlTags() — Method in class StringValidator
Test if string has html opening and closing tags
- StringValidator::validateProperQuoting() — Method in class StringValidator
Verify that the content is properly quoted
- StringValidator::validateQuotesAround() — Method in class StringValidator
Verify that the string is enclosed in quotes
- StringValidator::validateDomain() — Method in class StringValidator
Validate a domain name and return validation result
- TKEYRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class TKEYRecordValidator
Validates TKEY record content
- TLSARecordValidator::validate() — Method in class TLSARecordValidator
Validates TLSA record content
- TSIGRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class TSIGRecordValidator
Validates TSIG record content
- TTLValidator::validate() — Method in class TTLValidator
Validate TTL value according to RFC standards and best practices
- TTLValidator::validateForRecordType() — Method in class TTLValidator
Validate TTL value for a specific record type
- TXTRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class TXTRecordValidator
Validates TXT record content
- URIRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class URIRecordValidator
Validates URI record content according to RFC 7553 and RFC 3986
- WALLETRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class WALLETRecordValidator
Validate a DNS record
- ZONEMDRecordValidator::validate() — Method in class ZONEMDRecordValidator
Validates ZONEMD record content according to RFC 8976
- DnsRecordValidationService::validateRecord() — Method in class DnsRecordValidationService
Validate DNS record input
- DnsRecordValidationServiceInterface::validateRecord() — Method in class DnsRecordValidationServiceInterface
Validate DNS record input
- DynamicDnsValidationService::validateRequest() — Method in class DynamicDnsValidationService
- DynamicDnsValidationService::validateHostname() — Method in class DynamicDnsValidationService
- DynamicDnsValidationService::validateIpAddresses() — Method in class DynamicDnsValidationService
- SupermasterManager::validateAccount() — Method in class SupermasterManager
Validate Account is valid string
- ZoneTemplateRecordValidationService::validate() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordValidationService
Check whether a template record could produce a valid DNS record.
- ValidationResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Validation
Simple validation result class following the Result pattern
- Validator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service
Syntax checks for email addresses and digit-only strings.
- DnssecKeyService::validateNewKey() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
Check a new key's type, algorithm and size, in that order, without asking PowerDNS.
- ZoneEditService::vacatedRecords() — Method in class ZoneEditService
Previews each change and collects the stored content of the records that pass validation and really move away from an RRset another change in the same save writes to. The writes run one by one, so a swap would otherwise be refused as a copy. The caller writes them in one transaction and rolls back on any refusal; a save with no such overlap gets an empty set and keeps saving row by row.
- ZoneValidationService::validateZoneForDnssec() — Method in class ZoneValidationService
Validate zone records before DNSSEC signing
- Google2FaTotp::verify() — Method in class Google2FaTotp
- ConfigValidator::validate() — Method in class ConfigValidator
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::validateTemplateType() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
Validate that a template has the expected type
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::visibleToUserSql() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
WHERE condition for the templates a user may see: global ones, their own, and those shared with a group they belong to. Takes two placeholders bound to the same user id, since native MySQL prepares cannot reuse one.
- DependencyCheck::verifyExtensions() — Method in class DependencyCheck
Verifies that required PHP extensions are installed.
- AbstractDnsWizard::validateTTL() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
Validate TTL value
- AbstractDnsWizard::validate() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- CAAWizard::validate() — Method in class CAAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DKIMWizard::validate() — Method in class DKIMWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- DMARCWizard::validate() — Method in class DMARCWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SPFWizard::validate() — Method in class SPFWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- SRVWizard::validate() — Method in class SRVWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- TLSAWizard::validate() — Method in class TLSAWizard
- {@inheritdoc}
- Version — Class in namespace Poweradmin
Holds the Poweradmin release version constant.
W
- TableWriter::write() — Method in class TableWriter
- AbstractListLogController::writeCsvRows() — Method in class AbstractListLogController
Writes the CSV header and body for a non-empty export: the header is the union of all row keys, and rows are padded so columns stay aligned.
- MetadataDefinitions::writeRejection() — Method in class MetadataDefinitions
Classify why the active backend cannot store a kind, or null when it can.
- SessionInterface::writeClose() — Method in class SessionInterface
Writes the session out and closes it for this request
- ZoneMetadataStoreInterface::writeRejection() — Method in class ZoneMetadataStoreInterface
Why this store cannot hold the kind (a MetadataDefinitions::REJECT_* code), or null.
- WALLETRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
WALLET record validator
- RecordLog::write() — Method in class RecordLog
- CreateUserCommand::withPassword() — Method in class CreateUserCommand
The same request with the password replaced by its stored form (hash or LDAP placeholder).
- UpdateUserCommand::withPassword() — Method in class UpdateUserCommand
The same request with the password replaced by its stored form (hash or LDAP placeholder).
- ValidationResult::withField() — Method in class ValidationResult
Name the record part the errors are about; a copy so shared results stay untouched
- ZoneEditService::writeRow() — Method in class ZoneEditService
Writes one changed row without bumping the serial: the record, its audit line, and the record comment with its PTR/A sync when comments are shown.
- ZoneMetadataService::writeRejection() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
Why the active store cannot hold this kind (a MetadataDefinitions::REJECT_* code), or null.
- RecordChangeLogger::withChangeset() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
Run $work with every change it logs grouped under one changeset carrying the given reason. Pass $zoneId only when the whole scope belongs to one zone; a cross-zone submission leaves it null and the per-change rows carry the truth.
- ApiZoneMetadataStore::writeRejection() — Method in class ApiZoneMetadataStore
Why this store cannot hold the kind (a MetadataDefinitions::REJECT_* code), or null.
- DbZoneMetadataStore::writeRejection() — Method in class DbZoneMetadataStore
Why this store cannot hold the kind (a MetadataDefinitions::REJECT_* code), or null.
- ArraySession::writeClose() — Method in class ArraySession
Writes the session out and closes it for this request
- PhpSession::writeClose() — Method in class PhpSession
Writes the session out and closes it for this request
- $ AbstractDnsWizard#wizardType — Property in class AbstractDnsWizard
- WizardRegistry — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\DnsWizard\Service
Lookup of the available record wizards by type.
- WhoisController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\Whois\Controller
/whois and /zones/{id}/whois - looks up a domain's WHOIS record and shows the result.
- WhoisService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\Whois\Service
WHOIS lookups over port 43 using the per-TLD server list in data/whois_servers.php.
- WhoisModule — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\Whois
Module registration for the WHOIS lookup page and its zone-page action.
Z
- ZoneListCommand — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console\Command
zone:list - the zones the actor may view, one row per zone.
- ZoneShowCommand — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Console\Command
zone:show <id|name> - the records of one zone, one row per record, in the order the web zone editor shows them. The actor needs the same view permission as for opening the zone in the browser; a refusal exits 1.
- ZoneController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\Internal
Internal endpoint /api/internal/zone: lists or fetches zones the logged-in user may view.
- PublicApiController::zoneEditDeniedMessage() — Method in class PublicApiController
Pick the right "cannot edit this zone's records" message: read-only zones (Secondary, Consumer) replicate from a primary and are rejected for a different reason than a missing edit permission. Keeps the public error contract accurate for both cases.
- ZoneResource — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2\Resource
The JSON shape of a zone on /api/v2: the listing carries a summary, the single-zone endpoints the full detail.
- ZoneDnssecController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zones/{id}/dnssec: reports the signing status of a zone and signs or unsigns it.
- ZoneDnssecController::zoneSigningService() — Method in class ZoneDnssecController
The signing steps shared with the web pages.
- ZoneDnssecKeysController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
- ZoneDnssecRectifyController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
- ZoneMetadataController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zones/{id}/metadata: lists, reads, replaces and deletes PowerDNS metadata kinds on a zone.
- ZoneOwnersController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zones/{id}/owners: lists, adds and removes the users who own a zone.
- ZoneTemplateRecordsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zone-templates/{id}/records: lists, creates, updates and deletes the records of a zone template.
- ZoneTemplatesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zone-templates: lists, creates, updates and deletes zone templates.
- ZonesChangeRequestsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zones/{id}/change-requests: files change requests for a zone without writing to it. Answers 404 while approval.enabled is off.
- ZonesController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zones: lists, creates, updates and deletes zones.
- ZonesRRSetsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zones/{id}/rrsets: lists, replaces and deletes records grouped by name and type.
- ZonesRecordsBulkController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
POST /api/v2/zones/{id}/records/bulk: applies a list of create, update and delete record operations.
- ZonesRecordsController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Api\V2
/api/v2/zones/{id}/records: lists, creates, updates and deletes single records in a zone.
- ZoneCatalogController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Manage which zones a producer zone publishes in its catalog.
- ZoneOwnershipController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Controller\Zone
Handles the zone ownership page: adds and removes user and group owners of a zone.
- ModuleServices::zoneCreateOwnershipResolver() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ModuleServices::zoneOwnershipModeService() — Method in class ModuleServices
- ZoneStartingLettersPresenter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Presenter
Describes the 0-9, a-z, IDN and "Show all" filter links on the forward zone list page.
- ControllerServiceFactory::zones() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneCacheFlusher() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneMetadataStore() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneSyncService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneManagementService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneCreateService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneSigningService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneOwnershipModeService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneCreateOwnershipResolver() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneOwnershipFormResolver() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneOwnershipGuard() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneGroupService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneOwnershipLimit() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneListPermissionService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneGroupRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneSortingService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneMetadataService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateApplier() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateSync() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateAccessPolicy() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateGroupShares() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateWriteService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneTemplateRecordService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneLogger() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneEditService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneChangeRequestRepository() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- ControllerServiceFactory::zoneChangeRequestService() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- BackendServices::zoneCacheFlusher() — Method in class BackendServices
Null in API backend mode, where PowerDNS flushes on its own writes, and when no PowerDNS API is configured to send the flush to.
- BackendServices::zoneRepository() — Method in class BackendServices
- BackendServices::zoneMetadataStore() — Method in class BackendServices
- BackendServices::zoneSyncService() — Method in class BackendServices
The forced zone-list sync for API-backed installs; the 300s interval is the same floor the automatic sync uses.
- RecordServices::zoneEditService() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::zoneChangeRequestRepository() — Method in class RecordServices
- RecordServices::zoneChangeRequestService() — Method in class RecordServices
- ZoneServices — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Factory
Zone lifecycle: creation, ownership, templates, signing, metadata and the zone lists.
- ZoneServices::zoneManagementService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneOwnershipLimit() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneCreateService() — Method in class ZoneServices
The zone creation flow of the web forms, told what the connected server supports the same way zoneManagementService() is.
- ZoneServices::zoneSigningService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneOwnershipModeService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneCreateOwnershipResolver() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneOwnershipFormResolver() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneOwnershipGuard() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneGroupService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneListPermissionService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneGroupRepository() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneSortingService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneMetadataService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateSync() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateApplier() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneAccountSyncService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateRepository() — Method in class ZoneServices
Shared so the zone template model, the domain manager and the zone management service all read through one instance.
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateAccessPolicy() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateGroupShares() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateWriteService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplatePlaceholders() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateRecordService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneTemplateService() — Method in class ZoneServices
- ZoneServices::zoneLogger() — Method in class ZoneServices
- RecordAddAccess::zoneNotFound() — Method in class RecordAddAccess
- ZoneAccessNotificationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Emails a user when they gain or lose access to a zone.
- ZoneBatchCreateOutcome — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
What ZoneCreateService made of a batch: either a refusal that stopped the batch before any zone was tried, or one outcome per submitted name.
- ZoneCreateFormMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Words a refused ZoneManagementService::createZone() for the add-zone forms, and the warning about parent-zone records a created zone hides.
- ZoneCreateOutcome — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
What ZoneCreateService made of one request: the created zone, or the refusal worded for the form.
- ZoneCreateRequest — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
What a zone creation form submitted, as ZoneCreateService takes it: the name as typed, the owner controls as posted, and the kind-specific options.
- ZoneCreateService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
The zone creation flow shared by the add-zone forms, bulk registration and the secondary zone import: the name is normalised the same way, the owner controls are resolved by the same rules, the zone is created and audited the same way, and every refusal is worded for the form.
- ZoneGroupService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Assigns zones to groups and removes them; the group-based half of zone ownership.
- ZoneLimitInput — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Reads a submitted zone limit: empty clears the own limit (the configured default applies), a whole number of 0 or more sets it.
- ZoneLimitMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Web wording for zone limits on the user, group and add-zone pages.
- ZoneMetadataFormMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Words a refused ZoneMetadataService write for the metadata editor.
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Reads the owner and group fields of the add-zone forms and applies the shared ownership rules. The forms drop what the ownership mode disallows instead of rejecting it, and word the refusals in the user's language.
- ZoneOwnershipInputFactory — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Reads the owner fields of a decoded zone creation body into the typed input ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver takes; a value of the wrong shape is refused with the same wording and status the resolver used to give.
- ZoneOwnershipMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Words a ZoneOwnershipGuard refusal for the zone ownership page.
- ZoneSaveMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Words a ZoneEditService save for the zone editor's flash message.
- ZoneSigningMessages — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Words a ZoneSigningService outcome for the web pages that sign or unsign an existing zone.
- ZoneSortingService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Service\Zone
Resolves the zone list's sort column, direction and reverse-zone filter from submitted values and the session.
- ZoneEditFormParser — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Application\Web
Decodes the zone editor's POST: the record[] rows with their trailing _complete marker, the checkbox encoding of "disabled", the form_complete marker at the end of the form, and the fields around the table.
- CanonicalZoneSql::zoneNameJoin() — Method in class CanonicalZoneSql
JOIN onto the table that names a zone, for a query keyed on $zoneIdColumn.
- ZoneHealthSql — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Database
Reusable SQL fragments that derive zone-health flags (Disabled / No SOA) from the PowerDNS records table. Used by SQL-mode repositories to render status badges in the zone list without an extra round-trip.
- ZoneCreationFailedException — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Error
Thrown by a zone creation step once the backend zone exists, so the caller can roll back and remove the zone. The message is the user-facing failure text.
- Zone — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A zone as seen by DNSSEC: its name and whether it is secured.
- ZoneChangeRequest — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A filed change request: the actions a requester wants applied to a zone, who filed it, and how a reviewer decided it.
- ZoneChangeRequestRowCodec — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
The row shapes stored inside a change request's actions. They are a data contract: requests filed by earlier versions are decoded by this class, so the keys and their types stay as they are.
- ZoneDetail — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
One zone with its ownership, as read by ZoneReadRepositoryInterface::getZone().
- ZoneGroup — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
A zone-to-group ownership row from zones_groups.
- ZoneStartingLetter — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
The first-letter filter on the forward zone list: '1' for a leading digit, a-z or '_', 'idn' for zones whose name starts with a punycode label, or 'all'.
- ZoneSummary — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
One row of a zone list: the forward and reverse pages, the internal API list and the console listing.
- ZoneType — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Model
ZoneType class represents the different types of zones in a DNS system.
- ZoneCacheFlusherInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Tells PowerDNS that a zone written straight to its database changed, so a new zone is served at once and cached answers for the zone are dropped.
- ZoneKeyManagementInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
DNSSEC key lifecycle for a zone, plus the DS and DNSKEY records derived from its keys.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Zone lookups, listings, record counts and SOA health read from the DNS backend.
- ZoneReadBackendInterface::zoneExists() — Method in class ZoneReadBackendInterface
Check if a zone exists by name.
- ZoneRectifierInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Rectifies a zone after its records change so the DNSSEC ordering data stays valid.
- ZoneSearchInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
The search page's zone half: matching zones with their owners, paged and sorted, and the unpaged match count. Each backend keeps its own row shape.
- ZoneSigningInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Signing state of a zone: securing, unsecuring and reading whether it is signed.
- ZoneWriteBackendInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Port
Zone create, delete, kind, primary, account and AXFR-retrieve writes against the DNS backend.
- ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::zoneScopesReady() — Method in class ApiKeyRepositoryInterface
Whether stored zone scopes hold the canonical zone ids the checks compare. While they do not, a restricted key matches no zone and new restrictions must not be saved.
- DomainRepositoryInterface::zoneIdExists() — Method in class DomainRepositoryInterface
Check if Zone ID exists. Answered from the local database only (the domains table, or the zones table in API backend mode); PowerDNS is not asked.
- ZoneAccountOwnerLookupInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Resolves the owner whose username the PowerDNS account field mirrors.
- ZoneChangeRequestRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for zone change requests. Lists come back newest first.
- ZoneGroupRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for group-based zone ownership.
- ZoneMetadataStoreInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Where a zone's metadata rows live: the domainmetadata table on the SQL backend, or the PowerDNS API (metadata plus zone-object properties) on the API backend. Rows are [['kind' => string, 'content' => string], ...].
- ZoneOwnershipRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Zone ownership reads and writes; one of the three roles ZoneRepositoryInterface combines.
- ZoneReadRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Zone lookups, lists and counts; one of the three roles ZoneRepositoryInterface combines.
- ZoneRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Zone reads and ownership writes; implemented for SQL and for the API backend mode.
- ZoneSerialReadInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Read access to zone SOA serials.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Persistence for zone templates (zone_templ), their records (zone_templ_records) and the zone -> template links kept in zones.zone_templ_id.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::zoneTemplateExists() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Check if a zone template exists.
- ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface::zoneTemplateNameExists() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRepositoryInterface
Check if a zone template name is already taken.
- ZoneTemplateSyncRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Tracks which zones are out of date against their template after the template changes.
- ZoneWriteRepositoryInterface — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Repository
Zone row, comment and metadata writes (plus the metadata read the editor pairs with them); one of the three roles ZoneRepositoryInterface combines.
- ApiKeyService::zoneScopesReady() — Method in class ApiKeyService
Whether zone restrictions can be shown and changed; false until the one-time scope move has run (see ApiKeyRepositoryInterface::zoneScopesReady()).
- ApiPermissionService::zoneDeleteRequiresApproval() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
Whether a zone deletion has to go through a change request. Deleting stays direct for holders of the delete permission unless every change is reviewed.
- ZoneAccessPolicy — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Pure rules for what a user may change on the zone edit screens.
- ZoneListPermissionService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Auth
Builds the ownership index the zone lists and the search page use to decide per-row edit/delete controls and owner-column visibility.
- ZONEMDRecordValidator — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\DnsValidation
ZONEMD (Message Digest for DNS Zones) Record Validator
- ZoneTemplateApplier — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Applies a zone template to an existing zone: removes the records an earlier application of that template wrote, writes and links the template's records, repoints the zone at the template and reconciles the sync state.
- ZoneWriteResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Dns
Outcome of a zone write (create, delete, metadata, owner or template change).
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
What the acting user may do with zone templates: which template a zone may be created from, who owns a template, which record types may be stored in one, and how far the linked-zone listings reach.
- ZoneTemplateGroupShares — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
Which user groups a zone template is shared with. The owner shares with groups they belong to, a ueberuser with any group; members of a group see, apply and (with zone_templ_edit) edit the template.
- ZoneTemplatePlaceholders — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
Expands the [ZONE], [NS1], [SERIAL] style placeholders of zone template records.
- ZoneTemplateRecordService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
Adding, editing and deleting the records of a zone template. Writes report their outcome instead of flashing it.
- ZoneTemplateRecordValidationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
Validates zone template records before they are stored.
- ZoneTemplateService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
Facade over the zone template use cases, kept so existing callers keep one entry point: ZoneTemplateWriteService (templates and the default flag), ZoneTemplateRecordService (template records) and ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy (who may use or owns a template). Lookups and linked-zone listings read the repository directly. New code should depend on the specific service.
- ZoneTemplateService::zoneTemplIdExists() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Check if a zone template exists
- ZoneTemplateService::zoneTemplNameExists() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Check if zone template name exists
- ZoneTemplateService::zoneTemplNameAndIdExists() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
Check if another zone template carries this name
- ZoneTemplateWriteResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
Outcome of a zone template write. Callers read the reason and the refusal from here instead of the session; a success may still carry a warning.
- ZoneTemplateWriteService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Template
Creating, editing and deleting zone templates, saving a zone as a template, and the system-wide default template. Writes report their outcome instead of flashing it.
- ZoneAccountSyncService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Mirrors zone ownership into the PowerDNS account field.
- ZoneChangeRequestResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Outcome of filing, approving, rejecting or cancelling a change request.
- ZoneChangeRequestService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Files zone change requests and applies the reviewer's decision.
- ZoneCountService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Counts the zones a user may see; the backend-specific query lives in the zone repository.
- ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Resolves the user-owner and group-owner assignment for a new zone, applying the active zone_ownership_mode and permission rules. The API hands in the typed request input; the web forms hand in the owner and groups they parsed.
- ZoneEditRow — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
One row of the zone editor's record table as the caller wants it: the record it refers to and the values to store, already decoded from whatever form or request carried them.
- ZoneEditRowChange — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
One posted editor row that differs from the zone: the normalised row as it will be written and the log holding the stored state it replaces.
- ZoneEditService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Saves the zone editor's record table: the edit gate, the stale-form check, the per-row diff and write, the record and zone comments, and the SOA serial bump that closes a save.
- ZoneEditSubmission — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
One submission of the zone editor's record table.
- ZoneLimitBreach — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
A user or group that a change would take past its zone limit.
- ZoneManagementService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Creates zones for the API with the same checks the web form applies. Failures come back as
message is the API wording, the code lets the web forms word it themselves.
- ZoneMetadataResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Outcome of a ZoneMetadataService write, with the metadata kind and options the caller needs to word a refusal.
- ZoneMetadataService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
The zone metadata rules the editor and the API share: what a kind accepts, who may change it, what the active backend can store, and how a change is persisted and logged. Callers parse their input and word the refusals.
- ZoneOverlapService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Blocks creating a zone that overlaps an existing zone owned by another user.
- ZoneOwnershipGuard — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
The last-owner rule: a zone keeps at least one owner of a kind the ownership mode allows. Every writer removes owners through here, so the check and the delete share one transaction and two concurrent removals cannot both pass.
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::zonesOrphanedByGroupDeletion() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
Zones that would be left without an allowed owner if the group were deleted, because deleting it drops its zones_groups rows.
- ZoneOwnershipIndex — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Who owns which of a page of zones, resolved once so per-row controls do not query per zone. Ownership is direct (zones.owner) or through any group the user belongs to.
- ZoneOwnershipInput — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
The owner choice a zone creation request made, as ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver reads it: the user owner may be omitted (the caller becomes owner), given as null (no user owner) or given as an id; the groups may be omitted or listed.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
How many zones a user or group may own, and whether a change would exceed it.
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::zonesBreach() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
Whether making the user an owner of these zones would exceed their limit.
- ZoneOwnershipModeService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Resolves the dns.zone_ownership_mode setting into ownership-side flags.
- ZoneOwnershipRefusal — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Why ZoneOwnershipGuard refused an owner removal. Callers word the code for their own audience; the mode tells them what kind of replacement to suggest.
- ZoneOwnershipResolution — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Outcome of {ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver}: either a resolved owner/group assignment for the new zone, or an error with its refusal. The error carries a code so the web forms can word it themselves; the message is the API text.
- ZoneSaveResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
How a zone editor save ended, with what the page needs to report it and, for a refused stale form, the rows to put back in front of the operator.
- ZoneSigningResult — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Outcome of a ZoneSigningService sign or unsign request plus the detail text callers may show.
- ZoneSigningService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Signs and unsigns zones the one way every entry point agrees on: refuse presigned zones and invalid zones, bump the SOA serial so secondaries notice, verify what PowerDNS reports afterwards, rectify, and audit.
- ZoneValidationService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Domain\Service\Zone
Checks a zone is fit for DNSSEC signing and formats the reasons when it is not.
- DnsHelper::zoneApexName() — Method in class DnsHelper
The DNS name a zone serves, without the trailing dot. A view variant "example.com..internal" holds its records under "example.com".
- PowerdnsApiClient::zoneListOmitsCatalog() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
PowerDNS 4.7 and 4.8 have catalog zones but leave the catalog field of the zone list empty; only a single zone read reports it.
- ApiDomainRepository::zoneIdExists() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
Check if Zone ID exists. Answered from the local database only (the domains table, or the zones table in API backend mode); PowerDNS is not asked.
- DbApiKeyRepository::zoneScopesReady() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
Whether stored zone scopes hold the canonical zone ids the checks compare. While they do not, a restricted key matches no zone and new restrictions must not be saved.
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::zoneTemplateExists() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Check if a zone template exists
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::zoneTemplateNameExists() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
Check if a zone template name already exists
- SqlDomainRepository::zoneIdExists() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
Check if Zone ID exists. Answered from the local database only (the domains table, or the zones table in API backend mode); PowerDNS is not asked.
- ZoneSearch — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Repository
Runs the zone search page query, counting and fetching the domains that match the search string.
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::zoneExists() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
Check if a zone exists by name.
- AbstractConsistencyChecks::zoneAccount() — Method in class AbstractConsistencyChecks
The zone's PowerDNS account, or null where this backend does not read it.
- ApiConsistencyChecks::zoneAccount() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
Read from the PowerDNS zone list once per run, since "fix all" repairs zone after zone.
- SqlConsistencyChecks::zoneAccount() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
The zone's PowerDNS account, or null where this backend does not read it.
- ZoneOwnerRepair — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service\Consistency
Writes a zone owner into the Poweradmin-native zones table. Ownership lives there under both backends, so the SQL and API strategies share this repair.
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::zoneExists() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
Check if a zone exists by name.
- ZoneSyncService — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Infrastructure\Service
Synchronizes zone metadata between the PowerDNS API and the local zones table.
- ZoneFileExportController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\ZoneImportExport\Controller
GET /zones/{id}/export/zonefile - downloads the zone in BIND format, from the API or the records table.
- ZoneFileImportController — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\ZoneImportExport\Controller
The /tools/zone-import page: uploads a BIND zone file, previews the parsed records and creates the zone.
- ZoneImportExportModule — Class in namespace Poweradmin\Module\ZoneImportExport
Module registration for the zone file import page and the per-zone BIND export route.
_
- AppManager::__construct() — Method in class AppManager
Initializes the template renderer and the optional statistics display service.
- BootContext::__construct() — Method in class BootContext
- LocaleManager::__construct() — Method in class LocaleManager
LocaleManager constructor.
- CommandLineActor::__construct() — Method in class CommandLineActor
- CommandRegistry::__construct() — Method in class CommandRegistry
- ApiKeyCreateCommand::__construct() — Method in class ApiKeyCreateCommand
- ZoneListCommand::__construct() — Method in class ZoneListCommand
- ZoneShowCommand::__construct() — Method in class ZoneShowCommand
- ConsoleApplication::__construct() — Method in class ConsoleApplication
- AbstractApiController::__construct() — Method in class AbstractApiController
AbstractApiController constructor
- DocsController::__construct() — Method in class DocsController
Constructor for DocsController
- JsonController::__construct() — Method in class JsonController
Constructor for JsonController
- HealthController::__construct() — Method in class HealthController
- InternalApiController::__construct() — Method in class InternalApiController
InternalApiController constructor
- UserPreferencesController::__construct() — Method in class UserPreferencesController
InternalApiController constructor
- ValidationController::__construct() — Method in class ValidationController
InternalApiController constructor
- ZoneController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneController
Constructor for ZoneController
- PublicApiController::__construct() — Method in class PublicApiController
PublicApiController constructor
- ChangeRequestsController::__construct() — Method in class ChangeRequestsController
PublicApiController constructor
- DynamicDnsController::__construct() — Method in class DynamicDnsController
PublicApiController constructor
- GroupMembersController::__construct() — Method in class GroupMembersController
PublicApiController constructor
- GroupZonesController::__construct() — Method in class GroupZonesController
PublicApiController constructor
- GroupsController::__construct() — Method in class GroupsController
PublicApiController constructor
- PermissionTemplatesController::__construct() — Method in class PermissionTemplatesController
PublicApiController constructor
- PermissionsController::__construct() — Method in class PermissionsController
PublicApiController constructor
- ServerStatusController::__construct() — Method in class ServerStatusController
PublicApiController constructor
- UsersController::__construct() — Method in class UsersController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZoneDnssecController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneDnssecController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZoneDnssecKeysController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneDnssecKeysController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZoneDnssecRectifyController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneDnssecRectifyController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZoneMetadataController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneMetadataController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZoneOwnersController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnersController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZoneTemplateRecordsController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordsController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZoneTemplatesController::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplatesController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZonesChangeRequestsController::__construct() — Method in class ZonesChangeRequestsController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZonesController::__construct() — Method in class ZonesController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZonesRRSetsController::__construct() — Method in class ZonesRRSetsController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZonesRecordsBulkController::__construct() — Method in class ZonesRecordsBulkController
PublicApiController constructor
- ZonesRecordsController::__construct() — Method in class ZonesRecordsController
PublicApiController constructor
- ForgotPasswordController::__construct() — Method in class ForgotPasswordController
Constructor for BaseController.
- ForgotUsernameController::__construct() — Method in class ForgotUsernameController
Constructor for BaseController.
- LoginController::__construct() — Method in class LoginController
Constructor for BaseController.
- MfaVerifyController::__construct() — Method in class MfaVerifyController
Constructor for BaseController.
- OidcCallbackController::__construct() — Method in class OidcCallbackController
Constructor for BaseController.
- OidcLoginController::__construct() — Method in class OidcLoginController
Constructor for BaseController.
- RemoteUserLoginController::__construct() — Method in class RemoteUserLoginController
Constructor for BaseController.
- ResetPasswordController::__construct() — Method in class ResetPasswordController
Constructor for BaseController.
- SamlCallbackController::__construct() — Method in class SamlCallbackController
Constructor for BaseController.
- SamlLoginController::__construct() — Method in class SamlLoginController
Constructor for BaseController.
- SamlMetadataController::__construct() — Method in class SamlMetadataController
Constructor for BaseController.
- BaseController::__construct() — Method in class BaseController
Constructor for BaseController.
- RequestHalted::__construct() — Method in class RequestHalted
- NotFoundController::__construct() — Method in class NotFoundController
Constructor for BaseController.
- PingController::__construct() — Method in class PingController
- StaticAssetController::__construct() — Method in class StaticAssetController
- ApiKeysController::__construct() — Method in class ApiKeysController
- Constructor
- BootstrapErrorResponder::__construct() — Method in class BootstrapErrorResponder
- ClientContext::__construct() — Method in class ClientContext
- Request::__construct() — Method in class Request
Without arguments the request is a snapshot of the superglobals; given any, it is built from those arrays instead (tests, or a request assembled by hand).
- ModuleRegistry::__construct() — Method in class ModuleRegistry
- EditZonePresenter::__construct() — Method in class EditZonePresenter
- PaginationPresenter::__construct() — Method in class PaginationPresenter
- SymfonyRouter::__construct() — Method in class SymfonyRouter
- ApiKeyActor::__construct() — Method in class ApiKeyActor
- ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class ApiKeyAuthenticationMiddleware
- AuthenticationService::__construct() — Method in class AuthenticationService
- BasicAuthenticationMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class BasicAuthenticationMiddleware
- Constructor
- CsrfTokenService::__construct() — Method in class CsrfTokenService
- ExternalSessionGuard::__construct() — Method in class ExternalSessionGuard
- LdapAuthenticator::__construct() — Method in class LdapAuthenticator
- LoginAttemptService::__construct() — Method in class LoginAttemptService
- LoginCredentials::__construct() — Method in class LoginCredentials
- MfaVerificationMailer::__construct() — Method in class MfaVerificationMailer
- OidcConfigurationService::__construct() — Method in class OidcConfigurationService
- OidcService::__construct() — Method in class OidcService
- RecaptchaService::__construct() — Method in class RecaptchaService
- RemoteUserIdentitySource::__construct() — Method in class RemoteUserIdentitySource
- RemoteUserSessionHandler::__construct() — Method in class RemoteUserSessionHandler
- RequestActor::__construct() — Method in class RequestActor
- SamlConfigurationService::__construct() — Method in class SamlConfigurationService
- SamlService::__construct() — Method in class SamlService
- SessionAuthenticator::__construct() — Method in class SessionAuthenticator
- SqlAuthenticator::__construct() — Method in class SqlAuthenticator
- UserAuthenticationService::__construct() — Method in class UserAuthenticationService
- UserProvisioningService::__construct() — Method in class UserProvisioningService
- DatabaseService::__construct() — Method in class DatabaseService
- DnsDataService::__construct() — Method in class DnsDataService
- PdnsVersionService::__construct() — Method in class PdnsVersionService
- PowerdnsStatusService::__construct() — Method in class PowerdnsStatusService
- RepositoryFactory::__construct() — Method in class RepositoryFactory
- ControllerEnvironment::__construct() — Method in class ControllerEnvironment
- ControllerServiceFactory::__construct() — Method in class ControllerServiceFactory
- AuthServices::__construct() — Method in class AuthServices
- BackendServices::__construct() — Method in class BackendServices
- RecordServices::__construct() — Method in class RecordServices
- UserServices::__construct() — Method in class UserServices
- ZoneServices::__construct() — Method in class ZoneServices
- EmailTemplateService::__construct() — Method in class EmailTemplateService
- MailService::__construct() — Method in class MailService
- RecordAddResult::__construct() — Method in class RecordAddResult
- RecordAddService::__construct() — Method in class RecordAddService
- RecordCommentService::__construct() — Method in class RecordCommentService
- RecordCommentSyncService::__construct() — Method in class RecordCommentSyncService
- RecordEditRequest::__construct() — Method in class RecordEditRequest
- RecordEditResult::__construct() — Method in class RecordEditResult
- RecordEditService::__construct() — Method in class RecordEditService
- RecordManagerService::__construct() — Method in class RecordManagerService
- AvatarService::__construct() — Method in class AvatarService
- GroupMembershipService::__construct() — Method in class GroupMembershipService
- GroupService::__construct() — Method in class GroupService
- PasswordChangeService::__construct() — Method in class PasswordChangeService
- PasswordGenerationService::__construct() — Method in class PasswordGenerationService
- PasswordPolicyService::__construct() — Method in class PasswordPolicyService
- PasswordResetService::__construct() — Method in class PasswordResetService
- PermissionTemplateWriteService::__construct() — Method in class PermissionTemplateWriteService
- UsernameRecoveryService::__construct() — Method in class UsernameRecoveryService
- AuditService::__construct() — Method in class AuditService
- DashboardStatsService::__construct() — Method in class DashboardStatsService
- LocaleResolver::__construct() — Method in class LocaleResolver
- PaginationService::__construct() — Method in class PaginationService
- RequestValidator::__construct() — Method in class RequestValidator
- StatsDisplayService::__construct() — Method in class StatsDisplayService
- UrlService::__construct() — Method in class UrlService
- ChangeApprovalContext::__construct() — Method in class ChangeApprovalContext
The collaborators arrive as factories: with approval turned off every question is answered from configuration alone, and nothing below should open a repository for an answer it will not use.
- ChangeRequestNotificationService::__construct() — Method in class ChangeRequestNotificationService
- ZoneAccessNotificationService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneAccessNotificationService
- ZoneCreateRequest::__construct() — Method in class ZoneCreateRequest
- ZoneCreateService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneCreateService
- ZoneGroupService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneGroupService
- ZoneOwnershipFormResolver::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipFormResolver
- ZoneSortingService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneSortingService
- PageRenderer::__construct() — Method in class PageRenderer
- TableNameService::__construct() — Method in class TableNameService
- ApiErrorException::__construct() — Method in class ApiErrorException
- LastZoneOwnerException::__construct() — Method in class LastZoneOwnerException
- ZoneCreationFailedException::__construct() — Method in class ZoneCreationFailedException
- ApiKey::__construct() — Method in class ApiKey
ApiKey constructor.
- ApiKeyScope::__construct() — Method in class ApiKeyScope
- CryptoKey::__construct() — Method in class CryptoKey
- Pagination::__construct() — Method in class Pagination
- RecordComment::__construct() — Method in class RecordComment
- RecordRow::__construct() — Method in class RecordRow
- ReverseNetwork::__construct() — Method in class ReverseNetwork
- User::__construct() — Method in class User
- UserGroup::__construct() — Method in class UserGroup
- UserGroupMember::__construct() — Method in class UserGroupMember
- UserMfa::__construct() — Method in class UserMfa
- UserPreference::__construct() — Method in class UserPreference
- Zone::__construct() — Method in class Zone
- ZoneChangeRequest::__construct() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequest
- ZoneDetail::__construct() — Method in class ZoneDetail
- ZoneGroup::__construct() — Method in class ZoneGroup
- ZoneSummary::__construct() — Method in class ZoneSummary
- ApiKeyService::__construct() — Method in class ApiKeyService
ApiKeyService constructor
- ApiPermissionService::__construct() — Method in class ApiPermissionService
- DynamicDnsAuthenticationService::__construct() — Method in class DynamicDnsAuthenticationService
- MfaService::__construct() — Method in class MfaService
MfaService constructor
- PasswordEncryptionService::__construct() — Method in class PasswordEncryptionService
- PermissionService::__construct() — Method in class PermissionService
- SessionPromotionService::__construct() — Method in class SessionPromotionService
- UserContextService::__construct() — Method in class UserContextService
- ZoneListPermissionService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneListPermissionService
- AAAARecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class AAAARecordValidator
- Constructor
- AFSDBRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class AFSDBRecordValidator
- ALIASRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class ALIASRecordValidator
- Constructor
- APLRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class APLRecordValidator
- Constructor
- ARecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class ARecordValidator
- Constructor
- BRIDRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class BRIDRecordValidator
- CAARecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class CAARecordValidator
- CDNSKEYRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class CDNSKEYRecordValidator
- CDSRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class CDSRecordValidator
- CERTRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class CERTRecordValidator
- CNAMERecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class CNAMERecordValidator
- Constructor
- CSYNCRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class CSYNCRecordValidator
- Constructor
- DHCIDRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class DHCIDRecordValidator
- DLVRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class DLVRecordValidator
- Constructor
- DMARCRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class DMARCRecordValidator
- DNAMERecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class DNAMERecordValidator
- DNSKEYRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class DNSKEYRecordValidator
- DNSViolationValidator::__construct() — Method in class DNSViolationValidator
- DSRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class DSRecordValidator
- Constructor
- DefaultRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class DefaultRecordValidator
- DnsCommonValidator::__construct() — Method in class DnsCommonValidator
- DnsValidatorRegistry::__construct() — Method in class DnsValidatorRegistry
- EUI48RecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class EUI48RecordValidator
- EUI64RecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class EUI64RecordValidator
- HHITRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class HHITRecordValidator
- HINFORecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class HINFORecordValidator
- HTTPSRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class HTTPSRecordValidator
- HostnamePolicy::__construct() — Method in class HostnamePolicy
- HostnameValidator::__construct() — Method in class HostnameValidator
- IPSECKEYRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class IPSECKEYRecordValidator
- KEYRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class KEYRecordValidator
- KXRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class KXRecordValidator
- L32RecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class L32RecordValidator
- L64RecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class L64RecordValidator
- LOCRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class LOCRecordValidator
- LPRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class LPRecordValidator
- LUARecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class LUARecordValidator
- MINFORecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class MINFORecordValidator
- MRRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class MRRecordValidator
- MXRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class MXRecordValidator
- NAPTRRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class NAPTRRecordValidator
- NIDRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class NIDRecordValidator
- NSEC3PARAMRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class NSEC3PARAMRecordValidator
- NSEC3RecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class NSEC3RecordValidator
- NSECRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class NSECRecordValidator
- NSRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class NSRecordValidator
- OPENPGPKEYRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class OPENPGPKEYRecordValidator
- PTRRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class PTRRecordValidator
- Constructor
- RESINFORecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class RESINFORecordValidator
- RKEYRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class RKEYRecordValidator
- RPRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class RPRecordValidator
- RRSIGRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class RRSIGRecordValidator
- SMIMEARecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class SMIMEARecordValidator
- SOARecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class SOARecordValidator
- SPFRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class SPFRecordValidator
- SRVRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class SRVRecordValidator
- SSHFPRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class SSHFPRecordValidator
- SVCBRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class SVCBRecordValidator
- TKEYRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class TKEYRecordValidator
- TLSARecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class TLSARecordValidator
- TSIGRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class TSIGRecordValidator
- TXTRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class TXTRecordValidator
- URIRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class URIRecordValidator
- WALLETRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class WALLETRecordValidator
- ZONEMDRecordValidator::__construct() — Method in class ZONEMDRecordValidator
- BatchReverseRecordCreator::__construct() — Method in class BatchReverseRecordCreator
- DefaultSoaBuilder::__construct() — Method in class DefaultSoaBuilder
- DnsFormatter::__construct() — Method in class DnsFormatter
- DnsRecordValidationService::__construct() — Method in class DnsRecordValidationService
- DomainManager::__construct() — Method in class DomainManager
- Constructor
- DomainParsingService::__construct() — Method in class DomainParsingService
- DomainRecordCreator::__construct() — Method in class DomainRecordCreator
- DynamicDnsUpdateService::__construct() — Method in class DynamicDnsUpdateService
- DynamicDnsValidationService::__construct() — Method in class DynamicDnsValidationService
- RRSetReplaceService::__construct() — Method in class RRSetReplaceService
- RecordBatchDeletionOutcome::__construct() — Method in class RecordBatchDeletionOutcome
- RecordDeletionService::__construct() — Method in class RecordDeletionService
- RecordDisplayService::__construct() — Method in class RecordDisplayService
- RecordLog::__construct() — Method in class RecordLog
- RecordManager::__construct() — Method in class RecordManager
- Constructor
- RecordMatchingService::__construct() — Method in class RecordMatchingService
- RecordTypeService::__construct() — Method in class RecordTypeService
- ReverseRecordCreator::__construct() — Method in class ReverseRecordCreator
- ReverseTtlResolver::__construct() — Method in class ReverseTtlResolver
- SOARecordManager::__construct() — Method in class SOARecordManager
- SupermasterManager::__construct() — Method in class SupermasterManager
- Constructor
- ZoneTemplateApplier::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateApplier
- ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateAccessPolicy
- ZoneTemplateGroupShares::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateGroupShares
- ZoneTemplatePlaceholders::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplatePlaceholders
- ZoneTemplateRecordService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordService
- ZoneTemplateRecordValidationService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateRecordValidationService
- ZoneTemplateService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateService
- ZoneTemplateWriteService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneTemplateWriteService
- CreateUserCommand::__construct() — Method in class CreateUserCommand
- GroupReferenceResolver::__construct() — Method in class GroupReferenceResolver
- LastSuperAdminGuard::__construct() — Method in class LastSuperAdminGuard
- UpdateUserCommand::__construct() — Method in class UpdateUserCommand
- UserAgreementService::__construct() — Method in class UserAgreementService
- UserManagementService::__construct() — Method in class UserManagementService
- UserPreferenceService::__construct() — Method in class UserPreferenceService
- UserProfileAssembler::__construct() — Method in class UserProfileAssembler
- UserTimezoneService::__construct() — Method in class UserTimezoneService
- Validator::__construct() — Method in class Validator
- CatalogZoneService::__construct() — Method in class CatalogZoneService
- DnssecKeyResult::__construct() — Method in class DnssecKeyResult
- DnssecKeyService::__construct() — Method in class DnssecKeyService
- ForwardZoneAssociationService::__construct() — Method in class ForwardZoneAssociationService
- ShadowedRecordFinder::__construct() — Method in class ShadowedRecordFinder
- ShadowedRecords::__construct() — Method in class ShadowedRecords
- ZoneAccountSyncService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneAccountSyncService
- ZoneChangeRequestService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneChangeRequestService
- ZoneCountService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneCountService
- ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver::__construct() — Method in class ZoneCreateOwnershipResolver
- ZoneEditRow::__construct() — Method in class ZoneEditRow
- ZoneEditRowChange::__construct() — Method in class ZoneEditRowChange
- ZoneEditService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneEditService
- ZoneEditSubmission::__construct() — Method in class ZoneEditSubmission
- ZoneLimitBreach::__construct() — Method in class ZoneLimitBreach
- ZoneManagementService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneManagementService
- ZoneMetadataResult::__construct() — Method in class ZoneMetadataResult
- ZoneMetadataService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneMetadataService
- ZoneOverlapService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOverlapService
- ZoneOwnershipGuard::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipGuard
- ZoneOwnershipIndex::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipIndex
- ZoneOwnershipInput::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipInput
- ZoneOwnershipLimit::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipLimit
- ZoneOwnershipModeService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipModeService
- ZoneOwnershipRefusal::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnershipRefusal
- ZoneSaveResult::__construct() — Method in class ZoneSaveResult
- ZoneSigningResult::__construct() — Method in class ZoneSigningResult
- ZoneSigningService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneSigningService
- ZoneValidationService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneValidationService
- DynamicDnsRequest::__construct() — Method in class DynamicDnsRequest
- HostnameValue::__construct() — Method in class HostnameValue
- IpAddressList::__construct() — Method in class IpAddressList
- LdapUserInfo::__construct() — Method in class LdapUserInfo
- OidcUserInfo::__construct() — Method in class OidcUserInfo
- RemoteUserInfo::__construct() — Method in class RemoteUserInfo
- SamlUserInfo::__construct() — Method in class SamlUserInfo
- HttpClient::__construct() — Method in class HttpClient
- PowerdnsApiClient::__construct() — Method in class PowerdnsApiClient
- Google2FaTotp::__construct() — Method in class Google2FaTotp
- ConfigValidator::__construct() — Method in class ConfigValidator
- CanonicalZoneIdAllocator::__construct() — Method in class CanonicalZoneIdAllocator
- DatabaseSchemaService::__construct() — Method in class DatabaseSchemaService
- PdoTransaction::__construct() — Method in class PdoTransaction
- SeedRepository::__construct() — Method in class SeedRepository
- AuditLogWriter::__construct() — Method in class AuditLogWriter
- DbApiLogger::__construct() — Method in class DbApiLogger
- DbGroupLogger::__construct() — Method in class DbGroupLogger
- DbUserLogger::__construct() — Method in class DbUserLogger
- DbZoneLogger::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneLogger
- Logger::__construct() — Method in class Logger
- RecordChangeLogger::__construct() — Method in class RecordChangeLogger
- SyslogLogger::__construct() — Method in class SyslogLogger
- SyslogLogger::__destruct() — Method in class SyslogLogger
- PoweradminMetricsCollector::__construct() — Method in class PoweradminMetricsCollector
- AccountOwnerLookup::__construct() — Method in class AccountOwnerLookup
- ApiDomainRepository::__construct() — Method in class ApiDomainRepository
- ApiDynamicDnsRepository::__construct() — Method in class ApiDynamicDnsRepository
- ApiRecordCommentRepository::__construct() — Method in class ApiRecordCommentRepository
- ApiRecordRepository::__construct() — Method in class ApiRecordRepository
- ApiRecordSearch::__construct() — Method in class ApiRecordSearch
- ApiSearchBase::__construct() — Method in class ApiSearchBase
- ApiZoneMetadataStore::__construct() — Method in class ApiZoneMetadataStore
- ApiZoneRepository::__construct() — Method in class ApiZoneRepository
- BaseSearch::__construct() — Method in class BaseSearch
- DbApiKeyRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbApiKeyRepository
- DbExternalIdentityRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbExternalIdentityRepository
- DbLoginAttemptRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbLoginAttemptRepository
- DbPasswordResetTokenRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbPasswordResetTokenRepository
- DbPermissionTemplateRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbPermissionTemplateRepository
- DbRecordCommentRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbRecordCommentRepository
- DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbRecordTypeDefaultRepository
- DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbTemplateRecordLinkRepository
- DbUserAgreementRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbUserAgreementRepository
- DbUserGroupMemberRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbUserGroupMemberRepository
- DbUserGroupRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbUserGroupRepository
- DbUserMfaRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbUserMfaRepository
- DbUserPreferenceRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbUserPreferenceRepository
- DbUserRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbUserRepository
- DbUsernameRecoveryRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbUsernameRecoveryRepository
- DbZoneAccountOwnerRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneAccountOwnerRepository
- DbZoneChangeRequestRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneChangeRequestRepository
- DbZoneGroupRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneGroupRepository
- DbZoneMetadataStore::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneMetadataStore
- DbZoneRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneRepository
- DbZoneTemplateRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateRepository
- DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository::__construct() — Method in class DbZoneTemplateSyncRepository
- SqlDomainRepository::__construct() — Method in class SqlDomainRepository
- SqlDynamicDnsRepository::__construct() — Method in class SqlDynamicDnsRepository
- SqlRecordRepository::__construct() — Method in class SqlRecordRepository
- ApiDnsBackendProvider::__construct() — Method in class ApiDnsBackendProvider
- ApiKeyZoneScopeMigration::__construct() — Method in class ApiKeyZoneScopeMigration
- AbstractConsistencyChecks::__construct() — Method in class AbstractConsistencyChecks
- ApiConsistencyChecks::__construct() — Method in class ApiConsistencyChecks
- SqlConsistencyChecks::__construct() — Method in class SqlConsistencyChecks
- ZoneOwnerRepair::__construct() — Method in class ZoneOwnerRepair
- DnsSecApiProvider::__construct() — Method in class DnsSecApiProvider
- MessageService::__construct() — Method in class MessageService
- NullDnssecProvider::__construct() — Method in class NullDnssecProvider
- PdnsApiZoneCacheFlusher::__construct() — Method in class PdnsApiZoneCacheFlusher
- SqlDnsBackendProvider::__construct() — Method in class SqlDnsBackendProvider
- StyleManager::__construct() — Method in class StyleManager
- TemplateCacheResolver::__construct() — Method in class TemplateCacheResolver
- ZoneSyncService::__construct() — Method in class ZoneSyncService
- ApiStatusService::__construct() — Method in class ApiStatusService
- ArraySession::__construct() — Method in class ArraySession
- FlashMessage::__construct() — Method in class FlashMessage
- FormStateService::__construct() — Method in class FormStateService
- MfaSessionManager::__construct() — Method in class MfaSessionManager
- SessionActor::__construct() — Method in class SessionActor
- SessionService::__construct() — Method in class SessionService
- IpAddressRetriever::__construct() — Method in class IpAddressRetriever
- ProtocolDetector::__construct() — Method in class ProtocolDetector
- TrustedProxyList::__construct() — Method in class TrustedProxyList
- UserAgentService::__construct() — Method in class UserAgentService
- PermissionTwigExtension::__construct() — Method in class PermissionTwigExtension
- AbstractDnsWizard::__construct() — Method in class AbstractDnsWizard
- Constructor
- CAAWizard::__construct() — Method in class CAAWizard
- Constructor
- DKIMWizard::__construct() — Method in class DKIMWizard
- Constructor
- DMARCWizard::__construct() — Method in class DMARCWizard
- Constructor
- SPFWizard::__construct() — Method in class SPFWizard
- Constructor
- SRVWizard::__construct() — Method in class SRVWizard
- Constructor
- TLSAWizard::__construct() — Method in class TLSAWizard
- Constructor
- WizardRegistry::__construct() — Method in class WizardRegistry
- Constructor
- EmailPreviewService::__construct() — Method in class EmailPreviewService
- RdapService::__construct() — Method in class RdapService
- SecondaryZoneImportModule::__construct() — Method in class SecondaryZoneImportModule
- WhoisService::__construct() — Method in class WhoisService
- BindZoneFileParser::__construct() — Method in class BindZoneFileParser
- ParsedRecord::__construct() — Method in class ParsedRecord
- ParsedZoneFile::__construct() — Method in class ParsedZoneFile